Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Sage Accpac IC User Guide
Sage Accpac IC User Guide
SAGE ACCPAC
IC UG ttl.doc, printed on 11/21/2007, at 3:25:09 PM. Last saved on 11/21/2007 3:25:00 PM.
2008SageSoftware,Inc.Allrightsreserved.
SageSoftware,SageSoftwarelogos,andallSageAccpacproductandservicenamesareregistered
trademarksortrademarksofSageSoftware,Inc.,oritsaffiliatedentities.Allothertrademarksare
thepropertyoftheirrespectiveowners.
SageSoftware,Inc.
Publisher
Nopartofthisdocumentationmaybecopied,photocopied,reproduced,translated,microfilmed,
orotherwiseduplicatedonanymediumwithoutwrittenconsentofSageSoftware,Inc.
UseofthesoftwareprogramsdescribedhereinandthisdocumentationissubjecttotheSage
SoftwareLicenseAgreementenclosedinthesoftwarepackage.
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
Contents
...................................................... 12
WhereToNow? ................................................................ 13
.......................... 229
....................................... 246
..................................... 247
.............................................. 252
User Guide
iii
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
SetupReports............................................................. 253
StockControlReports
.....................................................
Price/SalesAnalysisReports
...............................................
253
254
PhysicalInventoryReports................................................. 255
PeriodicProcessing
...........................................................
255
...................................................
261
.................................
264
TransactionsInvolvingOrderEntry......................................... 268
G/LSourceCodesUsedbyInventoryControl ................................ 269
PrintingAuditTrailReports
...................................................
UsingInventoryControlwithOtherSageAccpacAccountingPrograms
...........
271
...........................................................
271
..............................................................
273
GeneralLedger
OrderEntry
270
PurchaseOrders
..........................................................
274
...................................................
275
..............................................................
276
iv
.............................................
311
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
ChangingCostingOptions
................................................. 312
.................................. 318
.................................................... 320
EditingItemStructures..................................................... 320
DeletingItemStructures
................................................... 320
.................................................... 323
DeletingSegmentCodes
................................................... 323
......................................................... 325
....................................... 329
AddingCategories......................................................... 329
EditingCategories ......................................................... 330
DeletingCategories ........................................................ 331
AfterChangingCategoryRecords ........................................... 331
Adding,Editing,andDeletingAccountSets
AddingAccountSets
..................................... 332
...................................................... 333
User Guide
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
........................................................
335
............................................
339
..................................................
DeletingUnitsofMeasure
.................................................
340
341
........................................................
345
ImportingandExportingSetupRecordInformation.............................. 346
vi
................................
45
..................................
46
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
EditingItemRecords........................................................ 47
DeletingItemRecords
...................................................... 49
...................................................... 410
................................. 412
.................................................. 412
........................................................ 414
ViewingPriceListInformation
............................................. 415
......................................................... 416
DeletingItemsfromPriceLists.............................................. 417
CopyingItemstoOtherPriceLists
.......................................... 417
....................................................... 423
.................................. 426
............................................... 428
............................................ 429
............................. 430
AddingManufacturersItems............................................... 431
EditingManufacturersItems ............................................... 431
DeletingManufacturersItems .............................................. 431
AfterChangingManufacturersItems
....................................... 432
User Guide
vii
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
Adding,Editing,andDeletingReorderQuantities
AddingReorderQuantities
...............................
432
................................................
433
..................................
436
...........................................
436
..................................................
437
UpdatingBillsofMaterial.................................................. 439
AfterChangingBillsofMaterialRecords .................................... 441
Adding,Editing,andDeletingKittingItems ..................................... 442
BeforeSettingUpKittingItems ............................................. 442
AddingKittingItemRecords ............................................... 443
EditingKittingItems ...................................................... 443
DeletingKittingItemRecords .............................................. 444
MaintainingItemStatistics..................................................... 444
UpdatingSalesStatistics ................................................... 446
DeletingSalesStatistics .................................................... 446
AfterChangingSalesStatistics
.............................................
447
........................................
449
ImportingandExportingItemandPriceListInformation......................... 451
viii
...............................................
52
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
ReportingReceipts,ReceiptReturns,ReceiptAdjustments,Shipments,SalesReturns,
andInternalUsage ...................................................... 52
UsingtheReceiptsForm
.................................................... 53
UsingtheShipmentsForm
................................................. 518
.............................. 534
RunningDayEndProcessingandPrintingPostingJournals
UsingtheTransfersForm
................... 534
.................................................. 536
UsingtheAdjustmentsForm
............................................... 544
......................................... 558
PrintingPostingJournals....................................................... 560
ImportingTransactions ........................................................ 561
RetrievingTransactionHistory
................................................. 563
............................................................ 61
RunningDayEndProcessing ................................................ 62
PeriodicProcessing ............................................................. 64
ProcessingPhysicalInventory
............................................... 64
.................................................. 632
Chapter 7: Reports
StandardReportFeatures
....................................................... 71
PrintingReports................................................................ 71
AccountSets ................................................................... 73
AgedInventory ................................................................ 74
User Guide
ix
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
AlternateItems ................................................................ 76
BillsofMaterial ................................................................ 78
Bin/ShelfLabels
Categories
...............................................................
...................................................................
ContractPricing
..............................................................
CustomerDetails
.............................................................
79
711
712
713
.............................................................
715
...............................................................
732
.................................................................
737
LocationDetails
Locations
..............................................................
738
....................................................................
740
ManufacturersItems
MarkupAnalysis
.........................................................
740
.............................................................
741
..............................................................
749
PriceListCodes
..............................................................
754
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
........................................................... 772
.......................................................... 776
.....................................................
B2
ErrorsDuringImporting ................................................... B3
ExportingfromRecordswithMultipleRecordTypes
.........................
B4
..................................
B5
....................................................
B5
SettingSelectionCriteriatoExportRecords
I/CImportandExportData
ImportingItemMappings .................................................. B6
ExportingItemsandPriceListsFields ....................................... B6
ImportingandExportingPhysicalInventoryFields ........................... B7
ImportingandExportingSetupFields ....................................... B8
ImportingandExportingStatisticsandInquiriesFields
ImportingTransactionFields
.......................
B9
...............................................
B9
User Guide
xi
icug-TOC.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 4:24:13 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 4:24:00 PM.
..............................................................D2
SingleUserProcesses.......................................................D3
MultiuserProcesses ........................................................D4
MultiuserDataProtection...................................................D4
UsingNonDatapipedVersionsoftheItemValuationReport
......................D5
Index
xii
icug-1.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:12:25 PM. Last saved on 11/21/2007 5:34:00 PM.
ThischapterintroducesyoutotheInventoryControlUserGuide.The
UserGuideprovidesanoverviewofInventoryControlprocessingas
wellasdetailedinformationaboutthedaytodayandperiodic
operationsofInventoryControl.
User Guide
11
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introducing the User Guide
icug-1.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:12:25 PM. Last saved on 11/21/2007 5:34:00 PM.
12
icug-1.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:12:25 PM. Last saved on 11/21/2007 5:34:00 PM.
Where To Now?
IfyouhavejustpurchasedtheSystemManagerandInventory
Controlmodules,installthemonyourcomputer,followingthe
instructionsintheSystemManagerAdministratorGuide.
OnceyouhavecreatedyourownInventoryControlledger,andare
readytobeginusingInventoryControlforyourdaytoday
operations,readChapter2inthisguide,WhatYouNeedtoKnow
BeforeUsingInventoryControl,foranoverviewofInventory
Controlprocessing.
RefertoChapter3,MaintainingSetupInformation,Chapter4,
MaintainingItemandPriceListInformation,Chapter5,
ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,Chapter6,DayEnd
andPeriodicProcessing,andChapter7,Reports,forinformation
aboutusingparticularInventoryControlmaintenance,processing,
andreportingfunctions.
User Guide
13
Introduction
Where To Now?
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
OverviewofInventoryControlProcessing ........................................ 22
TransactionProcessing.......................................................... 23
ProcessingReceipts ............................................................. 25
EnteringReceipts,ReceiptReturns,andReceiptAdjustments ................... 26
InformationEnteredwithReceiptTransactions ............................ 26
SaveorPostReceipts,Returns,andAdjustments.......................... 213
ItemCostingDuringPostingorDuringDayEnd
......................... 214
.................................. 217
..................... 223
.................................. 224
.......................... 229
.................................. 231
User Guide
2i
Before Using
Inventory Control
Chapter 2
What You Need to Know Before
Using Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
...................................................
270
2ii
..............................................................
276
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
ThischaptercontainsgeneralinformationabouthowInventory
Controlprocessesreceipt,shipment,adjustment,transfer,anditem
assemblytransactions.
Thechapterdiscusseshowyoucreate,post,andreviewtransactions,
anditdescribeshowtousevariousInventoryControlreportsand
carryoutthedayendandperiodictasksandproceduresthatare
partofyournormalroutine.
FordetailsonusingInventoryControl,seethefollowingchapters:
Chapter3,MaintainingSetupInformation.
Chapter4,MaintainingItemandPriceListInformation.
Chapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions.
Chapter6,DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
Chapter7,Reports.
ForinformationaboutsettingupanInventoryControlsystemand
addingrecordsandinventoryitems,seeChapters2and3ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
ThechartonthenextpageoutlinesthestepsinanormalInventory
Controlprocessingcycle.
User Guide
21
Before Using
Inventory Control
Chapter 2
What You Need to Know
Before Using Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Receipts
Shipments
Internal usage
Stock transfers
Item assemblies
Adjustments
Do periodic processing
No
Yes
Do periodic processing
No
Yes
Update Inventory
Control records
22
As needed:
Print stock control reports, price lists, and sales analysis reports
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Transaction Processing
Transaction Processing
Aswellaspostingtransactionstothecurrentsessiondateand
reportingperiod,youcanposttransactionstopastorfuturedates
andreportingperiods.
Immediate posting
or
batch processing
InventoryControlletsyouchoosebetweenonlinetransaction
processingandbatchprocessingforpostingallkindsoftransactions.
Youcaneitherposteachtransactionwhenyouenterit,orsave
transactionsafterenteringthemforlatereditingandposting(using
thePostEntriesform).
Posting always
updates quantities
Whenyoupostatransaction,theprogramimmediatelyupdates
itemquantities,soyoualwaysknowyourinventorylevels.Thisis
especiallyimportantwhenyouareusingOrderEntryandneedto
knowwhetheranitemisinstock.
Dependingonyourprogramsettings,youcanalsoupdatethecostof
goodsinstockduringposting,andyoucanhavetheprogramcreate
generalledgertransactionsarisingfrominventorytransactionsand
updateauditinformationatthesametime.
Ifprogramperformanceisimportanttoyou,youcanupdateitem
costsduringDayEndProcessing,andcreateG/Ltransactionseither
duringDayEndProcessingorbyusingtheCreateG/LBatchformin
PeriodicProcessingfolder.
DayEndProcessingalsoupdatesstatisticalinformation.
Note: DayEndProcessingletsyouimproveprogram
performancebyrunningtimeconsumingtasksatnight.
User Guide
23
Before Using
Inventory Control
Thissectionpresentsabriefoverviewofhowposting,dayend
processing,andaudittrailsrelatetotransactionprocessingin
InventoryControl.ThetypesoftransactionsinInventoryControlare
receipts,shipments,returns,internalusage,adjustments,stock
transfers,anditemassembliesanddisassemblies.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Transaction Processing
Costing options in
the I/C Options
form
YouusetheCostingOptionsintheI/COptionsformtochoose:
WhenInventoryControlwillrecostitemsbasedonnewly
postedtransactions.
Youcancostitemswhenyouposttransactions,orlater,when
yourunDayEndProcessing.
Whentheprogramwillcreatesubledgertransactionsandaudit
information.
IfyoucostinventoryitemsduringDayEndProcessing,you
canchoosetocreatesubledgertransactionsduringDayEnd
Processing,oryoucanselecttheoptioninG/LIntegrationto
createtransactionsperiodicallybyusingtheCreateG/L
Batchicon.
Ifyoucostinventoryitemsduringposting,youcanchoose
tocreatesubledgertransactionsduringposting,duringDay
EndProcessing,orbyusingtheCreateG/LBatchicon.
Ifyoucostinventoryduringposting(dependingonyoursettingsin
theG/LIntegrationform),postingcanalsogeneratetransactionsto
updatethegeneralledgerandautomaticallyposttheG/L
transactionbatchesintheSageAccpacGeneralLedgermodule.
Note: Processingtakestime,andmoreprocessingduring
postingwillslowdowneachtransaction.
IfyouhavealargeOrderEntrytransactionvolume,we
suggestthatyoucostitemsandcreatesubledgerbatches
duringDayEndProcessing.
Day End updates
everything else
YoumustalwaysrunDayEndProcessingtoupdateitemandsales
statistics.Dependingonyoursettings,DayEndprocessingmayalso
performitemcostingandgenerategeneralledgertransactions.
Ifnecessary,youcanrunDayEndProcessingseveraltimesadayto
keepthisinformationmorecurrent.
24
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Toviewyouraudittrailfortransactions,printthepostingjournalfor
thetypeoftransactionyouwantafterrunningDayEndProcessing.
ForinformationabouttheTransactionHistoryreport,seeChapter7,
Reports.
Drill down from G/L
Youcanalsodisplaypostedtransactionsusingthevarious
transactionentryforms,andyoucandrilldowntoInventoryControl
transactionsfromtheopenorpostedentriesinGeneralLedger
(providedthatyoudonotcleartheI/Ctransactiondata).
Processing,onpage256.SeealsoChapter6,DayEndand
PeriodicProcessing,inthisguide.
Processing Receipts
UseInventoryControlsReceiptsformtoreceiveitemsinto
inventoryandtoreturnitemstosuppliers.
Using Inventory
Control with
Purchase Orders
IfyouuseSageAccpacPurchaseOrders,youcanprocessreceipts
eitherinInventoryControlorPurchaseOrders.Formore
information,seeUsingInventoryControlwithOtherSageAccpac
AccountingPrograms,onpage264.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringreceipts,receiptreturns,and
receiptadjustments,seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControl
Transactions,inthisguide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsforreceipttransactions,seethesectionJournalEntries
GeneratedbyDayEndProcessing,onpage264.
User Guide
25
Before Using
Inventory Control
IfyouselectedtheKeepTransactionHistoryoptionintheI/C
Optionsform,theprogramkeepsanothercopyoftheaudittrail
informationthatisprintedonthepostingjournal.Youcanthenprint
theTransactionHistoryreporttolistaudittrailinformationthatyou
mayhaveclearedfromthepostingjournal.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Forreceipttransactions,youenterthefollowinginformationonthe
Receiptsform.
Receipt Number. (auniquenumber,upto22charactersinlength,
todistinguishthetransactionfromotherreceiptsforauditcontrol
purposes)
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthereceiptnumberifyouleave
***NEW***intheReceiptNumberfield.Theprogramgenerated
receiptnumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/COptionsform.
Receiptnumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecialcharacters
(forinstance,*,&,and#).Lettersautomaticallyappearinuppercase
whenyoutypethem.
Type. (selectReturn,Adjustment,orComplete)
Thisfieldappearsonlyifyouhaverecalledaposted,incomplete
receipt.Incompletereceiptsaredescribedinthenextsection,
CompleteandIncompleteReceipts.
26
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
SelectReturntorecordthereturnofsomeoralloftheitemsona
receipt.Forinformationaboutreceiptreturns,seeReceipt
Returnsonpage216.
Type: Adjustment
SelectAdjustmenttochangesomeinformationonthereceipt.For
informationaboutreceiptadjustments,seeReceipt
Adjustments,onpage215.
Type: Complete
SelectCompletetocompletethereceiptwithoutmakingany
modifications.AfterselectingComplete,youmustpostthe
receipttocompleteit.
Description. (addanyinformationyouwantaboutthereceipt;
optional)
Reference. (forexample,aninvoicenumber;optional)
Receipt Date. (thedocumentdate)
Posting Date. (thetransactiondateforGeneralLedger;italso
determinestheyearandperiodforG/Lposting)
Year/Period. (theyearandperiodforthepostingdate)
Vendor Number. (thenumberyouusetoidentifythesupplier;
optional)
If using
Accounts Payable
IfyouuseSageAccpacAccountsPayable,youcanselectthevendor
numberfromtheFinder.
PO Number. (thenumberofthepurchaseorderbeingfilledbythe
receipt;optional)
Receipt Currency; Exchange Rate. (thecurrencyoftheinvoicein
whichyouwillenterunitcosts;therateofexchangebetweenthe
receiptcurrencyandthefunctionalcurrency)
TheprogramdisplaystheExchangeRatefieldonlyifthereceipt
currencyyouspecifyisnotthefunctionalcurrency.
Youcanoverridethereceiptcurrencysexchangeratedisplayedby
theprogram.Theprogramwarnsyouifyouspecifyanexchange
User Guide
27
Before Using
Inventory Control
Type: Return
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
ratethatexceedstheratespreadyourcompanyallowsforthereceipt
currency.
Zoom button
Toselectadifferentexchangerateorratetypeforthereceipt
currency,opentheRateSelectionformusingtheZoombutton
besidetheExchangeRatefield.
ForinformationaboutcurrencyexchangeratesinInventoryControl,
seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Additional Cost. (thetotalofalladditionalreceiptcosts)
Youcanincludeanadditionalcostamountonreceiptssothegoods
youreceiveintoinventoryarerecordedattheirtruelandedcost.The
programcalculatestruelandedcostsbyproportionallydistributing
theadditionalcostacrossallextendedcostsonreceipts.Examplesof
additionalcostsare:
Lumpsumsincludedoninvoices.
Custombrokeragefees.
Aninvoice,suchasafreightinvoice,thatisseparatefromthe
invoicelistingtheinventoryitems.
Whenyoucostitems(eitherwhenyoupostreceiptsorwhenyou
postandthenrunDayEndProcessing),theprogramapportionsthe
additionalcostacrossallitems,basedoneachitemsextendedcost
asapercentageofthereceiptstotalcost.
Example
AsanexampleofhowInventoryControlapportionsadditional
costs,considerthefollowinginvoiceinformation:
Item
A1-010
A1-320
A2-240
28
Quantity
Unit Cost
Amount
10
5
2
10.00
20.00
50.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Subtotal
Freight
300.00
80.00
Total Invoice
380.00
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Item #
A1-010
Extended
Cost
100.00
A1-320
100.00
A2-240
100.00
Apportioning Calculation
for the Additional Cost
100.00 x 80.00 = 26.67
300.00
200.00 x 80.00 - 26.67 = 26.66
300.00
300.00 x 80.00 - 26.67 - 26.66 = 26.67
300.00
Theadditionalcostsapportionedtotheitemsinthepreceding
exampleaddup80.00,whichistheamountofthetotaladditional
costforfreightonthesampleinvoice.
Prorate/Leave Additional Cost. (forreceiptreturns,specifies
whethertheadditionalcostassignedtothegoodsbeingreturnedis
proratedtotheremaininggoodsonthereceipt;thisfielddoesnot
appearifyouarecreatinganewreceipt)
Thisfieldappearsonlywhenyouareenteringreceiptreturns.You
cansetthedefaulttoProrateortoLeaveontheProcessingOptions
taboftheI/COptionsform.
SelecttheProrateoptiontohavetheprogramproratetheadditional
costtotheremaininggoodsonthereceiptwhenyoucostthereceipt
returneitherwhenyoupostorwhenyourunDayEndProcessing.
SelecttheLeaveoptionifyoudonotwanttheprogramtoproratethe
additionalcosttotheremaininggoodsonthereceipt.Youmaythen
wanttousetheAdjustmentsformtowriteofftheadditionalcosttoa
generalledgerwriteoffaccount.
Ifyoureturnalloftheitemsonareceipt,youmustusethe
Adjustmentsformifyouwanttowriteofftheadditionalcostfrom
thereceipttoageneralledgerwriteoffaccount.
User Guide
29
Before Using
Inventory Control
Whenyouentertheitemcostsandtheadditionalcost(freight)from
theprecedinginvoiceinformationusingtheReceiptsform,
InventoryControlapportionstheadditionalcostasshowninthe
followingtable.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Todeterminetheadditionalcostamountassignedtoitemson
receipts,printtheReceiptsPostingJournal.Forinformationabout
theReceiptsPostingJournal,seeChapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
Formoreinformationaboutreturninggoodsfromincomplete
receipts,seeReceiptReturns,onpage216.
Addtl. Cost Currency. (additionalcostcurrency;thecurrencyin
whichyouenteranadditionalcostforareceiptinmulticurrency
ledgers)
Theadditionalcostcurrencymustbethesameaseitherthereceipt
currencyorthefunctionalcurrency.
Require Labels. ClicktheRequireLabelsoptionifyouwanttoprint
exactlyoneitemlabelforeachitembeingreceived.Whenyouselect
RequireLabels,theprogramautomaticallyenterstheQtyReceived
intheLabelsfield,butyoucanenteranynumberinthelabelsfield
whetherornotyouselectRequireLabels.
Theprogramautomaticallygeneratesitemlabels(thatyoucanlater
print)foritemsonpostedreceiptswhenyourunDayEnd
Processing.
Forinformationaboutprintinglabels,seeChapter7,Reports,in
thisguide.
Optional Fields. (clickthezoombuttontoselectreceiptheader
optionalfields)
Total Cost. (providedbytheprogram,thesumofalltheextended
costsplustheadditionalcostonthereceiptoradjustment)
Ifyouspecifythesamecurrencyforthereceiptcurrencyandthe
additionalcostcurrency,theprogramdisplaysthetotalcostinthat
currency.Forexample,ifthereceiptcurrencyandtheadditionalcost
currencyarebothinthesourcecurrency,thetotalcostappearsinthe
sourcecurrency.
Ifyouspecifydifferentcurrenciesforthereceiptcurrencyandthe
additionalcostcurrency,theprogramdisplaysthetotalcostinthe
210
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Foreachdetaillineonareceipttransaction,youenterthefollowing
information.
Notethatyoucanhighlightaline,andthenclicktheDetailbutton
(orpressF9)toopentheReceiptDetailsform,whereyoucanenter
thedetailsintofieldsinsteadoftabbingfromcolumntocolumnin
thedetailgrid.
Item Number. (oftheitembeingreceived)
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersinthisfield(suchas
barcodes)thathavebeenaddedtoInventoryControl.Onceyou
presstheTabkey,theprogramreplacesthefieldcontentswiththe
inventoryitemnumber,andplacesthemanufacturersitemnumbers
thatyouusedintheManuf.ItemNo.field(bydefaultthesecondlast
fieldinthegrid).
Item Description. (suppliedbytheprogramfromtheitemrecord)
Location. (theinventorylocationatwhichyouarereceivingthe
units)
User Guide
211
Before Using
Inventory Control
functionalcurrency.Forexample,ifthereceiptcurrencyisthesource
currency,andtheadditionalcostcurrencyisthefunctionalcurrency,
thetotalcostappearsinthefunctionalcurrency.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
LocationsinInventoryControlareeitherphysicallocationsorlogical
locations.Youcanonlyreceivegoodsataphysicallocation.(Logical
locationsaremainlyusedforgoodsintransit.)
Eachitembeingreceivedmustalsobeallowedattheselected
inventorylocation.IfyoudidnotselecttheAllowItemsAtAll
LocationsoptionintheI/COptionsform,youmusthaveusedthe
LocationsformortheLocationDetailsformtospecifywhereitems
areallowed.
Quantity Received. (thenumberofunitsbeingreceived)
Unit of Measure. (theunitofmeasureforthequantitybeing
received)
Ifyouhavedefinedmultipleunitsofmeasurefortheitem,choose
theunitthatismostappropriate.
Unit Cost. (costoftheitemanditemunitofmeasurethatyou
selectedforthereceipt)
Extended Cost. (thecostoftheitemtimesthequantityreceived)
Labels. (suppliedbytheprogramifyouselectedtheRequireLabels
optionforthereceipt,thenumberofitemlabelstoprint;optional)
If you select the
Require Labels
option
Thenumbersuppliedinthisfieldbytheprogrammatchesthe
numberyouenteredintheQuantityReceivedfield.Youcanchange
thenumberprovidedbytheprogram.
Youcanalsoenteranumberinthisfieldifyoudidnotselectthe
RequireLabelsoption.
Comments. (addanycommentsyouwanttoappearonthereceipts
postingjournalregardingthedetailline;youcanchangecomments
ifyouenterareturnoranadjustment;optional)
Manuf. Item No. (entertheitemnumberusedbythemanufacturer
orthebarcodeassociatedwiththisitem;optional)
Thisnumberismainlyusedasanalternativecodeforentryinthe
ItemNumberfield.
212
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Optional Fields.(clickthezoombuttontoselectreceiptdetail
optionalfields)
Quantity Returned. (thenumberofunitstoreturntothesupplier)
Youcanreturnuptothenumberofunitsyouspecifiedinthe
Quantityfield.
Return Cost. (suppliedbytheprogram,theextendedcostofthe
unitsbeingreturnedtothesupplier)
Thisfieldappearsonlywhenyouenterreceiptreturns.In
multicurrencyledgers,theReturnCostisdisplayedinthereceipt
currency.
Enter these only on
an Adjustment
Enterreturnsonthereceiptlater.
Adjustorcompletethereceiptlater.
User Guide
213
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Youcannotadddetaillinestoareceiptonceitisposted.Youcan
onlychangequantitiesandcostsbyenteringandpostingreturnsor
adjustments.
Item Costing During Posting or During Day-End
WithInventoryControl,youcanchooseinI/COptionswhetheryou
wanttheprogramtorecostitemsbasedonnewlyposted
transactions,orwhetheritshouldwaituntilyourunDayEnd
Processingtocostitems.
Ifyouhavealargetransactionvolume,wesuggestthatyoucost
itemsduringDayEndProcessing.
Completing and Deleting Receipts
Therearethreewaystocompletereceipts.Youcan:
UsetheReceiptsformtocompleteasinglereceipt.
YoucompletereceiptsbysettingthetypetoCompleteonthe
Receiptsform.Onceyoucompleteareceipt,youcannotrecallit
forreturnsoradjustments.
Deletereceiptswhenyoupostthem.
Whenyoupostreceipts,theprogramcanaskyouwhetheryou
wanttodeletethem(ifyouchoosetheoptionintheI/COptions
formtoPromptToDeleteDuringPosting).
Ifyoudeletereceiptsonposting:
214
Theprogramcompletesthemanddeletesthetransaction,
andyouwillnotbeabletorecallthemforreturnsor
adjustments.
Youwillnotbeabletodrilldowntoreceiptinformation
fromtheGeneralLedgerprogramifyoudeletethereceipt.
DeletereceiptsusingtheClearHistoryform.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
Youcanenterreturnsandyoucanenteradjustmentsonincomplete
receipts.
ForinstructionsaboutusingtheReceiptsformtocompletereceipts,
seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthis
guide.
ForinstructionsaboutusingtheClearHistoryformtocomplete
receipts,seetheClearingHistorysectioninChapter6,andDay
EndProcessing,onpage256.
Receipt Adjustments
Youcanenteradjustmentstochangethefollowingfieldsin
incomplete,postedreceipts:
Receiving goods
before getting the
invoice
Type.(ChooseAdjustmenttoadjustcostsonthereceipt.)
Description.
ReceiptDate,Year/Period.
AdditionalCost.
Commentsforeachdetail.
AdjustedUnitCostforeachdetail.
TotalAdjustedCost(adjustedextendedcostforeachdetail).
OptionalFields(headeranddetail).
Theadjustmentfeatureletsyoureceivegoodsintoinventorybefore
yougettheinvoicebypostinganincompletereceiptthatdoesnot
containthecostofthegoods.Whenyouknowthecostofthegoods,
youenteritasanadjustmenttothereceipt.
User Guide
215
Before Using
Inventory Control
Forinformationaboutreceiptreturnsandreceiptadjustments,see
ReceiptReturnsonpage216andReceiptAdjustments,below.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Receipts
ForinstructionsaboutusingtheReceiptsformtorecordreceipt
adjustments,seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControl
Transactions,inthisguide.
Note: DonotconfusetheAdjustmentoptionontheReceipts
formwiththeAdjustmentsforminInventoryControl.You
usetheAdjustmentsformtochange(adjust)itemquantities
andcostsfortheitemsinyourinventory,whereasyouuse
theAdjustmentoptionontheReceiptsformtomake
changestoincompletereceipts.
Thisalsomeansthatifareceiptiscompleteandyouwanttoadjust
thequantitiesandcostsofitemsreceived,youmustenteran
adjustmenttransactionusingtheAdjustmentsform.
ForinformationaboutadjustmenttransactionsandtheAdjustments
form,seeProcessingAdjustments,onpage223.
Receipt Returns
Ifyoureturnitemstoasupplierfromanincompletereceipt,youcan
usetheReceiptsformtorecordthetransaction.Ifthereceiptis
complete,youmustenteranadjustmentusingtheAdjustmentsform
torecordthereturn.
Whenenteringreceiptreturns,youcanchangethefollowingfields
intheReceiptsform:
216
Type(chooseReturntoreturngoodsfromthereceipt).
Description.
ReceiptDate,Year/Period.
ExchangeRate(ifmulticurrency).
Prorate/LeaveAdditionalCost.
OptionalFields(headeranddetail).
Comments.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
QuantityReturned.
Processing Shipments
UseInventoryControlsShipmentsformforshippingitemsoutof
inventoryandforreturningitemstoinventory(salesreturns).
Using Inventory
Control
with Order Entry
IfyouusetheSageAccpacOrderEntryprogram,youcanprocess
shipmentsandsalesreturnseitherinInventoryControlorOrder
Entry.Formoreinformation,seeUsingInventoryControlwith
OtherSageAccpacAccountingPrograms,onpage264.
Note,however,thatOrderEntryshipmentsandsalesreturnsreferto
particularordersandincludecustomerinformationandpricing,
whereshipmentsandreturnsinInventoryControldonot.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringshipmentsandsalesreturns,
seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthis
guide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsforshipments,seethesectionJournalEntriesGeneratedby
DayEndProcessing,onpage264.
User Guide
217
Before Using
Inventory Control
ForinstructionsaboutusingtheReceiptsformtorecordreceipt
returns,seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,
inthisguide.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
informationonanyofthesefieldswhileusingtheShipmentsform,
pressF1,andthenclicktheFieldListbuttonontheHelpscreenthat
appears.
General
information
Foreachtransaction,youenterthefollowinginformation:
Shipment Number. (anumbertodistinguishthetransactionfrom
othershipmentsandsalesreturnsforauditcontrolpurposes)
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheshipmentnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheShipmentNumberfield.Theprogram
generatedshipmentnumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Entry Type. (selectShipmentorReturn)
Returnsdonotrefertoparticularshipments.
Ship Date. (thedocumentdate)
Posting Date. (thetransactiondateforGeneralLedger;italso
determinestheyearandperiodforG/Lposting)
Year/Period. (theyearandperiodforthepostingdate)
Description. (addanyinformationyouwantabouttheshipmentor
return;optional)
Reference. (optional)
Customer Number. (thenumberyouusetoidentifythecustomer;
optional)
Sage Accpac
Accounts
Receivable
IfyouuseAccountsReceivable,youcanselectthecustomernumber
usingtheFinder.Ifthecustomerrecordyouspecifyexistsin
AccountsReceivable,InventoryControldisplaysthecontactand
pricelist,and,inmulticurrencyledgers,thecurrencyfromthat
record,andtheexchangerate.Youcanchangeallofthesefields,
includingthecurrencyfortheshipment.
Contact. (thecontactpersonorpositionforthecustomer)
218
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
Tousethedefaultpricelistfromtheitemrecord,leavethisfield
blank.
IfyouspecifydefaultpricelistsintheAccountsReceivablecustomer
records,thepricelistforthecustomerwillappearinthePriceList
fieldwhenyouselectacustomer.
Currency; Exchange Rate. (thecurrencyinwhichyouwillenter
prices;therateofexchangebetweenthepricecurrencyandthe
functionalcurrency)
TheprogramdisplaystheExchangeRatefieldonlyiftheprice
currencyyouspecifyisnotthefunctionalcurrency.
Youcanoverridethepricecurrencysexchangeratedisplayedbythe
program.Theprogramwarnsyouifyouspecifyanexchangerate
thatexceedstheratespreadyourcompanyallowsfortheprice
currency.
Toselectadifferentexchangerateorratetypeforthepricecurrency,
opentheRateSelectionformusingtheZoombuttonbesidethe
ExchangeRatefield,ifitisavailable.
ForinformationaboutcurrencyexchangeratesinInventoryControl,
seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Optional Fields. (clicktheZoombuttontochooseoptionalfieldsfor
thewholeshipmentorreturn)
Notethatyoumustassignoptionalfieldstotransactionsusingthe
OptionalFieldsforminInventoryControlbeforeyoucanenter
optionalfieldinformation.
User Guide
219
Before Using
Inventory Control
Ifyouwantitempricesondetaillinestoautomaticallycomefrom
onepricelist,youspecifythedesiredpricelistinthisfieldbefore
youstarttoentertransactiondetails.Thepricelistyouspecifyhereis
usedbydefault,butyoucanspecifyadifferentpricelistfordetail
lines.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
Youcanalsoaddoptionalfieldstoindividualdetaillines.
Detail information
Foreachdetaillineonatransactiondetailgrid,enterthedata
describedbelow.
NotethatyoucanpressF9orclicktheDetailbuttontoopenthe
ShipmentsDetailsformwhereyouenterthedetailsonaformthat
displaysallfieldsforasingledetail.
Item Number. (thenumberoftheitembeingshippedorreturned)
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersinthisfield(suchas
barcodes)thathavebeenaddedtoInventoryControl.Onceyou
presstheTabkey,theprogramreplacesthefieldcontentswiththe
inventoryitemnumber,andplacesthemanufacturersitemnumbers
thatyouusedintheManuf.ItemNo.field(bydefaultthesecondlast
fieldinthegrid).
Item Description. (suppliedbytheprogramfromtheitemrecord)
Category. (thecategoryissuppliedbytheprogram,fromtheitem
record,butyoucanspecifyadifferentcategory)
Formoreinformationaboutcategories,seeSettingUpCategories,
inChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
Location. (theinventorylocationfromwhichyouareshippingorto
whichyouarereturningtheunits)
IfyoudidnotselecttheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptioninthe
I/COptionsform,youmusthavepreviouslyusedtheLocation
Detailsformtospecifythateachitembeingshippedisallowedatthe
selectedinventorylocation.
LocationsinInventoryControlareeitherphysicallocationsorlogical
locations.Youcanonlyreceivegoodsataphysicallocation.(Logical
locationsaremainlyusedforgoodsintransit.)
Non-stock items
Youdonotspecifyaninventorylocationfornonstockitems.
Quantity. (thenumberofunitstoshiporreturn)
220
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
Allowing negative
quantities
User Guide
221
Before Using
Inventory Control
Toshipmoreunitsofanitemthanthequantityinstockatalocation,
youmusthaveturnedontheAllowNegativeInventoryLevels
optionintheI/COptionsform.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Shipments
Whenyouenteranitemnumberforasalesreturn,theprogram
automaticallydisplaystheitemsmostrecentcostintermsofthe
unitofmeasureyouspecify,unlesstheitemusestheuserspecified
costingmethod.
Youcanoverridethemostrecentcostdisplayed.Ifyouenteraunit
cost,theprogramrecalculatestheextendedcost.Ifyouenteran
extendedcost,theprogramrecalculatestheunitcost.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,entercostsinyourfunctional
(home)currency.
Serial Numbers. (checkthisoptiontoindicatethatyouhaveserial
numbersfortheitem)
YoucanenterserialnumbersonlyiftheSerialNumberoptionis
selectedforthisitemrecord.Youcanenterasmanyserialnumbers
asyouneed,includingnoneormorethanoneperunit.
Comments. (addanycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
ShipmentsPostingJournalregardingthedetailline;optional)
Therearenorestrictionsonthenumberofdetaillinesyoucanenter
onshipmentsandsalesreturns.
Contract / Project / Category / WIP Account. Thesefieldsappearif
youhaveSageAccpacProjectandJobCosting.
IfyouuseProjectandJobCostingtoassigngoodstojobs,the
shipmenttransactionscreatedbyProjectandJobCostingwillappear
inInventoryControl.Note,however,thatyoucannotusethesefields
intheInventoryControlprogram.
Manuf. Item No. (entertheitemnumberusedbythemanufacturer
orthebarcodeassociatedwiththisitem;optional)
Thisnumberismainlyusedasanalternativecodeforentryinthe
ItemNumberfield.
Optional Fields. (clicktheZoombuttontoaddshipmentsdetail
optionalfields)
222
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
IfyouchooseSave,youcaneditthetransactionlater,oryoucanpost
itlaterusingthePostEntriesform.
Youcannotaddmoredetaillinestoashipmentorreturnonceitis
posted.
Calculating the Cost of Goods Shipped and Returned
DependingontheCostItemsDuringsettingintheI/COptions
form,youcancalculatethecostofgoodssoldwhenyoupost
shipmentsorwhenyourunDayEndProcessing.
InventoryControldeterminescostsaccordingtoanitemscosting
method:weightedmovingaverage,standard,FIFO,LIFO,most
recentcost,oruserspecified.
ForinformationaboutthecostingmethodsavailableinInventory
Control,seeCostingMethods,inChapter2ofGettingStarted.
User Guide
223
Before Using
Inventory Control
YoucanchoosetheSavebuttonorthePostbuttonafterenteringa
shipmentorareturn.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Using Inventory
Control with
Purchase Orders
IfyouusetheSageAccpacPurchaseOrdersmodule,youcanalso
markgoodsthatyoureceiveasfixedassets.Formoreinformation,
seeUsingInventoryControlwithOtherSageAccpacAccounting
Programs,onpage264.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringinternalusagetransactions,see
Chapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthis
guide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsforinternalusagetransactions,seethesectionJournal
EntriesGeneratedbyDayEndProcessing,onpage264.
Foreachtransaction,youenterthefollowinginformation:
Internal Usage Number. (anumbertodistinguishthistransaction
fromothertransactionsforauditcontrolpurposes)
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheinternalusagenumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheInternalUsageNumberfield.The
programgeneratednumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Internal Usage Date. (thedocumentdate)
224
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Year/Period. (theyearandperiodforthepostingdate)
Description. (addanyinformationyouwantabouttheinternal
usage;optional)
Reference. (optional)
Used By. (theemployeenameornumber;optional)
Sage Accpac
Payroll
IfyouuseCanadianorUSPayroll,youcanselecttheemployee
numberusingtheFinder.
Optional Fields. (clicktheZoombuttontochooseoptionalfieldsfor
thewholeinternalusagetransaction)
Notethatyoumustassignoptionalfieldstotransactionsusingthe
OptionalFieldsforminInventoryControlbeforeyoucanenter
optionalfieldinformation.
Youcanalsoaddoptionalfieldstoindividualdetaillines.
Detail information
Foreachdetaillineonatransactiondetailgrid,enterthedata
describedbelow.
NotethatyoucanpressF9orclicktheDetailbuttontoopenthe
InternalUsageDetailsformwhereyouenterthedetailsonaform
thatdisplaysallfieldsforasingledetail.
Item Number. (thenumberoftheitembeingshippedorreturned)
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersinthisfield(suchas
barcodes)thathavebeenaddedtoInventoryControl.Onceyou
presstheTabkey,theprogramreplacesthefieldcontentswiththe
inventoryitemnumber,andplacesthemanufacturersitemnumbers
thatyouusedintheManuf.ItemNo.field(bydefaultthesecondlast
fieldinthegrid).
Item Description. (suppliedbytheprogramfromtheitemrecord)
User Guide
225
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Category. (thecategoryissuppliedbytheprogram,fromtheitem
record,butyoucanspecifyadifferentcategory)
Formoreinformationaboutcategories,seeSettingUpCategories,
inChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
Location. (theinventorylocationfromwhichyouaretakingthe
items)
Quantity. (thenumberofunitstoshiporreturn)
Allowing negative
quantities
Totakemoreunitsofanitemthanthequantityinstockatalocation,
youmusthaveturnedontheAllowNegativeInventoryLevels
optionintheI/COptionsform.
Unit of Measure. (theunitofmeasureforthequantitybeingshipped
orreturned)
Iftheitemunitshaveserialnumbers,youmustselecttheitems
stockingunit(whichhasaconversionfactorofone)fortheShipping
Unit.
Unit Cost; Extended Cost. Youcanoverridethemostrecentcost
displayed.Ifyouenteraunitcost,theprogramrecalculatesthe
extendedcost.Ifyouenteranextendedcost,theprogram
recalculatestheunitcost.
Serial Numbers. (checkthisoptiontoindicatethatyouhaveserial
numbersfortheitem)
YoucanenterserialnumbersonlyiftheSerialNumberoptionis
selectedforthisitemrecord.Youcanenterasmanyserialnumbers
asyouneed,includingnoneormorethanoneperunit.
Comments. (addanycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
ShipmentsPostingJournalregardingthedetailline;optional)
Therearenorestrictionsonthenumberofdetaillinesyoucanenter
onshipmentsandsalesreturns.
Usage Account andDescription. (theexpenseorassetaccountto
whichyouaredebitingthisentry)
226
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
assettype)
Description. (thedescriptionfortheassetinSageFAS)
Separate Assets. (createsseparateassetrecordsifthequantityis
greaterthan1)
Sage FAS Quantity. (thenumberofitems)
Sage FAS UOM. (theunitofmeasurefortheitems)
Sage FAS Value. (thevaluetobookinSageFAS)
User Guide
227
Before Using
Inventory Control
Thisnumberismainlyusedasanalternativecodeforentryinthe
ItemNumberfield.Itappearshereifyouuseditinsteadoftheitem
numberintheitemnumberfield.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
Processing Adjustments
InventoryControlprovidesseveralformsforadjustingitemcosts
andquantities:
Adjustment form
228
TheAdjustmentsformintheI/CTransactionsfolder(discussed
inthissection).
TheProcessAdjustmentsforminthePeriodicProcessingfolder.
ThePostInventoryReconciliationforminthePhysicalInventory
folder.
YouusetheAdjustmentsformtochangeitemcostsandquantitiesas
needed.Someexamplesofwhenyouwouldwanttousethe
Adjustmentsformare:
Toupdatethequantityonhandatalocationtoagreewithyour
physicalinventorycount.
Toreturngoodstoavendorafteryouhavecompletedthe
receipt.
Toremoveadditionalcostremainingonareceiptwhenyou
returnthetotalquantityreceivedforanitematalocationtothe
vendor.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
Process
Adjustments
TheProcessAdjustmentsformletsyouautomaticallycreate
adjustmentsto:
Writeoffthecostofgroupsofitemswithzeroquantities.
Writeoffthequantitiesofgroupsofitemswithzerocost.
Adjustthetotalcostsofitemswithnonzeroquantitiesandzero
totalcosttoanewcost.
FormoreinformationontheProcessAdjustmentsform,seepage
261.
Post Inventory
Reconciliation
ThePostInventoryReconciliationformletsyoupostthecountsand
coststhatyouenteredinthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform.The
programcreatesadjustmenttransactionswhenyoupostinventory
reconciliations.
Formoreinformationonthecreatingadjustmentsusingthe
InventoryReconciliationform,seepage258.
Toupdatethequantityonhandatalocationtoagreewithyour
physicalinventorycount.
Toreturngoodstoavendorafteryouhavecompletedthe
receipt.
Toremoveadditionalcostremainingonareceiptwhenyou
returnthetotalquantityreceivedforanitematalocationtothe
vendor.
Likereceiptsandshipments,youcanchoosetheSavebuttonorthe
Postbuttonafterenteringanadjustment.
User Guide
229
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
IfyouchooseSave,youcaneditthetransactionlater,oryoucanpost
itlaterusingthePostEntriesform.
Youcannotchangepostedadjustments.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringadjustments,seeChapter5,
ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthisguide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsforadjustments,seethesectionJournalEntriesGenerated
byDayEndProcessing,onpage264.
Types of Adjustments
YoucanentersixtypesofitemadjustmentsusingtheAdjustments
entryform:
230
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
Foreachtransaction,youenterthefollowinginformation:
Adjustment Number. (anumbertodistinguishthetransactionfrom
otheradjustmentsforauditcontrolpurposes)
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheadjustmentnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheAdjustmentNumberfield.Theprogram
generatedadjustmentnumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Adjustment Date. (thedatetheadjustmentwasmade)
Posting Date. (thetransactiondateforGeneralLedger;italso
determinestheyearandperiodforG/Lposting)
Year/Period. (theyearandperiodforthepostingdate)
User Guide
231
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
Description.(addanyinformationyouwantabouttheadjustment;
optional)
Reference. (forexample,thereasonwhyyouaremakingthe
adjustmentorthepurchaseordernumberorinvoicenumber;
optional)
Detail information
Thecostingmethodusedbyanitemrecorddeterminesthedetail
informationyouwillneedtoenter.Foreachdetaillineona
transaction,enterthedataasdescribednext.
NotethatyoucanpressF9toopentheAdjustmentDetailsform,
whereyouenterthedetailsintofieldsinsteadofinthecolumnar
grid.
Item Number. (ofthestockornonstockitemforwhichyouare
enteringanadjustment)
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersinthisfield(suchas
barcodes)thathavebeenaddedtoInventoryControl.Onceyou
presstheTabkey,theprogramreplacesthefieldcontentswiththe
inventoryitemnumber,andplacesthemanufacturersitemnumbers
thatyouusedintheManuf.ItemNo.field(bydefaultthesecondlast
fieldinthegrid).
Item Description. (suppliedbytheprogramfromtheitemrecord)
Adjustment Type. (thetypeofadjustmentyouwanttomakeforthe
item:quantityincrease,quantitydecrease,costincrease,cost
decrease,bothincrease,orbothdecrease)
Forinformationaboutadjustmenttypes,seetheprevioussection,
TypesofAdjustments.
Location. (theinventorylocationatwhichtomaketheadjustment)
LocationsinInventoryControlareeitherphysicallocationsorlogical
locations.Youcanonlyadjustgoodsataphysicallocation.(Logical
locationsareusedforgoodsintransit.)
232
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
OffsetBucket
SpecificBucket
Prorate
ForinformationabouthowInventoryControlprocessesthese
FIFO/LIFObuckettypes,seethenextsection,AdjustmentstoItems
UsingFIFOorLIFOCosting.
Document Number. (foritemsusingtheFIFOorLIFOcosting
methodforwhichyouselectSpecificBucketintheBucketType
field)
Ifyouknowthereceiptnumberofthetransactionusedtoenteritem
unitsintoinventory,youcanadjusttheFIFOorLIFObucketthe
programcreatedtostorethequantityandcostoftheunits.The
receiptnumberyouspecifymustappearintheFinderforthisfield.
ForinformationabouthowInventoryControlprocessesthese
FIFO/LIFObuckettypes,seethenextsection,AdjustmentstoItems
UsingFIFOorLIFOCosting.
Cost Date. (suppliedbytheprogram,thetransactiondateforthe
receiptnumberyouspecifyintheReceiptNumberfield)
Quantity. (thenumberofunitsbywhichtoadjusttheitemquantity)
Negative inventory
levels
Todecreasethequantityofaniteminstocktobelowzero,youmust
haveturnedontheAllowNegativeInventoryLevelsoptioninthe
I/COptionsform.
Cost Adjustment. (theamountbywhichtoadjusttheitemcost)
Unit of Measure. (theunitofmeasurefortheitem)
User Guide
233
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
Youspecifyaunitofmeasureonlyforadjustmentsaffectingthe
itemsquantity.
Average Cost. (theaveragecostoftheitemasofthelastdayend)
Cost UOM. (theunitofmeasureforthecost)
Adjustment/Write-Off Account. (suppliedbytheprogramfromthe
itemrecordsaccountset,butyoucanspecifyadifferentaccount)
Thisisthegeneralledgeraccounttowhichyoupostcost
adjustmentsandwriteoffsfortheitem.
Youspecifyanaccountnumberonlyforadjustmentsaffectingthe
itemscost(theprogramdoesnotcreategeneralledgertransactions
foradjustmentsthataffectonlytheitemquantity).
Forinformationaboutaccountsets,seeSettingUpAccountSets,in
Chapter2ofGettingStarted.
Comments. (addanycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
adjustmentsauditlistregardingthedetailline;optional)
Contract / Project / Category / Overhead. Thesefieldsappearif
youhaveSageAccpacProjectandJobCosting.
IfyouentermaterialsadjustmentsthroughProjectandJobCosting,
thetransactionscreatedbyProjectandJobCostingwillappearin
InventoryControl.Note,however,thatyoucannotusethejob
costingfieldsintheInventoryControlprogram.
Manuf. Item No. (entertheitemnumberusedbythemanufacturer
orthebarcodeassociatedwiththisitem;optional)
Thisnumberismainlyusedasanalternativecodeforentryinthe
ItemNumberfield.
Optional Fields.(clicktheZoombuttontoselectadjustmentdetail
optionalfields)
Therearenorestrictionsonthenumberofdetaillinesyoucanenter
onadjustmenttransactions.
234
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Adjustments
IfyouselectOffsetBucket,thenadjustmentsaffectonlytheoffset
bucket.
Foreachitemateachlocation,thereisanoffsetbucketthatthe
programusesforspecialcases,suchaswhenyoushipmoreitems
thanthereareinstockfromalocation(youmusthaveturnedonthe
AllowNegativeInventoryLevelsoptioninordertodothis).Offset
bucketscontainaquantityandacost,butdonotcontainadateor
receiptnumber,likeotherbuckets.
Specific Bucket
IfyouselectSpecificBucket,youcanspecifyareceiptnumberto
selectthecostandquantityinformationforaparticularreceipt.The
numberofthereceiptfromwhichabucketiscreatediscontainedin
thebucket.
Prorate
IfyouselectProrate,theprogramwillproratetheadjustmentacross
allbuckets(includingtheoffsetbucket)fortheitematthelocation.
Thenumberofunitsandtheamountofcostproratedtoeachbucket
isbasedonthequantityineachbucket.
Theprogramdetermineswhichbucketstoadjustbywhetherthe
costingmethodisFIFOorLIFO.FordescriptionsoftheFIFOand
LIFOcostingmethods,seetheCostingMethodssectionin
Chapter2oftheGettingStartedmanual.
User Guide
235
Before Using
Inventory Control
FIFO/LIFO buckets
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Processing Transfers
Ifyoustoreinventoryitemsatmorethanonelocation,useInventory
ControlsTransfersformtorecordstocktransfersbetweenphysical
inventorylocations.
Transferschangeitemquantitiesatlocationswithoutchangingthe
totalnumberofitemsininventoryortheinventoryvaluation.When
yourunDayEndProcessing,theprogramgeneratesjournalentries
fortransferstotrackthemovementofstock,becauseinventory
costingisdonebylocation.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringtransfers,seeChapter5,
ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthisguide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsfortransfers,seethesectionJournalEntriesGeneratedby
DayEndProcessing,onpage264.
Goods-in-Transit Locations
InventoryControlletsyoucreategoodsintransitlocationsanduse
themwhentransferringgoods.Goodsintransitlocationscanreflect
moreaccuratelyhowgoodsmovebetweeninventorylocations.
WithInventoryControl,youcantransfergoods:
Directly(andimmediately)toanotherlocationusingasingle
transfertransaction.
Viaagoodsintransitlocationtoanotherlocation.Onetransfer
transactionmovesthegoodsintotransit,andasecond
transactionreceivesthematthedestinationlocation.
Becausegoodsintransitareseparatelyreceivedatthe
destinationlocation,theycantravelondifferenttrucksandbe
receivedinseparatelots.
236
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Createanewdocument.
b. ChooseTransitTransferasthedocumenttype,andfillinthe
otherinformationonthetoppartoftheform.
c.
Addtheitemsbeingtransferred,specifyingthefrom
location,goodsintransitlocation,andtolocation.
d. Postorsavethetransferforlaterposting.
e.
NotetheTransferNumber(documentnumber)assignedto
thetransfer.Thisnumberwillbeusedwhenthedestination
locationentersthetransitreceipt.
AttheTolocation:
a.
Createanewdocument.
b. ChooseTransitReceiptasthedocumenttype.
c.
SelectthetransitnumberfromtheFinder.
d. Fillintheotherinformationonthetoppartoftheform.
e.
Enterthequantitiesreceivedfromthetransfer.
f.
Postorsavethetransitreceiptforlaterposting.
Agoodsintransitlocationistreatedjustlikeanyotherinventory
location,soyoucancheckitemquantitiesintransit.
Logical and
physical inventory
locations
Note: Althoughgoodsintransitlocationscanbelogicalor
physicalinventorylocations,wesuggestthatyouuseonly
logicallocationsforthispurpose.
Logicallocationscannotreceiveorshipgoods;theycanonly
beusedasgoodsintransitlocations.
User Guide
237
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Entering Transfers
ThissectionprovidesanoverviewoftheTransfersform,andit
describestheinformationyouenterforstocktransfers.
Aswithothertransactions,youcanchoosetheSavebuttonorthe
Postbuttonafterenteringatransfer.
Save or Post
IfyouchooseSave,youcaneditthetransactionlater,oryoucan
postitlaterusingthePostEntriesform.
Youcannotaddmoredetaillinestoatransferonceyoupostit,but
youcanaddtothenumberofitemstransferrediftherewere
outstandingamountspreviously(inotherwords,iftheamount
transferredwaslessthantheamountrequested,youcantransferthe
remaining,outstandingamount).
Information Entered with Transfers
Thissectionliststhestocktransfersinformationintheorderthatyou
enteritusingtheTransfersform.
ForinformationonanyofthesefieldswhileusingtheTransfers
form,pressF1,thenclicktheFieldListbuttonontheHelpscreen
thatappears.
Beforeyoucanposttransfertransactions,youmustallowtheitems
beingtransferredtobestockedatthelocationstowhichyouare
transferringthem.Youmustalsoallowitemstobestockedatthe
goodsintransitlocationifyouareusingone.
Forinformationaboutallowingitemsatlocations,seethefollowing
sectionsoftheGettingStartedmanual:
238
AssigningItemstoLocations,inChapter2.
AllowItemsatLocations,inChapter3.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
General
information
Foreachtransaction,youenterthefollowinginformation:
Ifyouaretransferringgoodsintotransit,youwillusethisdocument
numberwhenyoureceivethegoodsfromtransitatthedestination
location.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthetransfernumberifyouleave
***NEW***intheDocumentNumberfield.Theprogram
generatedtransfernumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Status. (posteddocumentsonly)
PosteddocumentscanhaveastatusofPostedorCosted.Ifyoudo
costingduringposting,alldocumentswillgodirectlytothecosted
status.Ifyoudocostingatdayend,posteddocumentswillhavea
postedstatusuntilyourunDayEndProcessing.
Document Type. (thetypeoftransferyouarerecording)
Theprogramprovidesthreedifferentdocumenttypes:
Transfer.Immediatelytransfersgoodsfromonelocationto
another.
User Guide
239
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Foreachdetaillineonatransaction,enterthedatadescribedbelow.
NotethatyoucanpressF9toopentheTransferDetailsformwhere
youenterthedetailsintofieldsinsteadofrowsofagrid.
Item Number. (ofthestockitemforwhichyouaretransferring
units)
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersinthisfield(suchas
barcodes)thathavebeenaddedtoInventoryControl.Onceyou
presstheTabkey,theprogramreplacesthefieldcontentswiththe
inventoryitemnumber,andplacesthemanufacturersitemnumbers
thatyouusedintheManuf.ItemNo.field(bydefaultthesecondlast
fieldinthegrid).
Item Description. (suppliedbytheprogramfromtheitemrecord)
240
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
User Guide
241
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Ifyouareupdatingaprevioustransferwithanewtransaction,enter
theadditionalnumberofitemsyouaretransferring.(Thisamount
cannotexceedtherequestedquantity.)
Transfer Unit. (theunitofmeasureforthequantitytransferred)
Youcanposttransfersinanyunitofmeasuredefinedfortheitem,
unlesstheitemunitshaveserialnumbers;inwhichcase,youmust
selecttheitemsstockingunit(whichhasaconversionfactorofone)
fortheTransferUOM.
Receipt Quantity. (thenumberofunitsbeingreceivedinthistransit
receipttransaction)
Thisisthenumberofunitsbeingreceivedintheshipment.
Receipt Unit. (theunitofmeasureforthequantitybeingreceived)
Youcanpostreceiptsinanyunitofmeasuredefinedfortheitem,
unlesstheitemunitshaveserialnumbers;inwhichcase,youmust
selecttheitemsstockingunit.
Transferred To Date.Ifyoureferencedaprevioustransittransfer,
thisfieldwillshowthequantitythathasalreadybeenshippedtothe
goodsintransitlocation.
Received To Date.Ifyoureferencedaprevioustransittransferor
transitreceipt,thisfieldwillshowthequantitythathasalreadybeen
receivedfromtheoriginalshipment.
Manual Proration. (adollaramounttocovertheitemsportionof
theadditionalcostsofthetransfer)
Thiscolumnwillalwaysappear,butyoucanonlyenteranamountif
youselectedproratemanuallyasyourprorationmethod.
Unit Weight, Extended Weight. Thesefieldsarefilledinbythe
programwiththeweightfromtheitemrecord.However,youcan
modifythemmanually.Ifyouenteraunitweight,theprogram
calculatestheextendedweight;ifyouenteranextendedweight,it
calculatestheunitweight.
242
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Makesurethatthisinformationiscorrectwhentransferringitems
thatusecostprorationbyweight.
Theprogramusesthedefaultweightunitofmeasurefromtheitem
record.Youcannotchangeit.
Unit Cost; Extended Cost. (fortransferringitemsthatusetheuser
specifiedcostingmethod)
Ifyouenteraunitcost,theprogramcalculatestheextendedcost.If
youenteranextendedcost,theprogramcalculatestheunitcost.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,entercostsinyourfunctional
(home)currency.
Completed. (ifyouarelookingupthetransfer,itshowswhether
thistransferiscomplete)
Comments. (addanycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
TransfersPostingJournalregardingthedetailline;optional)
Manuf. Item No. (entertheitemnumberusedbythemanufacturer
orthebarcodeassociatedwiththisitem;optional)
Thisnumberismainlyusedasanalternativecodeforentryinthe
ItemNumberfield.
Optional Fields.(clicktheZoombuttontoaddtransferdetail
optionalfields.)
Therearenorestrictionsonthenumberofdetaillinesyoucanenter
onstocktransfertransactions.
Transferring Stock Items that Use FIFO or LIFO Costing
ThissectiondescribeshowInventoryControlprocessestransfersfor
itemsusingtheFIFOandLIFOcostingmethods.
User Guide
243
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
FIFO/LIFO buckets
Theprogramkeepstrackoftheorderinwhichunitsarriveata
locationbystoringtheirreceiptdate,receiptnumber,quantity,and
extendedcostinindividualbuckets.
Whenyoutransferunitsbetweenlocations,InventoryControl
createsabucketatthereceivinglocationandstoresthetransfer
numberinthebucket.Ifsometimelateryouwanttoadjusttheitem
quantityorcostinaspecificbucketcreatedbyatransfer,youcan
identifythebucketbythetransfernumber,whichyouwillfindon
theTransfersPostingJournal.
ForinformationaboutFIFO,LIFO,andtheothercostingmethods
availableinInventoryControl,seeCostingMethods,inChapter2
ofGettingStarted.
Go button
244
1.
Selecttheaccountsetorsets(LIFOorFIFO)forwhichyouwant
toviewinformation.
2.
Chooseanitemnumberorrangeofitemnumbers.
3.
Selectalocationorlocations.
4.
Onceyouhavemadeyourselections,clicktheGobutton(or
pressF7).Ascreensimilartothisexampleappears:
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Processing Transfers
Before Using
Inventory Control
5.
ClicktheDetailsbuttontoviewfurtherinformationaboutthe
highlighteditem.Ascreensimilartotheonebelowappears:
User Guide
245
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Youmustsetupbillsofmaterialtodefinemasteritemsbeforeyou
canenterassemblytransactionstobuildthemasteritems.
Abillofmaterialspecifies:
Thenumberofmasteritems(calledthebuildquantity)youwant
toproducefromoneassemblyofthebillofmaterial.
Thecomponentitemstouse,includingthenumberofunitsof
eachitemneededtoproducethebuildquantity.
Fixedandvariablecostsassociatedwithassemblingthemaster
itemsonthebillofmaterial.
Forbackgroundinformationaboutbillsofmaterial,seeAdding
BillsofMaterial,inChapter2oftheI/CGettingStartedguide.
Forinformationaboutsettingupbillsofmaterial,seeStep12:Add
BillsofMaterial,inChapter3oftheI/CGettingStartedguide.
Disassembling
master items
Disassemblyalsousesthesamebillsofmaterial,butitallowsyouto
adddisassemblycostswhenprocessingtransactions.
Fordetailedinstructionsonenteringassembliesanddisassemblies,
seeChapter5,ProcessingInventoryControlTransactions,inthis
guide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesofthejournalentriestheprogram
createsforassemblies,seethesectionJournalEntriesGeneratedby
DayEndProcessing,onpage264.
246
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
InventoryControlsupportsunlimitedlevelsofassembliesandsub
assembliesinasinglebillofmaterials.Inaddition,InventoryControl
providesthetransactionprocessingfunctionstoassemblebillsof
materialandtodisassembleearlierassemblies.
Normally,billsofmaterialanditemassemblyareusedby
manufacturingcompanies.
Kits instead of item
builds
Ifyouaresimplygroupingitemstogetherforsaleanddonthave
manufacturingcostsorneedtotrackassembleditemsyoushould
useInventoryControlskittingfeaturesinstead.
Kittingitemsallowyoutogroupitemsforspecialpromotions
andsellthemasasingleitem.Kitsdonothavebuildcosts,and
thekittingitemisnottreatedasastockitem(sothereareno
stockedquantitiesofthekitonlyofthecomponents).
Billsofmaterial,ontheotherhand,aredesignedfor
manufacturingitemsfromotheritemsorsubassemblies,andfor
stockingthenewitems.
Forbothkindsofassemblies,youmustaddthemasteritemrecord
andallofthecomponentitemrecordsbeforeyoucandefinethekit
orBOM.
Forinformationonsettingupkittingitemsandbillsofmaterial,see
theInventoryControlGettingStartedGuide.
User Guide
247
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
IfyouchooseSave,youcaneditthetransactionlater,oryoucanpost
itlaterusingthePostEntriesform.
Youcannotchangeassemblytransactionsafteryoupostthem.
Information Entered with Assemblies and Disassemblies
Theinformationyouenterwithassembliesanddisassembliesis
presentedintheorderinwhichitappearsintheAssemblies/
Disassembliesform.
Forinformationonanyofthesefieldswhileusingthe
Assemblies/Disassembliesform,pressF1,andthenclicktheField
ListbuttonfromtheHelpscreenthatappears.
General
information
Foreachtransaction,youenterthefollowing:
Assembly Number. (anumbertodistinguishthetransactionfrom
otherassembliesordisassembliesforauditcontrolpurposes)
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheassemblynumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheAssemblyNumberfield.Theprogram
generatedassemblynumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Ifyouareenteringadisassembly,youreferencetheprevious
assemblynumberintheFromAssemblyfield.
Details button
Youcanreviewthedetailsofapostedassemblybyenteringthe
assemblynumber(orchoosingitfromtheFinder),andclickingthe
Detailsbuttonatthebottomoftheform.
Transaction Type. (eitheranassemblyoradisassembly)
From Assembly Number. (theAssemblyNumberfortheassembly
thatyouaredisassembling)
InventoryControlprovidesthebuildinformationwhenyouchoose
theassembly.Thismeansthattheprogramwillusethecosting
informationfromtheassemblytoputindividualitemsbackinto
inventory.
248
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Status. (posteddocumentsonly)
PosteddocumentscanhaveastatusofPostedorCosted.Ifyoudo
costingduringposting,alldocumentswillgodirectlytothecosted
status.Ifyoudocostingatdayend,posteddocumentswillhavea
postedstatusuntilyouruntheDayEndprogram.
Description. (addanyinformationyouwantabouttheassembly;
optional)
Reference. (forexample,thereasonyouaredisassemblingthe
masteritems;optional)
Date. (theassemblyordocumentdate)
Posting Date. (thetransactiondateforGeneralLedger;italso
determinestheyearandperiodforG/Lposting)
Year/Period. (theyearandperiodforthepostingdate)
Master Item Number. (ofthemasterstockitemforwhichyouare
assemblingordisassemblingunits)
YoumusthavealreadyaddedthemasteritemusingtheI/CItems
form.Youcannotenterassembliesfornonstockitems.
BOM Number. (thenumberofthebillofmaterialtousefor
assemblingordisassemblingunitsofthemasteritem)
Zoom button
Youcanviewandeditthebillofmaterialyouspecifybychoosing
theZoombuttonbesidethisfieldtoopentheBillsOfMaterialform.
Theprogramallowsyoutopostassembliesforwhichthereare
insufficientitemquantitiesinstockonlyifyouturnedontheAllow
NegativeInventoryLevelsoptionintheI/COptionsform.
User Guide
249
Before Using
Inventory Control
Youcandisassemblemasteritemswithoutreferencingaparticular
assembly.Thisallowsyou(forexample)tobuilditemsusingaBOM
witha25unitbuildquantity,thenuseadifferentBOMwitha5unit
buildquantitytodisassemble10units.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
YoucannotchangetheBOMifyouaredisassemblingaprevious
assembly.
Component Assembly Method. (whetheryoushouldalsoassemble
componentsofthemasteritem)
Ifthebillofmaterialcontainssubassemblies(componentmaster
items),youcanchoosetoassemble:
Nosubassemblies.(Ifyoudonothaveenoughcomponents
alreadybuilt,theassemblywillnotbecompletedunlessyou
allownegativeinventoryquantities.)
Asmanysubassembliesasarelistedinthebuildquantityforthe
masteritem.
Onlythenumberofsubassembliesrequiredtocompletethe
masteritembuildquantities.(Ifenoughsubassembliesexist,no
newoneswillbebuilt.)
Location. (theinventorylocationofthecomponentitemsandthe
locationwheretheassembledmasteritemswillbestocked)
IfyoudidnotturnontheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptioninthe
I/COptionsform,youcanpostthetransactiononlyifyoupreviously
allowedthemasteritemanditscomponentitemstobestockedatthe
specifiedinventorylocation.
Build Quantity. (thenumberofmasteritemsthatisproducedfrom
oneassemblyofthebillofmaterial;suppliedbytheprogramfrom
thebillofmaterialrecord)
Disassembly Cost.(thecostofdisassemblingthemasteritems)
ThiscostispostedtotheDisassemblyExpenseaccountfortheitems
accountset.
Quantity. (thenumberofmasteritemstoassembleordisassemble,
whichmustbeamultipleofthebuildquantity)
ThequantitymustbeamultipleofthenumberintheBuildQuantity
field.Forexample,ifthebuildquantityforthebillofmaterialis25,
250
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
thenyoumustspecifysomemultipleof25(suchas25,50,or75)for
thequantity,ortheprogramwillnotallowyoutoposttheassembly.
YoucanclicktheVerifyQuantitiesbuttontocheckwhetheryou
haveenoughcomponentsandcomponentassembliestocomplete
thebuild.
Assembling Master Items that Use FIFO or LIFO Costing
ThissectiondescribeshowInventoryControlprocessesassemblies
foritemsusingtheFIFOandLIFOcostingmethods.
FIFO/LIFO buckets
Theprogramkeepstrackoftheorderinwhichunitsarriveata
locationbystoringtheirreceiptdate,receiptnumber,quantity,and
extendedcostinindividualbuckets.
Whenyouassembleunitsofamasteritem,theprogramremoves
eachofthecomponentsfrominventory(atthelocationyou
specified)andcoststhemaccordingtotheiritemcostingmethods.
Thecomponentcostsareaddedtothefixedcostandvariablecostof
themasteritem.InventoryControlthencreatesabucketatthesame
locationandstorestheassemblynumberinthebucket.Ifatsome
timelateryouwanttoadjusttheitemquantityorcostinaspecific
bucketcreatedbyanassembly,youcanidentifythebucketbythe
assemblynumber,whichyouwillfindontheAssembliesPosting
Journal.
ForinformationaboutFIFO,LIFO,andtheothercostingmethods
availableinInventoryControl,seeCostingMethods,inChapter2
ofGettingStarted.
User Guide
251
Before Using
Inventory Control
Optional Fields.(clicktheZoombuttontoaddassemblies/
disassembliesoptionalfields)
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Check component
item quantities
and locations
Beforepostingassemblies,youcanusetheVerifyQuantitiesbutton
intheAssemblies/Disassembliesformtodisplayalistofcomponent
itemshavinginsufficientquantityinstocktoassemblethequantity
ofmasteritemsyouspecifiedintheQuantityfield.
IfyoudidnotturnontheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptioninthe
I/COptionsform,theVerifyQuantitiesbuttonalsodisplaysalistof
componentitemsnotstockedatthelocationspecifiedintheLocation
field.
Printing Reports
TherearefourwaysyoucanprintreportsinInventoryControl.You
canprint:
Directlyfromtheprogramtotheprintertoobtainpermanent
copiesoftheinformation.
Toyourscreenforquickreview.
Toafileforprintinglater,importingintoanotherprogram,or
transferringtoadiskette.
Toemailtosendthereportasanattachmenttoanemail.
InventoryControlreportscanbeprintedonlaserordotmatrix
printerswith8x11(USletter)orA4(metric)paper.
252
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Setup Reports
Accountsets
Manufacturersitems
Alternateitems
Optionalfields
Billsofmaterial
Options
Categories
Pricelistcodes
Customerdetails
Reorderquantities
G/Lintegrationoptions
Segmentcodes
Itemstructures
Unitsofmeasure
Kittingitems
Vendordetails
Locationdetails
Weightunitsofmeasure
Locations
Anytimeyouadd,delete,orchangeanyoftheserecords,you
shouldprintandfilethecorrespondingreportstokeepyourprinted
recordsuptodate.
ChoosefromtheiconsintheSetupReportsfoldertoprintthese
reports.SeeChapter7,Reports,inthisguideforinformationabout
individualreports.
User Guide
253
Before Using
Inventory Control
Youcanprintreportsshowingtheinformationenteredtodefine
eachoftherecordsyoucreatewhensettinguporupdatingyour
InventoryControlsystem.Thereportsyoucanprintshowthe
followinginformation:
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Youcanprintreportsshowingthefollowinginformation:
Agedinventory
Overstockeditems
Bin/shelflabels
Reorderreport
Inventorymovement
Serialnumbers
Itemlabels
Slowmovingitems
Itemstatus
Transferslips
Itemvaluation
ChoosefromtheiconsintheStockControlReportsfoldertoprint
thesereports.SeeChapter7,Reports,inthisguideforinformation
aboutindividualreports.
Contractpricing
Salesstatistics
G/Ltransactions
Sellingprice/marginanalysis
Markupanalysis
Transactionhistory
Postingjournals
Transactionstatistics
Pricelists
ChoosefromtheiconsinthePrice/SalesAnalysisReportsfolderto
printthesereports.SeeChapter7,Reports,inthisguidefor
informationaboutindividualreports.
254
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
ChoosefromtheiconsinthePhysicalInventoryfoldertoprintthese
reports.SeeChapter7,Reports,inthisguideforinformationabout
individualreports.
Forinstructionsonreconcilingyourinventory,seeTakingPhysical
InventoryCounts,onpage260(inthenextsection).
Periodic Processing
InventoryControlprovidesyouwithseveralfacilitiesyoushould
useperiodicallytoprocesstransactionsandkeepyourinventory
systemuptodate,including:
Dayendprocessing.
Creatingtransactionbatchesforyourgeneralledger(unlessyou
createthemduringpostingorwhenyourundayend
processing).
Takingphysicalinventorycountsandreconcilingtheresultsto
yoursystemcounts.
Clearinghistoricaldata.
Deletinginactiverecords.
Processingadjustments.
User Guide
255
Before Using
Inventory Control
InventoryControlprovidestworeportstouseforreconcilingyour
actualinventoryquantitiestoyourcomputerizedrecords.Youcan
printphysicalinventoryworksheetsonwhichtorecordyouractual
quantitiesonhandasyoucountthem,andyoucanprintthe
InventoryReconciliationreportbeforepostingreconciliationsto
checkthedatathatwillbeposted,andafterpostingreconciliations
tocheckforanyitemsthattheprogramcouldnotpost.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Makesureyouhavepostedallinventorytransactions,andrunDay
EndProcessingtoupdateyourInventoryControlsystem,beforeyou
useanyoftheperiodicprocessingfacilities.
WhenyoupostInventoryControltransactions,theprogram
performsthefollowingactions:
Updatesitemquantitiesinyoursystem.
Optionallyupdatesitemcostsifyoudoitemcostingduring
posting(bychoosingtheoptioninI/COptions).
OptionallycreatesG/Ltransactionsandpoststheminthe
GeneralLedgerif you update item costs during posting, and
YouchoosetocreateG/Ltransactionsduringposting.
(OptioninI/COptions.)
YouchoosetocreateandpostbatchesinG/Lautomatically.
(OptioninG/LIntegration.)
Note: Ifperformanceisanissue,youshouldcostitems
duringDayEndProcessingandcreateG/Ltransactions
duringDayEndProcessingorbyusingtheCreateG/LBatch
icon.
IfyouautomaticallycreateandpostG/Lbatchesduring
posting,InventoryControlwillcreateaG/Lbatchandpostit
intheGeneralLedgereachtimeyoupostaninventory
transaction.
What Day End
Processing does
256
DayEndProcessingcompletesalltransactionprocessingtasksthat
areskippedwhenpostingtransactions.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsformandinG/L
Integrationform,DayEndProcessing:
Recalculatesinventorycostsfrompostedreceipts,shipments,
returns,assemblies,anddisassemblies.
Alternatively,youcanchoosetoperformcostingduringposting.
Createsabatchofgeneralledgertransactionsforpostingtothe
GeneralLedgerprogram,andoptionallypostsitautomatically
totheGeneralLedger.
Alternatively:
Youcancreatethegeneralledgerbatchwhenyouwant,
usingtheCreateG/LBatchform(dependingonyour
selectionsfortheCreateG/LTransactionsoption).
YoucancreateandpostaG/Ltransactionbatcheachtime
youpostanInventoryControltransaction.(SeeG/L
IntegrationoptionsinChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.)
IfyoudonotuseSageAccpacGeneralLedger,orifitisina
differentlocationanddatabasefromInventoryControl,DayEnd
Processingcreatesabatchyoucanimportintoanotherprogram,
orprintandthenentermanuallyintoyourgeneralledger.
Forinformationaboutcreatingthegeneralledgerbatch,see
CreatingGeneralLedgerBatches,inChapter6.
DayEndProcessingalsodoesthefollowing:
Updatesaudittraildata,whichyouprintusingthePosting
Journalsform.
Assignsthedayendnumber(thatisdisplayedintheNextDay
EndNumberfieldontheIntegrationtaboftheI/COptionsform)
toalltheInventoryControltransactionsbeingprocessed,and
User Guide
257
Before Using
Inventory Control
EachtimeyourunDayEndProcessing,theprogramprocessesallof
thetransactionsthatyoupostedsincethelasttimeyouranDayEnd
Processing.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
thenincreasesthedayendnumbertoprepareforthenexttime
yourunDayEndProcessing.
Updatesstatisticsandhistoryusedbytheanalysisreports.
Ifyouareshowingcosts,youmustperformdayend
processingifyouwantanaccuratereflectionofcostsfor
labels.
NotethattheG/LTransactionsreportisupdatedbydayend
processingonlyifyoucreatethegeneralledgerbatch
manually,usingtheCreateG/LBatchform.Notealsothatif
youcreatethegeneralledgerbatchduringdayend
processing,youcannotprintthisreport.
Checking data
integrity
RunDayEndProcessingbeforeusingtheDataIntegrityiconin
AdministrativeServicestocheckyourInventoryControldata.(For
informationaboutcheckingdataintegrity,seetheSystemManager
UserGuide.)
DayEndProcessingalsoupdatestransactionandauditdataforSage
AccpacOrderEntryandPurchaseOrders,ifyouusethose
programs.
YoumustrunDayEndProcessingaspartofyourdailyroutineto
keepyourInventoryControlaudittrailandreportsuptodate.You
canrunDayEndProcessingasmanytimesduringthedayasyou
want.
Whenyouposttransactions.
258
ChooseinI/COptionstocostinventoryduringpostingand
tocreateG/Ltransactionsduringposting.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
ChooseintheG/LIntegrationformtocreateG/L
transactionsduringposting.
Whenyoudodayendprocessing.
ChooseinI/COptionstocreatetransactionsduringdayend
processing,andthenchooseintheG/LIntegrationformtocreate
G/Ltransactionsduringdayendprocessing.
Again,youcanpostbatchesautomaticallytoGeneralLedger,or
reviewandpostbatchesintheGeneralLedgerprogram.
UsetheCreateG/LBatchformtocreatebatchesofG/L
transactionswhenyouchoose.
IntheG/LIntegrationform,choosetocreateG/Ltransactions
onrequestusingCreateG/LBatchicon.Youcanchooseto
createanewbatchandautomaticallypostitinG/L,orpostit
laterwithotherG/Lbatches.
Warning: IfyouwanttoprinttheG/LTransactionsreportin
InventoryControl,youmustprintitbeforeyoucreatethe
generalledgerbatch.Whenyoucreatethegeneralledger
batch,InventoryControldeletestheinformationintheG/L
Transactionsreport.
IfyoudonothaveSageAccpacGeneralLedger,youcanpost
transactionsmanuallytoanothergeneralledger.
Formoreinformationaboutcreatinggeneralledgerbatches,see
Chapter6,DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
User Guide
259
Before Using
Inventory Control
Youcanchoosetocreateanewbatchwitheachtransactionand
postittotheGeneralLedger(ifyouhaveSageAccpacG/L)or
appendtoanexistingbatchandpostitlaterintheGeneral
Ledgerprogram.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
UsetheGenerateInventoryWorksheetformtogenerate
inventoryworksheetsthatspecifythelocations,accountsets,
anditemsforwhichyouwanttocountinventory.
UsetheInventoryWorksheetformtoprintcopiesofthe
inventoryworksheetsyougenerate,ifyouwanttowritethe
physicalcountsonthemwhiletakingstock.
UsethePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformtoentercounted
itemquantitiesand,whereneeded,toassignanadjustmentunit
costforitems.Youcanalsoview,edit,anddeleteinventory
worksheetsthatyoucreated(usingtheGenerateInventory
Worksheetsform).
UsetheInventoryCountsformtoviewamoresimplified
PhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform.TheInventoryCountsform
isusefulforremotelocationsorifyouhavemanyitemswith
differentunitsofmeasureforwhichyouneedtorecordcounts.
(Notethatyoucannotusethisformtoenteradjustmentunit
costsortochangepostingstatus.)
UsetheInventoryReconciliationformtoprintareportofthe
countsandcoststhatwillbepostedwhenyoureconcileyour
inventorycounts.Afterpostingareconciliation,printthereport
tocheckforanyitemsthattheprogramcouldnotpost.
UsethePostInventoryReconciliationformtopostthecounts
andcoststhatyouenteredinthePhysicalInventoryQuantities
form.Theprogramcreatesadjustmenttransactionswhenyou
postinventoryreconciliations.
TheiconsfortheseformsarelocatedintheI/CPhysicalInventory
folder.
260
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Formoreinformationaboutinventoryreconciliation,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
UseInventoryControlsProcessAdjustmentsforminthePeriodic
Processingfoldertochangeitemcostsandquantitiesforgroupsof
items.
TheProcessAdjustmentsformletsyouautomatically:
Writeoffthecostofitemswithzeroquantities.
Writeoffthequantitiesofitemswithzerocost.
Adjustthetotalcostsofitemswithnonzeroquantitiesandzero
totalcosttoanewcost.
Usually,youprocessadjustmentsafterprintingtheItemValuation
Reportandfindingthatyourcostsareoutofbalancewithinventory
amounts.(Inotherwords,youusethisformtoautomaticallyfix
problemsthatyoufindbycheckingyourinventory.)
Forexample,youcanusetheProcessAdjustmentsformtofixthe
followingproblems:
Zerocoststhatarisewhenuserspecifiedcostsarenotentered
properlyonshipmentsorreceipts,orwhenadjustmentsare
enteredincorrectly.
Zeroquantitiesthatappearafterphysicalinventorycountsor
improperlyenteredadjustments.
User Guide
261
Before Using
Inventory Control
Processing Adjustments
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Youenterthefollowinginformationtoprocessadjustments:
From Item Number/To Item Number. (therangeofitemnumbersfor
whichyouwanttocreateadjustments)
From Location/To Location. (therangeoflocationsforwhichyou
wanttocreateadjustments)
Theprogramwillskiplogicallocations.
Adjustment. (thetypeofadjustmentthatyouwanttocreate)
EachtimeyourunProcessAdjustments,youcangenerateoneofthe
followingtypesofadjustments:
Adjustthetotalcosttozeroforitemswithzeroquantities.
Adjustthetotalquantitytozeroforitemswithzerototalcost.
Adjustthetotalcostforitemswithnonzeroquantitiesandzero
totalcost.
262
Standardcost.
Mostrecentcost(includesthetax).
LastUnitcost(doesnotincludethetax).
Userdefinedcost1.
Userdefinedcost2.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Clear History
Youcanclearthefollowingdata:
Transactionhistory.
Transactionstatistics.
Salesstatistics.
Printedpostingjournals.
Serialnumbersofshippedunits.
Printedlabels(foritemsreceivedfromsuppliers).
Expiredcontractprices.
Transactions.
Formoreinformationaboutclearingtransactionandsalesdata,see
Chapter6,DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
Items.
Accountsets.
Categories.
Locations.
User Guide
263
Before Using
Inventory Control
Youcanclearthetransactionandsalesdatayounolongerneedby
choosingtheClearHistoryiconfromthePeriodicProcessingfolder
andspecifyingthedatatobecleared.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Billsofmaterial.
Formoreinformationaboutdeletinginactiverecords,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
264
WhenyouentertherelatedvendorinvoicesinSageAccpac
AccountsPayable,youwilldebitthepayablesclearingaccountfor
thevalueoftheinvoice,andcreditthevendorspayablesaccount.
Thedebittothepayablesclearingaccountclearsthebalancethatis
leftinthisaccountfrompostingreceipts.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
IfyoudonotenteravendorinvoiceinAccountsPayable(suchas
whennovendorisspecifiedonthepostedreceipt),youenteracash
transactionintheGeneralLedgerthatdebitsthepayablesclearing
accountforthecostofthegoodsonthereceipt,andcreditsthecash
account.Thedebittothepayablesclearingaccountclearsthebalance
thatisleftinthisaccountfrompostingreceipts.
Receipts
Thefollowingexamplerecordsareceiptofinventoryitems.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
Payables Clearing
Credit
X
InAccountsPayable(whenyouenterthevendorinvoice):
General Ledger Account
Debit
Payables Clearing
Vendor's Payables
Credit
X
Or
InGeneralLedger(whenyouenteracashtransaction):
Receipt returns
Debit
Payables Clearing
Cash
Credit
X
Thefollowingexamplerecordsareturnofinventoryitemstoa
supplierforanincompletereceipt.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Payables Clearing
Inventory Control
Credit
X
Shipments. AssignedsourcecodeICSHontheG/LTransactions
report.SalesreturnsareassignedICSR.
Shipmenttransactionsdebittheitemscostofgoodssoldaccount
andcreditthegeneralledgerinventorycontrolaccount.Ifanitems
costingmethodisthestandardmethodorthemostrecentcost
method,theitemscostvarianceaccountisdebitedorcreditedwith
User Guide
265
Before Using
Inventory Control
Sage Accpac
General Ledger
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
thedifferencebetweenthestandardormostrecentcostandthe
weightedaveragecostoftheitemsshipped.
Sage Accpac
Accounts
Receivable
WhenyouentertherelatedcustomerinvoicesinSageAccpac
AccountsReceivable,youmustcreditthesalesaccountsandthe
necessarytaxaccounts,anddebityourcustomeraccounts.
Shipments
Thefollowingexamplerecordsashipmentofinventoryitems.
Standard costing
Sales returns
Debit
Credit
X
Thefollowingexamplerecordsashipmentofinventoryitemsforan
itemthatusesthestandardcostingmethod.
General Ledger Account
Debit
X
X
Credit
Thefollowingexamplerecordsasalesreturn.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
Cost of Goods Sold
Credit
X
Debit
Credit
X
Adjustments. AssignedsourcecodeICADontheG/LTransactions
report.
Anadjustmentcostincreasedebitstheinventorycontrolaccountand
creditstheadjustmentwriteoffaccountyouspecifywhenyouenter
theadjustment.
266
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Quantityadjustmentsdonotcreatejournalentries.
Cost increase
Thefollowingexamplerecordsanadjustmentcostincrease.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
Adjustment Write-Off
Credit
X
Transfers. AssignedsourcecodeICTFontheG/LTransactions
report.
Stocktransfertransactionsbothdebitandcredittheinventory
controlaccountspecifiedintheitemsaccountset,althoughyoucan
setuplocationrecordsinInventoryControltooverridegeneral
ledgeraccountsegmentsthatappearintheitemsinventorycontrol
account.
Overriding
account segments
Forexample,assumethatanitemsgeneralledgerinventorycontrol
accountis130000,wherethesecondsegmentisthelocation
segment,andthatyousetuplocation1andlocation2tooverride
thelocationsegmentoftheaccountwith01and02,respectively.
Ifyoutransferanitemfromlocation1tolocation2,theprogram
creditsaccount130001anddebitsaccount130002.
Forinformationaboutoverridinggeneralledgeraccountsegments,
seeSettingUpLocations,inChapter2ofGettingStarted.
Transfer
Thefollowingexamplerecordsastocktransferfrominventory
location1toinventorylocation2.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
(to loc. 2)
Inventory Control
(from loc. 1)
Credit
User Guide
267
Before Using
Inventory Control
Anadjustmentcostdecreasecreditstheinventorycontrolaccountand
debitstheadjustmentwriteoffaccountyouspecifywhenyouenter
theadjustment.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Assemblies. AssignedsourcecodeICASontheG/LTransactions
report.
Assemblytransactionsdebitthemasteritemsinventorycontrol
account,andcredittheinventorycontrolaccountofeachcomponent
itemonthebillofmaterialbeingassembled.Ifafixedorvariable
costisspecifiedonthebillofmaterial,thenthemasteritems
assemblycostcreditaccountiscredited.
Assembly
Thefollowingexamplerecordsanassembly.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
(for master)
Inventory Control
(for parts)
Assembly Cost Credit
Credit
X
X
ThefollowingexamplerecordsashipmentfromtheOrderEntry
program,withtheShipmentClearingaccounttakingtheplaceofthe
CostofGoodsSold.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Inventory Control
Invoicing goods
from Order Entry
Credit
X
Thetransactioncreatedduringinvoicingtransferstheamountinthe
ShipmentClearingaccounttotheCostofGoodsSoldaccount,asin
thefollowingexample:
General Ledger Account
Debit
Receivables Control
Cost of Goods Sold
Shipment Clearing Acct.
Tax Liability
Sales
X
X
Credit
X
X
X
TheDamagedGoodsaccountisusedwithOrderEntryreturns.
268
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Items returned to
inventory
Debit
Inventory Control
Sales Returns
Tax Liability
Receivables Control
Cost of Goods Sold
X
X
X
Before Using
Inventory Control
Damaged items
Thefollowingexamplerecordsacreditnotetransactionforitems
returnedtoinventory.
Credit
X
X
Thenextexamplerecordsacreditnotetransactionfordamaged
items.
General Ledger Account
Debit
Damaged Goods
Tax Liability
Receivables Control
X
X
Credit
Inthiscase,theDamagedGoodsaccountisdebitedinsteadofthe
SalesReturnsaccount,and,becausethegoodsarenotreturnedto
inventory,noentriesaremadefortheInventoryControlaccountor
theCostofGoodsSold.
Description
IC-AD
IC-AS
IC-CO
IC-DA
IC-RA
IC-RC
IC-RR
IC-SH
I/C Adjustments
I/C Assemblies
I/C Consolidated Entry
I/C Disassemblies
I/C Receipt Adjustments
I/C Receipts
I/C Receipt Returns
I/C Shipments
User Guide
269
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Description
IC-SR
IC-TF
IC-IN
Ifnecessary,youcanchangethesourcetypecode(thelasttwo
characters)forthesesourcecodesontheG/LIntegrationforminthe
I/CSetupfolder.
Posting journals
Carefullymaintainandidentifysourcedocuments.
Printandfileeachpostingjournalasitiscreated.
PrinttheG/LTransactionsreportafterrunningDayEnd
Processing,butbeforeyoucreatethegeneralledgerbatch.(This
doesnotapplyifyourInventoryControlsystemissetupto
creategeneralledgerbatcheswhenyourunDayEnd
Processing.)
EachtimeyourunDayEndProcessing,InventoryControlcreatesa
journaloftheentriesfromthetransactionsyoupostedsincethelast
timeyouranDayEndProcessing.Thesepostingjournalsprovidea
recordofallposteddetailsandofthegeneralledgerdistributions
theygenerated.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationonpostingjournalsand
theG/LTransactionsreport.
Remember: YoucanalsodrilldownfromanyunconsolidatedI/C
transactioninaGeneralLedgerbatchtotheoriginalInventory
Controltransactionaslongasyoudonotdeletethetransactionin
InventoryControl.
270
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
InventoryControlfunctionsasastandaloneinventorysystemoras
thecentralcomponentinafullinventorymanagementsystem.You
cancombineInventoryControlwithOrderEntrytoautomateorder
processing,withPurchaseOrderstohandleinventorypurchasing,
andwithProjectandJobCostingtohandlematerialusage.
General Ledger
IfyouusetheGeneralLedgermoduleinthesamedatabaseas
InventoryControl,InventoryControlcreatesbatchesofgeneral
ledgertransactionsinGeneralLedgerwhenyouposttransactionsor
runDayEndProcessing,orwhenyouusetheCreateG/LBatch
form.
InventoryControlalsodisplaysandvalidatesGeneralLedger
accountnumbersinInventoryControl.
ThesummaryattheendofeachInventoryControlpostingjournal
liststhegeneralledgeraccountsthatwillbedebitedandcredited
whenyouposttheInventoryControlbatchofgeneralledgerentries
inGeneralLedger.
IfyouusetheCreateG/LBatchformtocreatetheGeneralLedger
batch,then,afterrunningDayEndProcessing,theG/LTransactions
reportalsoshowsthegeneralledgeraccountsthatwillbedebited
andcredited.InventoryControldeletestheG/LTransactionsreport
whenyouusetheCreateG/LBatchfeature.
IntheI/COptionsform,youspecifywhethertoconsolidate
transactiondetailsforthesamegeneralledgeraccountintoasingle
detail.(Notethatifyouconsolidatetransactions,youcannotdrill
downfromgeneralledgerentriestothesourcetransactionsin
InventoryControl.)
User Guide
271
Before Using
Inventory Control
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
General ledger
accounts used in
Inventory Control
Exporting General
Ledger batches
272
InventoryControlusesthefollowinggeneralledgeraccounts:
InventoryControl(definedwithaccountsets).
PayablesClearing(definedwithaccountsets).
AdjustmentWriteOff(definedwithaccountsets).
AssemblyCostCredit(definedwithaccountsets).
NonstockClearing(definedwithaccountsets).
TransferClearing(definedwithaccountsets).
ShipmentClearing(definedwithaccountsetsandusedbySage
AccpacOrderEntry).
DisassemblyExpense(definedwithaccountsets).
PhysicalInventoryAdjustment(definedwithaccountsets).
Credit/DebitNoteClearing(definedwithaccountsetsandused
bySageAccpacOrderEntry).
Sales(definedwithcategoriesandusedbySageAccpacOrder
Entry).
Returns(definedwithcategoriesandusedbySageAccpacOrder
Entry).
CostofGoodsSold(definedwithcategories).
CostVariance(definedwithcategories).
DamagedGoods(definedwithcategoriesandusedbySage
AccpacOrderEntry).
InternalUsage(definedwithcategories).
IfyoudonotuseSageAccpacGeneralLedgerorifyourSage
AccpacGeneralLedgersystemisatanotherlocation,Inventory
Controlappendsitsgeneralledgertransactionstoafilecalled
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
NotethatallgeneralledgertransactionsareplacedinthesameCSV
file,andthateachtimeInventoryControlcreatestransactionsitwill
askwhetheryouwanttoaddtotheexistingfileorreplaceit.
(InventoryControlcreatesgeneralledgertransactionswhenyourun
DayEndProcessing.)
Always append
YoushouldalwaysappendtotheCSVfile.Ifyouoverwriteit,you
willdestroyalltransactionsthatarealreadyinthefile.
Whenyouarereadytotransferthebatchtoyourgeneralledger,
copythefiletothecomputerordirectorywhereyourgeneralledger
islocatedanddeletetheoriginalCSVfilefromyourSageAccpac
companydatabase.ThenmakeabackupcopyoftheCSVfilefrom
thecomputerordirectorywhereyourgeneralledgerislocated.
IfyoudeletetheoriginalCSVfile,thenexttimeInventoryControl
createsgeneralledgertransactions,itcreatesanewicgltran.csvfile.
Order Entry
TheSageAccpacOrderEntryprogramprovidesafullyfeatured
salesorderandinvoiceprocessingsystemthatworkswithInventory
Control.
YoumustinstallandactivateInventoryControlandSageAccpac
AccountsReceivablebeforeyoucanactivateOrderEntry,because
OrderEntryisnotastandaloneSageAccpacaccountingprogram.
Price lists
OrderEntrydisplaysitemnumbersandpricelistinformationsuch
aspricesandpricingunits,saleprices,anddiscountedpricesfrom
InventoryControlwhenyouentersalesorders.
User Guide
273
Before Using
Inventory Control
icgltran.csv,whichcanbeimportedbyaremotesiteSageAccpac
GeneralLedger,ortransferredtoanothergeneralledgerthatyou
use.ThefileisinaCommaSeparatedValues(CSV)format,inthe
samedirectoryasyourcompanydatabase.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
OrderEntrytransactionsaffectInventoryControldataasfollows:
SalesorderspostedinOrderEntryincreasetheitemquantities
onsalesorderinInventoryControl.
InvoicespostedinOrderEntrydecreasetheitemquantitieson
salesorderandtheitemquantitiesonhandinInventoryControl.
CreditnotespostedinOrderEntrythatreturnitemstoinventory
increaseitemquantitiesonhandinInventoryControl.
InventoryControlkeepsitemquantitiesupdatedonline,which
meansthatstockquantitiesaffectedbyOrderEntrytransactionsare
alwaysuptodate,althoughchangesinitemcostscanbecalculated
duringpostingorduringdayendprocessing.
PostingordayendprocessingalsocreatesAccountsReceivable
invoicesfromtheinvoicesyouenterinOrderEntryand
optionallypoststhemautomatically.
Purchase Orders
TheSageAccpacPurchaseOrdersprogramprovidesafullyfeatured
purchaseorderssystemthatworkswithInventoryControl.
YoumustinstallandactivateInventoryControlandSageAccpac
AccountsPayablebeforeyoucanactivatePurchaseOrders,because
PurchaseOrdersisnotastandaloneaccountingmodule.
PurchaseOrdersdisplaysinventoryiteminformationfrom
InventoryControlwhenyouenterpurchaseorders,andcangenerate
purchaseordersautomaticallywheninventoryitemquantitiesfall
belowtheminimumquantityorprojectedsalesquantitythatyou
specifyintheReorderQuantitiesforminInventoryControl.
PurchaseOrderstransactionsaffectInventoryControldataas
follows:
274
Purchaseordersupdatetheitemquantitiesonpurchaseorderin
InventoryControl.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Receipts,returns,andinvoicesupdatetheitemquantitieson
handinInventoryControl.
PostingordayendprocessingalsocreatesAccountsPayable
invoicesfromtheinvoicesyouenterinPurchaseOrders.
User Guide
275
Before Using
Inventory Control
InventoryControlkeepsitemquantitiesupdatedonline,which
meansthatstockquantitiesaffectedbyPurchaseOrderstransactions
arealwaysuptodate,althoughchangesinitemcostscanbe
calculatedduringpostingorduringdayendprocessing.
icug-2.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:44:23 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:43:00 PM.
Where To Now?
Where To Now?
IfyouhavenotyetsetupyourInventoryControlsystem,referto
Chapter3,SettingUpYourInventoryControlsystem,inthe
GettingStartedguide.
IfyouarenewtousingInventoryControl,youshoulddothelessons
intheSageAccpacWorkbookforpracticeinusingtheprogrambefore
youbegintoworkwithyourowndata.
ForinformationonusingvariousaspectsoftheInventoryControl
program,seetheremainingchaptersofthisguide.
276
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Chapter 3
Maintaining Setup Information
IconsforMaintainingSetupInformation
SetupMaintenance
......................................... 32
......................................................... 32
ChangingInventoryControlOptions............................................. 34
ChangingCompanyOptions
................................................ 35
ChangingProcessingOptions ................................................ 35
ChangingItemsOptions
................................................... 310
.................................. 317
.................................................... 320
EditingItemStructures..................................................... 320
DeletingItemStructures
................................................... 320
.................................................... 323
DeletingSegmentCodes
................................................... 323
......................................................... 325
User Guide
3i
Maintaining
Setup Information
SetupReports .............................................................. 33
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
EffectsofChanges......................................................... 326
AssigningSeveralItemstoaLocation ................................... 326
DisallowingTransactionsforItemsatLocations .......................... 327
DeletingLocations
........................................................
328
........................................................
DeletingCategories
.......................................................
AfterChangingCategoryRecords
..........................................
330
331
331
......................................................
DeletingAccountSets
.....................................................
333
334
AfterChangingAccountSetRecords........................................ 334
Adding,Editing,andDeletingPriceListCodes .................................. 335
AddingPriceLists
........................................................
335
............................................
339
..................................................
DeletingUnitsofMeasure
.................................................
340
341
3ii
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
DeletingWeightUnitsofMeasure........................................... 343
AfterChangingWeightUnitsofMeasureRecords ............................ 344
PrintingSetupReports ......................................................... 344
ImportingandExportingSetupRecordInformation .............................. 346
Maintaining
Setup Information
User Guide
3iii
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Chapter 3
Maintaining Setup Information
ThischapterexplainshowtomaintainInventoryControloptions
andsetuprecords.Thefollowingtopicsarediscussed:
ChangingInventoryControloptionsintheI/COptionsformand
theG/LIntegrationform.
Adding,editing,anddeleting:
Itemstructures
Segmentcodes
Locations
Categories
Accountsets
Pricelistcodes
Optionalfields
Unitsofmeasure
Weightunitsofmeasure
Printingsetuprecordinformation.
Importingandexportingrecords.
Further
SeeChapter2oftheInventoryControlGettingStartedguidefor
explanationsofallInventoryControloptionsandrecords.See
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguideforstepbystepinstructions
onsettingupInventoryControlandaddingsetuprecords.
Help key
Todisplayonlinehelpaboutaform,field,ormessageyouseeon
yourscreen,presstheF1keyorclicktheHelpbutton(ifoneis
displayed).
information
User Guide
31
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Setup Maintenance
Options
UsetheI/COptionsformtoselecttransactionprocessingoptions
andentergeneralinformationabouthowyourInventoryControl
systemoperates.
G/L Integration
UsetheG/LIntegrationformtochangehowInventoryControl
createsgeneralledgerbatchesandsendstransactioninformationto
thegeneralledger.
Item Structures
UseItemStructurestoaddandupdatetheformatsyouuseforyour
itemnumbers.
Segment Codes
UseSegmentCodestospecifythecodesyoupermitinparticular
sections(segments)ofitemnumbers.
Locations
UseLocationstoaddandupdateinformationaboutthelocations
whereyoustockinventoryitems.
Categories
UseCategoriestodefinethecodesyouassigntogrouptogether
inventoryitemswithcommoncharacteristics.
32
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
UseAccountSetstospecifythegeneralledgeraccountsthat
InventoryControluseswhenyouposttransactionsforyouritems.
UsePriceListCodestoaddorupdatethecodesthatidentifyprice
listsforyourinventoryitems,aswellastoenterdefaultdiscountor
markupandtaxinformationforeachpricelist.
Optional Fields
UsetheI/COptionalFieldsformtoassignoptionalfieldsto
InventoryControltransactionsandtransactiondetails.(Optional
fieldsmustfirstbeaddedtotheSageAccpacdatabaseinCommon
Services,sotheyareavailabletoallsubledgers.)
Units of Measure
UseUnitsofMeasuretoaddorupdateallthequantitiesinwhich
youbuy,sell,price,andstockyourgoods.
Weight Units of
Measure
UseWeightUnitsofMeasuretoaddorupdateallofthedifferent
unitsthatyouuseformeasuringitemweightsforpurchasing,
selling,andshipping(suchaspounds,tons,orkilograms).
Setup Reports
InventoryControlprovidesacomprehensivesetofreportsforlisting
setuprecords.Youprintreportsofsetupinformationusingtheicons
intheI/CSetupReportsfolder:
User Guide
33
Maintaining
Setup Information
Account Sets
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Further
information
SeePrintingSetupReports,onpage337,forinformationon
printingsetupreports.ForamorecompletediscussionofInventory
Controlreports,seeChapter7,Reports.
FordescriptionsofallInventoryControloptions,seetheGetting
Startedguide.Chapter2oftheGettingStartedguideexplainsthe
purposeofeachoption,whileChapter3guidesyouthroughthe
stepsforchoosingoptionsandsettingupInventoryControl.
Help key
Todisplayonlinehelpaboutaform,field,ormessageyouseeon
yourscreen,presstheF1keyorclicktheHelpbutton.
information
MakesurenooneelseisusingInventoryControlwhenyou
changeoptions.
Youcanupdatesomeinformationwhileothersareusing
InventoryControl(suchasthecompanyinformationordefault
itemstructure),butmostoptionscanbechangedonlyifnoone
elseisusingthesystemandnootherInventoryControlforms
areopenonyourcomputer.
Ifyouarechangingwhenitemcostingisdone,youwillhaveto
runDayEndbeforechangingthesetting.
Further
information
34
Forinformationontherestrictionsthatapplywhenyouare
makingchangesinI/COptions,seeMultiuserConsiderations
inAppendixD,TechnicalInformation.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
PrinttheOptionsreportusingtheI/COptionsiconintheSetup
Reportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheOptions
form.
Youcanchangethefollowingoptions:
Companycontactinformation.
Processingsettings.
Itemcodesegments.
Documentnumbering.
Costingoptions.
UsetheG/LIntegrationformtochangehowInventoryControl
createsgeneralledgerbatchesandsendstransactioninformationto
thegeneralledger.
User Guide
35
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Important!Onceyouselectthemulticurrencyoption,youcannotturnit
off.
Allow Fractional Quantities.Selectthisoptionifyouwanttoenter
decimalplacesforquantitiesandunitsofmeasurewhileentering
transactions.Donotselectthisoptionifyouwanttosimplify
transactionentrybyeliminatingtheneedtoenterdecimalplacesfor
quantitiesandunitsofmeasure.
BOM masters
Ifyouwillbecreatingbillsofmaterialthatusefractionalquantities,
youmustselectthisoption.
Important!Onceyouselectthisoption,youcannotturnitoff.
You can change any of the following options when necessary:
Default Rate Type.Ifyouselectedthemulticurrencyoptioninthe
CompanyProfileinCommonServices,usetheFinderinthisfieldto
identifythesetofrates,suchasspotrates,younormallyuseto
convertsourcecurrencyamountstofunctionalcurrencyequivalents.
Allow Items at All Locations.Selectthisoptiontoallowinventory
itemstobestockedatalllocations.Ifyoudonotusethisoption,you
mustspecifyeachlocationatwhichanitemcanbestockedbefore
youcangeneratetransactionsinvolvingtheitemandlocation.
Youcanchangeyourselectionforthisoptionatanytime.
Allow Negative Inventory Levels.Selectthisoptionifyouwantto
allowthequantitiesofitemsonhandtogobelowzero.Toprevent
thepostingoftransactionsthatwouldcauseinventorylevelstogo
belowzero,donotselectthisoption.
Youcanchangeyourselectionforthisoptionatanytime.
Further
information
Foradiscussiononwhentousethisoption,seeAllowing
TransactionsResultinginNegativeQuantities,inChapter2ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
Allow Receipt of Non-Stock Items.Thisoption,ifselected,allows
youtoreceiveandreportonnonstockitems,withlastcostand
vendorcostinginformationupdated.Itenablesyoutomaintainalist
36
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
ofitemsthatareregularlypurchased,butforwhichyoudonot
maintainaninventoryquantity.
Services,kittingitems,orspeciallyordereditemswhicharenot
normallykeptininventoryareaddedasnonstockitems.
ThesettingisusedbyInventoryControl,OrderEntry,andPurchase
Orders.
Youcanchangeyourselectionforthisoptionatanytime,butifyou
turnitoffafterhavingusedit,InventoryControlimmediatelystops
savingtransactionhistory,althoughitretainsthoserecordsalready
collecteduntilyoudeletethemusingtheClearHistoryfeature.If
youturntheoptiononagain,therewillbeagapintherecords
correspondingtotheperiodwhentheoptionwasnotused,andyou
willnotbeabletodrilldowntoI/CtransactiondetailsfromGeneral
Ledgertomissingtransactions.
Prompt to Delete During Posting.Thisoptionletsyoudelete
individualtransactionsafterpostingifyoudonotwanttosavethe
transactioninformation.InventoryControlwilldisplayamessage
statingthatpostingiscompleteandaskingifyouwanttodeletethe
transactioninformation.
Ifyouwanttokeepalltransactioninformation,makesurethatyou
turnoffthisoption.
Note: Ifyoudeletetransactionsafterposting,youwillnotbe
abletoviewpostedtransactionsinInventoryControlordrill
downtothemfromGeneralLedger.
Only Use Defined Units of Measure. Selectthisoptiontouseonly
theunitsofmeasurethataredefinedintheUnitsOfMeasureform
forinventoryitems.
InventoryControlletsyoudefineallofthebuying,stocking,and
sellingunitsofmeasurethatyourequireforinventoryitemsusing
User Guide
37
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
theUnitsOfMeasureformintheSetupfolder,andsetupdefault
conversionfactorsbetweeneachoftheunits.Thissettingletsyou
enforceconsistencyforallitemsaddedafteryouselectthisoption.
Alternate Amount 1 NameandAlternate Amount 2 Name.Ifyou
enternamesinthesefields,optionalcolumnsareaddedtothe
LocationDetailsformandtoseveralInventoryControlreports.You
canusethesecostsasthebasefordiscountpricing(markingupan
alternatecostbypercentagesorbyamounts),andtheycanbeused
bySageAccpacOrderEntryasabasisfortaxcalculations.Seethe
SageAccpacOrderEntryGettingStartedmanualandUserGuidefor
moreinformation.
Youcanchangeyourselectionforthisoptionatanytime.Ifyou
deleteanAlternateAmountname,itscolumndisappearsfromthe
LocationDetailsform.
Default Weight Unit of Measure.Choosetheweightunitofmeasure
whichisthebasicorstandardunitthatyouuseformeasuringthe
weightofyourinventoryitemssuchaspoundsorkilograms.
OrderEntryusestheweightsininventoryitemrecordstoestimate
thetotalweightofeachorderintheunitofweightyouspecifyhere.
Additional Cost for Items on Receipt Returns.Toprorateany
additionalcostsonreceiptreturns,suchasfreightandduty,tothe
remainingitemsonthereceipt,selectProrate.IfyouselectLeave,
youenteradjustmentstohandleadditionalcostsonthegoodsbeing
returned.
Youcanchangeyourselectionforthisoptionatanytime.
Further
information
Foradiscussiononhowtousethisoption,seeHandling
AdditionalCostsonReceiptReturns,inChapter2ofGetting
Started.
Default Goods in Transit Location. InventoryControlletsyou
transfergoodsbetweenlocationseitherdirectlyorviaagoodsin
transitlocationtoreflectmoreaccuratelytheprocessofmoving
goodsbetweenlocations.
38
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Thisfieldletsyouspecifythelocationthatyouusemostoftenasthe
goodsintransitlocation.
Default Posting Date. Thisoptionletsyouchoosewhichdatethe
programdisplaysbydefaultforthePostingDatewhenyouenter
receipt,shipment,internalusage,adjustment,transfer,andassembly
transactions.
Youcanchoosefromtwosettings:
Document/TransactionDate.
Selectthischoiceifyouusuallywantthepostingdateandfiscal
periodtomatchthedocumentdate.
SessionDate.
Selectthischoiceifyouusuallywantthepostingdateandfiscal
periodtomatchthecurrentsessiondate.
ThePostingDateletsyoutospecifythedatewhenadocument/
transactionispostedtoGeneralLedger.TheFiscalYearandPeriod
arebasedonthePostingDate.
Keep Item Statistics.TohaveInventoryControlaccumulate
transactionandsalesstatisticsfrompostedtransactions,selectthis
option.
Youcanchangethisoptionatanytime,butifyouturnitoff,
InventoryControlimmediatelystopssavingstatistics,althoughit
retainsthoserecordsalreadycollecteduntilyoudeletethemusing
theClearHistoryfeature.Ifyouturntheoptiononagain,therewill
beagapintherecordscorrespondingtotheperiodwhentheoption
wasnotused.
Allow Edit of Statistics.Selectthisoptiontoallowadding,editing,
anddeletingoftransactionandsalesstatistics.
ThisoptionappliesonlyifyoualsoselecttheKeepItemStatistics
option.
User Guide
39
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Youcanchangethisoptionatanytime,butchangingordeleting
statisticscancauseinconsistenciesinyourreports.
Exporting and
importing item
statistics
TurningthisoptionoffcausestheImportcommandtodisappear
fromtheFilemenuoftheSalesStatisticsandTransactionStatistics
forms.Youwillnotbeabletoimportstatisticsrecords,butyouwill
stillbeabletoexportexistingstatistics.
Accumulate byandPeriod Type.Youcanchangethetypeofyear
betweencalendarandfiscalandthelengthoftheperiodforwhich
youaccumulatestatistics,butsuchchangeswillinvalidate
comparisonswithpriorperiods.
TheseoptionsapplyonlyifyoualsoselecttheKeepItemStatistics
option.
IfyouneedtochangethetypeofyearorperiodbywhichInventory
Controlreportsstatistics,eitherdosoattheendofyourreporting
year,oreditthestatisticsforearlierperiods.
Further
information
SeeAccumulatingItemStatisticsforReportinginChapter2of
GettingStarted.
310
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Length.Typeanumber,betweenoneand24,forthenumberof
charactersinthatsegmentoftheitemnumber.
Youcannotchangethelengthofasegmentifitemstructuresusethe
segment.
Validate.SetthisoptiontoYesifyouwanttorestrictitemnumbers
tousingthecodesyouaddforthissegment.(PresstheSpacebarto
togglebetweenYesandNo.)
User Guide
311
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Duplicate
adjustments
Note: Whenaninventoryworksheetispostedusing
inventoryreconciliation,separateadjustmentswillbe
createdforevery100items,and1,2,3,etc.willbe
appendedtotheendofthedocumentnumber.Therefore,if
thenumberofitemsadjustedisgreaterthan100,multiple
adjustmentswillbecreated.
WhenyourunPostInventoryReconciliation,youonlyspecifyone
documentnumber,andthereconciliationwilladd2,3,4,etc.to
theendtoavoidcreatingduplicateadjustments.(Notethatthisisa
rareoccurrence.)
Aging periods
speedandkeepingyourinventorydatauptodate.
Cost Items During Posting or Day End Processing.Thisinventory
optionletsyouchoosewhethertocostitemsassoonastransactions
areposted,oratdayendwhenyourunDayEndProcessing.
312
Ifyoucostinventoryitemsatposting,everyshipment,receipt,
andtransferwillupdateitemcostsalthoughthisalsomeans
thatpostingordersfromOrderEntrycantakelonger.
Ifyouprocessalotoftransactions,youmaychoosetoupdate
costsatdayendespeciallyifyoualsocreateG/Ltransactions
whenitemsarecosted.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Ineithercase,InventoryControlupdatesinventorycountswhenyou
posttransactions,soyoualwaysknowyourinventorylevels.
Note: RunDayEndProcessingbeforeswitchingfrom
costingitemsduringDayEndProcessingtocostingitems
duringtransactionposting.
IfyoucostinventoryitemsduringDayEndProcessing,the
programwillalsocreatesubledgertransactionsthen.(Youwill
notbeabletochoosetheDuringPostingoption.)
Ifyouwanttospeeduporderprocessing,youshouldcreate
subledgertransactionsandcostinventorywhenyourunDayEnd
Processing.
Further
information
PrinttheOptionsreportusingtheOptionsiconintheSetup
Reportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuinI/C
Options.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationabouttheOptions
report.
User Guide
313
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Specifywhentocreategeneralledgertransactions.
ChoosewhethertocreatenewbatchesforG/Ltransactions(and
optionallypostthem)ortoaddthemtoexistingG/Lbatches.
Note: Thischoicecanhavealargeimpactonthespeedof
processinginventorytransactionsandtransactionsinOrder
Entry.Ifyouarecostinginventoryduringposting,youmay
wanttocreatetransactionsatalaterdate.
Choosewhetherandhowyouwanttoconsolidatetransactions.
Changesourcecodesforgeneralledgertransactionsaddedto
G/Lbatches.
NewsourcecodesareautomaticallyaddedtoG/L,butyouwill
havetoupdateG/Lsourcejournalprofilestoinclude
transactionsonsourcejournals.
Further
FordescriptionsofallG/LIntegrationoptions,seetheGettingStarted
guide.Chapter2oftheGettingStartedguideexplainsthepurposeof
eachoption,whileChapter3guidesyouthroughthestepsfor
choosingoptionsandsettingupInventoryControl.
Help key
Todisplayonlinehelpaboutaform,field,ormessageyouseeon
yourscreen,presstheF1keyorclicktheHelpbutton.
information
314
Specifytheinventorycontrolinformationthatispassedtothe
generalledgerintransactionentrydescriptions,transaction
detailreferencefields,detaildescriptionfields,andcomment
fields.
PrinttheG/LIntegrationreportusingtheG/LIntegrationiconin
theSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuin
theG/LIntegrationform.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Further
Forinformationontherestrictionsthatapplywhenyouare
makingchangesinI/COptions,seeMultiuserConsiderations
inAppendixD,TechnicalInformation.
information
TheG/LIntegrationformdisplaysthefollowingtabs:
Integration
Transactions
TheIntegrationtabdetermineswhenandhowinventory
transactionsarecreatedforyourgeneralledger.Youcanchange
yourselectionsfortheseoptionsatanytime.Anychangesyoumake
applyonlytogeneralledgertransactionsproducedafterthechange.
Create G/L Transactions.Thissettingspecifieswhentocreate
transactionbatchesforthegeneralledger.
cannotcreategeneralledgertransactionsduringposting.
User Guide
315
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Selectingthisoptionenablesyoutoconsolidatetransactions
usingtheConsolidateG/LBatchesoption.
Create G/L Transactions by.InventoryControlletsyouchooseto:
AddgeneralledgertransactionstoanexistingSageAccpac
GeneralLedgerbatch.
DonotselectthisoptionifyouwanttocreateanewGeneral
Ledgerbatcheachtimeyouproducegeneralledgertransactions.
(Youmightdothisforauditingpurposes.)
CreateanewGeneralLedgerbatcheachtimeyougenerateG/L
transactions.
Thischoicewillisolatethegeneralledgertransactionsyoucreate
whilesettingup(soyoucaneasilydeletethemaftersetupto
ensurethatyoudonotaccidentallypostgeneralledger
transactionstwice).
CreateanewGeneralLedgerbatcheachtimeyougenerateG/L
transactions,andautomaticallypostthebatchintheGeneral
Ledgerprogram.
Note: IfyoucreateG/Ltransactionswhenyoupost,this
optionwillpostaG/Lbatcheachtimeyoupostatransaction
inInventoryControl,OrderEntry,orPurchaseOrdersthat
generatesageneralledgertransaction.
If you do not use
Sage Accpac
General Ledger
ThisoptionhasaneffectonlyifyouuseSageAccpacGeneral
LedgerwiththesamedatabaseasInventoryControl.
IfyouuseanothergeneralledgerorifyourSageAccpacGeneral
Ledgersystemisatanotherlocation,InventoryControlplacesall
generalledgertransactionsintoasinglebatchfilethatyoucan
importintoyourgeneralledgersystem.
Consolidate G/L Batch.Selectwhetheryouwanttransactions
consolidatedinthegeneralledgerbatch.
316
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
YoumustchooseOnRequestUsingCreateG/LBatchIconasyour
methodofcreatinggeneralledgerbatchesifyouwantInventory
Controltoconsolidategeneralledgerbatches.
Choosefrom:
DoNotConsolidate.
ConsolidateTransactionDetailsByAccount.
ConsolidateTransactionDetailsByAccountAndFiscalPeriod.
ConsolidateTransactionDetailsByAccount,FiscalPeriod,And
Source.
Partial consol.
during posting or
day-end
processing
IfyoucreatebatchesofG/Ltransactionsduringpostingordayend
processing,theprogramcanonlyconsolidatethedetailswithin
transactions;itcannotconsolidatethedetailsfromdifferent
transactions.
IfyouusetheOnRequestUsingCreateG/LBatchIconoption,you
canconsolidatetransactiondetailsfromalltransactionsforeach
generalledgeraccountifyouchooseConsolidatebyAccountand
FiscalPeriodorConsolidatebyAccount,FiscalPeriod,andSource.
Formoredetailsaboutthesefouroptions,pleaseseeChapter3inthe
GettingStartedguide.
G/L Source Codes. Thisoptionallowsyoutochangethesource
typecode(thislasttwocharacters)foreachtypeoftransaction
createdbytheInventoryControlmodule.
Thecombinationofsourceledgercodeandsourcetypecodeiscalled
asourcecodeintheGeneralLedgermodule.
Youcannotchangethesourceledgercodethefirsttwocharacters
ofG/Lsourcecodes.
Ifyouchangethesourcetypecodeforsourcecodes,thenewsource
codesareautomaticallyaddedtotheGeneralLedgermodule,but
youwillhavetoupdateG/Lsourcejournalprofilestoinclude
transactionsonsourcejournals.
User Guide
317
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Inthegrid,doubleclicktheG/Ltransactionfieldforthe
particulartransactiontypethatyouwanttodefine.
Forexample,doubleclicktheG/LEntryDescriptionfieldfor
Receipttransactions.
Adetailformappearsthatdisplaysthetransactiontypeandthe
G/LtransactionfieldyouselectedontheTransactionstab.
2.
SpecifyinformationfortheselectedG/Ltransactionfield,as
follows:
Segment separator
a.
Choose Segments
From List
b. SelectsegmentsfromtheChooseSegmentsFromList,and
thenclickInclude.
Selectacharactertoseparatesegmentsofinformation.(The
separatorisusedonlyifyouassignmorethanonesegment
toafield.Thedefaultseparatorisahyphen.)
YoucanassignamaximumoffivesegmentstoaG/Ltransaction
field,providingthatthecombinationdoesnotexceed
60characters.Iftheassignedinformationexceedsthisnumberof
characters(includingseparators),itwillbetruncatedwhenthe
transactionisposted.
3.
318
ClickSavetorecordyourselectionsforthefieldintheG/L
IntegrationDetailform.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
Maintaining
Setup Information
Further
information
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationabouttheG/L
Integrationreport.
Help key
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonitemstructures.Forstepbystepinstructionson
usingtheItemStructuresformanddescriptionsofallthefields,see
AddItemStructuresinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
YoucanalsopressF1todisplayHelpinformationwhileworkingin
theform.
PrinttheItemStructuresreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.ChoosetheItemStructuresiconfromtheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheItemStructures
form.
User Guide
319
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
ClicktheNewiconnexttotheStructureCodefield,thenentera
codeforthenewitemstructure.
2.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedintheAdd
ItemStructuressectionofChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
Youcannoteditanitemstructureif:
Existinginventoryitemnumbersusetheitemstructure.
Itisthedefaultitemstructure(seeSelectingorChangingthe
DefaultItemStructure,onpage321).
Whenanitemstructureisnotusedinitemnumbers,youcanchange
itsdescription,prefix,andsegments.
To edit an item structure:
1.
Typethestructurecodefortheitemstructure,orselectitfrom
theFinder.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheItemStructuresform,
seeAddItemStructuresinChapter3oftheGettingStarted
guide.
3.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
320
Youcannotdeleteanitemstructureif:
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Existinginventoryitemnumbersusetheitemstructure.
Itisthedefaultitemstructure(seeSelectingorChangingthe
DefaultItemStructure,onpage321).
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
Maintaining
Setup Information
1.
PrinttheItemStructuresreportusingtheItemStructuresiconin
theSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuin
theItemStructuresform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
Ifyouchangedtheitemnumbersoftheitemsthatwereassigned
tothestructuresyouchanged,youshouldalsoprintnewcopies
oftheItemStructuresreport.
User Guide
321
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Further
information
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationabouttheItem
Structurereport.
Help key
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonsegmentcodes.Forstepbystepinstructionson
usingtheSegmentCodesformanddescriptionsofallthefields,see
AddSegmentCodesinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
YoucanalsopressF1todisplayHelpinformationwhileworkingin
theform.
PrinttheSegmentCodesreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclicktheSegmentCodesiconintheSetupReports
folderorchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheSegmentCodes
form.
322
1.
SelectthesegmentusingthedropdownarrowintheSegment
Namefield.
2.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedintheAdd
SegmentCodessectionofChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Youcannoteditasegmentcodeifitisusedbyitemnumbersinyour
inventoryunlessyoufirstdeletetheitemnumbers.
Youcanchangesegmentcodedescriptions,butyoucannotchange
segmentnamesorcodes.
To edit a segment code:
SelectthesegmentfromtheSegmentNamelist.
2.
Selectthesegmentcodeyouwanttoedit.
3.
MakeyourchangesintheDescriptioncolumn.
4.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Maintaining
Setup Information
1.
Youcannotdeleteasegmentcodeifitisusedbyitemnumbersin
yourinventoryunlessyoufirstdeletetheitemnumbers.
Tip: IntheI/CItemsform,usetheSetCriteriaoptionofthe
ItemNumberFindertolistalltheitemnumbersthatusethe
segmentcodeyouwanttodelete.Forinstructionsonhowto
usethisfeature,seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
To delete a segment code:
1.
SelectthesegmentfromtheSegmentNamelist.
2.
Selectthesegmentcodeyouwanttodelete.
3.
PresstheDeletekeyonyourkeyboard.Ifamessageappears
askingyoutoconfirmthedeletion,clickYes.
User Guide
323
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
Ifyouchangedordeletedsegmentcodesusedbyitems,you
shouldalsoprintnewcopiesoftheItemStatusreportforthe
itemrecordsyouchanged.
324
Help key
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonlocations.Forstepbystepinstructionsonusingthe
Locationsformanddescriptionsofallthefields,seeAddInventory
LocationsinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
YoucanalsopressF1todisplayHelpinformationwhileworkingin
theform.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
PrinttheLocationsreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditordelete,
usingtheLocationsiconintheSetupReportsfolder,orbychoosing
PrintfromtheFilemenuintheLocationsform.
Adding Locations
To add a location:
1.
ClicktheNewiconnexttotheLocationfield,thentypethecode
forthenewlocation.
2.
FillinthefieldsandsavetherecordasdescribedintheAdd
InventoryLocationssectionofChapter3intheGettingStarted
guide.
Editing Locations
YoucanchangetheinformationinallfieldsexcepttheLocation
field.
To edit a location:
1.
TypethelocationcodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheLocationsform,see
AddInventoryLocationsinChapter3oftheGettingStarted
guide.
3.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
User Guide
325
Maintaining
Setup Information
Youmustaddatleastonelocationbeforeyoucanaddinventory
items.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Effects of Changes
Ifyousetthelocationtoinactive,youcanstillassignittonewitems.
However,ifyouattempttoposttransactionsfortheinactive
location,anerrormessagewillwarnyouthatprocessingcannotbe
completed.
IfyouchangeyourselectionfortheOverrideG/LAccount
Segments,ontheIntegrationtab,thechangedoesnotaffectexisting
generalledgertransactions.Makeanycorrectionsyouneedto
existingtransactionsinSageAccpacGeneralLedger,ifyouuseit,or
inyourothergeneralledger.
Further
information
Formoreinformationaboutthisoption,seeSettingUpLocations
inChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
Assigning Several Items to a Location
IfyouturnedofftheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptioninI/C
Options,youcanspecifytheitemstostockateachlocation.After
enteringitemsininventory,stockyourlocationsbyusingtheItems
tabintheLocationsform.
NotethattheItemstabdoesnotappearintheI/CLocationsform
whentheAllowItemsatAllLocationsoptionhasbeenselected.
Whenyouassignitemstoalocation,youallowtransactionsatthe
locationfortheitemsyouassign.
Ifyoujustwanttoassignasingleitemtooneormorelocations,use
theLocationDetailsform.
To assign several items to a location:
326
1.
Typethecodeforalocationwhereyouwanttoassignitems,or
selectitfromtheFinder.
2.
ClicktheItemstab.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Go button
3.
TurnontheAllowItemsAtThisLocationoption,ifitisnot
alreadyselected.
4.
Selecttherangeofitemsyouwanttoassigntothelocation.
5.
ClicktheGobuttontoassigntheselecteditemstothelocation
(orpressF7).
6.
Repeatsteps4and5foreachrangeofitemsyouwanttoaddto
thelocation.
7.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
8.
Repeatsteps1to7foreachlocationwhereyouwanttoadd
items.
AllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptionintheI/COptionsform.
To disallow transactions for items at a location:
1.
TypethelocationcodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
ClicktheItemstab.
3.
TurnofftheAllowItemsAtThisLocationoption,ifitisnot
alreadyturnedoff.
4.
Selecttherangeofitemsforwhichyouwanttodisallow
transactions.
User Guide
327
Maintaining
Setup Information
Foreachitemyouassigntothelocation,thevalueinthe
AllowedcolumnissettoYes.Theseitemscannowbeusedin
transactionsatthislocation.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Go button
5.
ClicktheGobuttontodisplaytheiteminformationforthe
location(orpressF7).
Foreachitemintherangeyouselected,thevalueintheAllowed
columnwillreadNo.Theseitemsnowcannotbeusedin
transactionspostedforthelocation.
6.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Toallowtransactionsforitems,followtheinstructionsinthesection
AssigningSeveralItemstoaLocation,onpage318.
Deleting Locations
Restrictions
Further
information
Youcannotdeletealocationifitemsareassignedtoitorifa
physicalinventoryworksheetexistsforthelocation.Todeletea
location,youmustfirstdeleteanyassigneditemsandanyphysical
inventoryworksheets.
SeethesectionDeletingItemRecordsinChapter4ofthisguide
forinstructionsonremovingitemsfromaninventorylocation.
To delete a location:
1.
TypethelocationcodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
328
PrinttheLocationsreportusingtheLocationsiconintheSetup
Reportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuinthe
Locationsform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
PrinttheCategoriesreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclicktheCategoriesiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheCategories
form.
Ifyouarechangingaccountnumbers,checkthatyourgeneral
ledgercontainstheaccountsyouwanttoassignforthesegeneral
ledgeraccounts:
Sales
Returns
CostofGoodsSold
CostVariance
DamagedGoods
InternalUsage
IfyoudonotuseSageAccpacGeneralLedger,Inventory
Controlwillnotverifyanygeneralledgeraccountnumbers.You
willhavetocheckthenumbersyouspecifyagainstyourgeneral
ledger.
Adding Categories
Everyinventoryitemmustbeassignedtoacategory.Youmustadd
atleastonecategorytoInventoryControlbeforeyoucanadditem
records.
User Guide
329
Maintaining
Setup Information
Finding detailed
instructions
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
To add a category:
1.
ClicktheNewiconnexttotheCategoryCodefield,thentype
thenewcode.
2.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedintheAdd
CategoriessectionofChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
Editing Categories
Restrictions
YoucanchangetheinformationinallfieldsoftheCategoriesform
exceptthecategorycode.
To edit a category:
1.
TypethecategorycodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheCategoriesform,see
AddCategoriesinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
2.
Effects of changes
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
IfyouchangeG/Laccounts,thenewaccountsareusedonlyfor
transactionspostedafterthechange.Thesameistruewhenyou
changethesettingforAllowCommissions,orchangethemaximum
commissionrate.
Changingthedefaultpricelist,taxauthorities,ortaxclassesonly
changesthedefaultchoicesfornewitemsyouaddtothecategory.
Tochangetaxinformationinexistingitemrecords,usetheTaxestab
intheItemsform.
Ifyousetthecategorytoinactive,youcannotassignittonewitems,
butyoucanstilleditandsaveitemrecordsthatusethecategory.
Youcanpostreceipts,adjustments,transfers,andassembliesfor
itemsinaninactivecategory,butyoucannotpostshipments.
330
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Deleting Categories
Restrictions
Youcannotdeleteacategoryifitemsareassignedtoit.Todeletea
category,youmustfirstassigntheitemstoadifferentcategory,or
deletetheassigneditems.
NotethatInventoryControldoesnotpreventyoufromdeletingan
itemwhichbelongstoacategory.
SeeDeletingItemRecordsinChapter4ofthisguidefor
instructionsonremovingitemnumbersfromyourinventorycontrol
system.
Assignadifferentcategorycodetoitemrecordsthatusethecategory
codeyouwanttodelete.
To delete a category:
1.
TypethecategorycodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
PrinttheCategoriesreportusingtheCategoriesiconinthe
SetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuinthe
Categoriesform.
Comparethereportyouprintedbeforemakingchangestothe
reportthatyouprintedafterwardstoverifythatyoumadeall
changescorrectly.
Ifyouchangedthecategoriesassignedtoitems,youshouldalso
printnewcopiesoftheItemStatusreportfortherecordsyou
changed.
User Guide
331
Maintaining
Setup Information
Further
information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonaccountsets.Forstepbystepinstructionsonusing
theAccountSetsformanddescriptionsofallthefields,seeAdd
AccountSetsinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
PrinttheAccountSetsreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclicktheAccountSetsiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheAccountSets
form.
Ifyouarechangingaccountnumbers,checkthatyourgeneral
ledgercontainstheaccountsyouwanttoassignforthesegeneral
ledgeraccounts:
InventoryControl
PayablesClearing
AdjustmentWriteOff
AssemblyCostCredit
NonStockClearing
TransferClearing
ShipmentClearing
DisassemblyExpense
PhysicalInventoryAdjustment
Credit/DebitNoteClearing
IfyoudonotuseSageAccpacGeneralLedger,Inventory
Controlwillnotverifyanygeneralledgeraccountnumbers.You
willhavetocheckthenumbersyouspecifyagainstyourgeneral
ledger.
332
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
2.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedintheAdd
AccountSetssectionofChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
EnterthecodefortheaccountsetorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheAccountsSetsform,see
AddAccountSetsinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
3.
Effects of changes
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
NewG/Laccountassignmentsareusedonlyintransactionsthatyou
addafterthechange.ExistingtransactionsintheG/Lbatchusethe
previousaccountnumbers.Makeanycorrectionsyouneedfor
existingtransactionsinyourgeneralledger.
Ifyoumakeanaccountsetinactive,youcannotassignittoanew
itemrecord.Youcanposttransactionsforandmakechangestoitem
recordsthatwereassignedtotheaccountsetbeforeyoumadeit
inactive.
Changingthecostingmethodwillaffectcostcalculationsforall
itemsusingtheaccountset.
User Guide
333
Maintaining
Setup Information
1.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Youcannotdeleteanaccountsetthatisassignedtoanitemnumber.
Beforedeletinganaccountset,deleteanyitemnumbersthatare
assignedtotheaccountset,orassignthemtootheraccountsets.
To delete an account set:
Further
information
1.
Enterthecodeintheaccountsetfieldorselectthecodeusingthe
Finder.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
Forinformationaboutrestrictionsonmovingitemsbetweenaccount
sets,seeEditingItemRecordsinChapter4ofthisguide.
334
PrinttheAccountSetsreportusingtheAccountSetsiconinthe
SetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuinthe
AccountSetsform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
Ifyouchangedtheaccountsetcodesassignedtoitems,you
shouldalsoprintnewcopiesoftheItemStatusreportforthe
recordsyouchanged.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Anitemcanbeassignedtomanydifferentpricelists.
Finding detailed
instructions
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonpricelistcodes.Forstepbystepinstructionson
usingthePriceListCodesformanddescriptionsofallthefields,see
AddPriceListCodesinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
PrintthePriceListCodesreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclickthePriceListCodesiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuinthePriceListCodes
form.
ClicktheNewiconnexttothePriceListCodefield,thenentera
codeforthenewpricelist.
2.
Fillinthedescription,andaddtherecordasdescribedinAdd
PriceListCodesinChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
User Guide
335
Maintaining
Setup Information
Toadditemsorchangetheassignmentofitemstoparticularprice
lists,clicktheItemPricingiconintheItemsAndPriceListsfolder.
SeeAssigningItemstoPriceListsinChapter4,formore
information.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
EnterthecodeforthepricelistorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsoffieldsinthePriceListCodesform,seeAdd
PriceListCodesinChapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
3.
Effects of changes
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
ChangesaffectthedefaultsintheItemPricingformonlyforitems
assignedtothepricelistcodeafterthechange.
information
Youcannotdeleteapricelistifithasitemsassignedtoit.
SeeDeletingItemsfromPriceListsinChapter4ofthisguidefor
instructionsonhowtoremoveitemsfromapricelist.
To delete a price list:
1.
EnterthecodeforthepricelistorselectitfromtheFinder.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
336
PrintthePriceListCodesreportusingthePriceListCodesicon
intheSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenu
inthePriceListCodesform.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
ClickOptionalFieldsintheSetupfoldertoadd,edit,ordelete
optionalfieldsthatyouuseinyourInventoryControlsystem.
SeeChapter2intheGettingStartedmanualforbackground
informationonoptionalfields.Forstepbystepinstructionsonusing
theOptionalFieldsformanddescriptionsofallthefields,see
Chapter3intheGettingStartedmanual.
ChooseOptionalFieldsfromtheI/CSetupfolder.
2.
IntheOptionalFieldForfield,selectthetypeofrecordor
transactiontowhichyouareaddingtheoptionalfield.
3.
UsetheFindertoselecttheoptionalfieldcodesyouwanttouse
foreachtype,andthenenterthedefaultentriesfortheoptional
fields,andindicatewhetherthefieldswillbeautomatically
insertedonnewrecordsortransactionsthatyouenter.
4.
Foranoptionalfieldyouaredefiningforatransaction,clickthe
Settingsbutton,thenselectthetypeofGeneralLedgeraccounts
towhichoptionalfieldentriescanbepassed.
5.
ClickAdd(orSave)toaddtheoptionalfield.
User Guide
337
Maintaining
Setup Information
OptionalfieldsareavailableifyouuseTransactionAnalysisand
OptionalFieldCreator,aseparatelylicensedpackageavailablefor
SageAccpacERP.OptionalFieldsletyoustorecustominformation
withrecordsandtransactions.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Effects of changes
1.
ChoosetheOptionalFieldsiconfromtheSetupfolder.
2.
IntheOptionalFieldForfield,selectItemsorselectthetypeof
transactionortransactiondetaillineforwhichyouwanttoedit
optionalfields.
3.
Makethechangesyouneedonthegrid.
4.
UsetheSettingsbuttontoselectthetypeofGeneralLedger
accountstowhichoptionalfieldinformationcanbepassed.
5.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Changeswillonlyaffectnewitemrecordsortransactions.
338
1.
IntheOptionalFieldForfield,selectItemsorselectthetypeof
transactionortransactiondetaillinefromwhichyouwantto
deleteoptionalfields.
2.
Select(highlight)theoptionalfieldthatyouwanttoremove.
3.
ClicktheDeletebutton,orpresstheDeletekeyonthekeyboard.
Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthedeletion,click
Yes.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
PrinttheOptionalFieldsreporttocheckthenewrecord
informationandtoupdateyourprintedrecords.
Finding detailed
instructions
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonunitsofmeasure.Forstepbystepinstructionson
usingtheUnitsOfMeasureformanddescriptionsofallthefields,
seeAddUnitsOfMeasureinChapter3oftheGettingStarted
guide.
PrinttheUnitsOfMeasurereport.DoubleclicktheUnitsOf
MeasureiconintheSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfrom
theFilemenuintheUnitsOfMeasureform.
Calculatetheconversionfactorsbetweenthestockingunitsof
measureandnewunitsyouareadding.
Choosewhattocalleachoftheunitsofmeasure.Thenamesyou
useappearondataentryscreens.
User Guide
339
Maintaining
Setup Information
DoubleclicktheUnitsOfMeasureiconintheSetupfoldertoadd,
edit,ordeleteunitsofmeasure.Unitsofmeasure(abbreviatedas
UOMs)arethequantitiesinwhichyoubuy,sell,price,andstock
yourgoods.InventoryControlletsyoudefineallofyourunitsof
measureinasingleplacesoyoucanaddthemmoreeasilytoitem
records.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
1.
UsetheInsertkeyonyourkeyboardtostartanewlineonthe
UnitsOfMeasureform.
2.
Typeanamefortheunitofmeasure,presstheTabkey,andthen
typetheconversionfactorbetweenthisunitofmeasureandthe
stockingunitofmeasure.
Thisisadefaultconversionfactor.Youcanchangeitwhenyou
addunitsofmeasuretoitemrecords.
Theconversionfactorforastockingunitofmeasureisalways1.
IfyoudidnotselecttheAllowFractionalQuantitiesoptionin
theI/COptionsform,thestockingunitisthesmallestunitof
measurethatyoucanspecifyforshippingorsellingtheitem.All
otherunitsofmeasureforanitemarebaseduponthestocking
unitofmeasure.
Youcannotchangethenameofaunitofmeasure.Ifyouwantto
changetheunitofmeasurename,youmustdeleteit,andthenadd
theUOMwiththenewname.
Youcanchangethedefaultconversionfactorforunitsofmeasureat
anytime.
To edit a unit of measure:
Effects of changes
340
1.
DoubleclicktheDefaultConversionFactorthatyouwantto
change,andtypeanewconversionfactor.
2.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Changingconversionfactorsherehasnoeffectonexistingitem
records.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Youcandeleteaunitofmeasureatanytimewithoutaffectingany
itemrecords.
NotethatInventoryControldoesnotpreventyoufromdeletinga
unitofmeasurethatisusedbyanitemrecord.
To delete a unit of measure:
Highlighttheunitofmeasurethatyouwanttodelete.
2.
PresstheDeletekey.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirm
thedeletion,clickYes.
PrinttheUnitsofMeasurereportusingtheUnitsofMeasure
iconintheSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFile
menuintheUnitsofMeasureform.
Comparethereportthatyouprintedbeforemakingchangesto
thereportthatyouprintedafterwardstoverifythatyoumade
allchangescorrectly.
User Guide
341
Maintaining
Setup Information
1.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Finding detailed
instructions
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonweightunitsofmeasure.Forstepbystep
instructionsonusingtheWeightUnitsOfMeasureformand
descriptionsofallthefields,seeAddWeightUnitsOfMeasurein
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
PrinttheWeightUnitsOfMeasurereport.Doubleclickthe
WeightUnitsOfMeasureiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
choosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheWeightUnitsOfMeasure
form.
Calculatetheconversionfactorsbetweenthedefaultweightunit
ofmeasureandallotherweightunitsofmeasure.
YousetthedefaultweightunitofmeasureontheI/COptions
formafteraddingittotheWeightUnitsOfMeasureform.
Choosewhattocalleachoftheweightunitsofmeasure.The
namesyouuseappearondataentryscreens.
342
1.
UsetheInsertkeyonyourkeyboardtostartanewlineonthe
WeightUnitsOfMeasureform.
2.
Typeanamefortheweightunitofmeasure,andpresstheTab
key
3.
Typetheweightconversionfactorforconvertingthisweight
unittothedefaultweightunitofmeasure.Forexample,if
poundisthedefaultweightunitofmeasure(witha
conversionfactorof1),theconversionfactorfortonwouldbe
2,000.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Youcanusefractionsinweightconversionfactorsevenifyoudo
notusefractionalinventoryquantities.Forexample,thefactorto
convertkilogramstopoundswouldbe2.2.
ThedefaultweightunitofmeasureissetintheI/COptionsform.It
isalsotheunitinwhichthetotalorderweightisexpressedinOrder
Entry.
Restrictions
Youcannotchangethenameofaweightunitofmeasure.Ifyou
wanttochangetheweightUOMname,youmustdeletetheweight
unitofmeasure,andthenaddthenewweightUOMwiththenew
name.
Youcanchangetheconversionfactorsforweightunitsofmeasureat
anytime.
To edit a weight unit of measure:
Effects of changes
1.
DoubleclicktheDefaultConversionFactorthatyouwantto
change,andtypeanewconversionfactor.
2.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Changingconversionfactorswillaffecttheshippingweightof
ordersthatusetheweightunitofmeasure.
Youcannotdeletethedefaultweightunitofmeasure,andyou
cannotdeleteanyweightunitofmeasurethatisusedbyanitem.
Ifyouwanttodeletethedefaultweightunitofmeasure,youmust
firstsetadifferentweightunitofmeasureasthedefaultunit(inthe
I/COptionsform).
To delete a weight unit of measure:
1.
Highlighttheweightunitofmeasurethatyouwanttodelete.
User Guide
343
Maintaining
Setup Information
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Item Mappings
2.
PresstheDeletekey.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirm
thedeletion,clickYes.
PrinttheWeightUnitsofMeasurereportusingtheWeight
UnitsOfMeasureiconintheSetupReportsfolder,orchoose
PrintfromtheFilemenuintheWeightUnitsOfMeasureform.
Comparethereportyouprintedbeforemakingchangestothe
reportthatyouprintedafterwardstoverifythatyoumadeall
changescorrectly.
Item Mappings
TheItemMappingsformprovidesamappingtableforthirdparty
programstomapitemnumbersmaintainedinanonSageAccpac
ERPsystemtoitemnumbersanddescriptionsinSageAccpacERP.
TheitemmappingtableisnotusedinastandardSageAccpac
InventoryControlsystem.
Forexample,youmightusetheseitemmappingsforimporting
transactionsintoSageAccpacERP,orforimportingitems.
To enter item mappings
344
1.
DoubleclicktheItemMappingsiconintheI/CSetupfolderto
opentheItemMappingsform.
2.
EitherenteryournonSageAccpacitemnumbersand
descriptionsorimportthemfromyournonSageAccpac
InventoryControldata.
3.
SelecttheitemstructurethatyouwanttouseinSageAccpac
ERPforeachitemnumber.
4.
TypetheitemnumbertouseinSageAccpacERPforeachnon
SageAccpacitemnumber.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Whenyouarefinished,clickClosetosavetheitemmappingsand
closetheItemMappingsform.
Youshouldprintnewreportsandfilethemeachtimeyouchange
InventoryControlsetuprecordsoroptions.
To print setup reports:
1.
OntheFilemenuinthefollowingforms,clickPrint:
Options
G/LIntegration
ItemStructures
SegmentCodes
Locations
Categories
AccountSets
PriceListCodes
OptionalFields
UnitsofMeasure
WeightUnitsofMeasure
ItemMappings
User Guide
345
Maintaining
Setup Information
YoucanprintreportsforeachoftheiconsintheSetupfolder,using
thePrintselectionontheFilemenuineachoftheformsorthe
correspondingiconsintheSetupReportsfolder.
icug-3.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:14:44 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 2:52:00 PM.
Further
information
2.
Selecttherangeofrecordsforwhichyouwanttoprintthe
report,andselectinformationyouwantincluded,ifoptionsfor
informationandrangesareavailable.
3.
ClickthePrintbutton.
Fordetailsaboutthesereports,andmoreinformationaboutprinting
them,seeChapter7inthisguide.
information
After importing
346
FormoreinformationaboutimportingandexportingInventory
Controlrecords,seeAppendixB,ImportingandExporting,inthis
guide.ReferalsototheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Checkdataintegrity.
Printreportsoftherecordstoverifyimporteddata.
Ifnecessary,deletefilescontainingimportedrecordsinthe
programwhereyoucreatedthem.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Chapter 4
Maintaining Item and
Price List Information
IconsforMaintainingItemandPriceListInformation
ItemandPriceListMaintenance
............................. 42
............................................. 42
ItemandPriceListSetupandReports ........................................ 44
Adding,Editing,andDeletingItemRecords ...................................... 45
AddingItemRecordsUsingtheItemsWizard ................................. 45
AddingItemRecordsUsingtheItemsForm ................................... 46
DeletingItemRecords
...................................................... 49
...................................................... 410
................................. 412
.................................................. 412
........................................................ 414
ViewingPriceListInformation
............................................. 415
......................................................... 416
DeletingItemsfromPriceLists.............................................. 417
CopyingItemstoOtherPriceLists
.......................................... 417
User Guide
4i
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
EditingItemRecords........................................................ 47
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
...................................................
428
..............................................
DeletingManufacturersItems
.............................................
431
431
...............................
432
................................................
433
..................................
436
...........................................
436
..................................................
437
UpdatingBillsofMaterial.................................................. 439
AfterChangingBillsofMaterialRecords .................................... 441
Adding,Editing,andDeletingKittingItems ..................................... 442
BeforeSettingUpKittingItems ............................................. 442
AddingKittingItemRecords ............................................... 443
EditingKittingItems ...................................................... 443
DeletingKittingItemRecords .............................................. 444
MaintainingItemStatistics..................................................... 444
UpdatingSalesStatistics ................................................... 446
DeletingSalesStatistics .................................................... 446
4ii
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
............................................. 447
.............................................. 448
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
User Guide
4iii
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Chapter 4
Maintaining Item and
Price List Information
ThischapterexplainshowtomaintainInventoryControlitem
recordsandpricelistinformation.Thetopicscoveredare:
Adding,editing,anddeletingitemrecords.
Assigningitemstopricelists,andeditingpricelistinformation.
Copyingitemsfromonepricelisttoanotherpricelist.
Updatingpricesonarangeofpricelists.
Assigningorremovingitemsfromlocations,andadding,
editing,anddeletinglocationdetails.
Adding,editing,anddeletingmanufacturersitemnumbers.
Adding,editing,anddeletingreorderquantities.
Adding,editing,anddeletingbillsofmaterial.
Adding,editing,anddeletingsalesandtransactionstatistics.
Printingitemrecordandpricelistinformation.
Importingandexportingitemrecordsandpricelists.
Adding,editing,anddeletingkittingitems.
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
Further
information
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforexplanationsofthe
InventoryControlrecordsdiscussedinthischapter.SeeChapter3of
theGettingStartedguideforstepbystepinstructionsonadding
recordstoInventoryControl.
User Guide
41
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Help key
Todisplayonlinehelpaboutaform,field,ormessagethatyousee
onyourscreen,presstheF1keyorclicktheHelpbutton(ifoneis
displayed).
UsetheItemsWizardtostreamlineitemsetupbyenteringallitem
setupinformationwithinasingleitemwizard.
TheItemsWizardletsyouaddnewitemrecordsorupdateexisting
ones,specifyitemlocationsandcosts,assignitemstovendors,setup
itempricing,addcustomersandmanufacturersitemnumbers,and
setupreorderinformation.
Ifyouprefer,youcanenterallofthisinformationusingthe
individualformsintheI/CItemsandPriceListsfolder.
42
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
UseItemstoadd,edit,anddeleteitemrecords.
Vendor Details
UseVendorDetailstospecifythevendor(s)foreachitemandthe
defaultitemcostforthevendor(s).(PurchaseOrderswillthenallow
youtousethecostasadefaultandwillupdatethevendorscostfor
theitem.)
Customer Details
UseCustomerDetailstospecifytheitemnumbersthatyour
customersuseforyourinventoryitems.Customeritemnumbers
providemoreaccuracywhenidentifyingspecificitemsonsales
order.Customeritemnumbersareautomaticallytranslatedduring
dataentrytoyourinventoryitemnumbers.
Item Pricing
UseItemPricingtoeditpricinginformationforitemsandtoassign
orremovepricelistitems.
UseCopyItemPricingtocopyarangeofitemsfromonepricelistto
anotherpricelist.
UseUpdateItemPricingtoupdatepricesorcostsinarangeofitems
foroneormorepricelists.
Contract Pricing
UseContractPricingtosetupandeditcontractpricing
arrangements,byitemorcategory,forindividualcustomers.
Location Details
IfyoudidnotselecttheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoptioninthe
I/COptionsform,useLocationDetailstoeditlocationdetailsandto
assignorremovepricelistitemsfromlocations.
Manufacturers
Items
UseManufacturersItemstosetupbarcodes(e.g.UPCandISBN
codes)forenteringtransactionsinInventoryControl,OrderEntry,
andPurchaseOrdersandtocreateshortcutnumbersforyourmost
popularitems.Manufacturersitemnumbersareautomatically
translatedduringdataentrytoyourinventoryitemnumbers.
Reorder Quantities
UseReorderQuantitiestospecifymaximum,minimum,reorder,and
projectedsalesquantitiesforeachitemateachlocationwhereyou
stocktheitem.
User Guide
43
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
Items
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Bills of Material
UseBillsOfMaterialtospecifythecosts,quantities,units,and
componentsincludedwhenyouassembleorrepackageinventory
itemstocreateasupplyofmasteritemsforsale.
Copy Bills of
Material
UseCopyBillsOfMaterialtocreateanewbillofmaterialbasedon
anexistingBOM.ThenewBOMcanbeforthesamemasteritemor
foranewone.
Update Bills of
Material
UseUpdateBillsOfMaterialtochangethefixedorvariablecostsfor
arangeofbillsofmaterialbyapercentoranamount,ortoadd,
remove,orreplaceparticularcomponentsinarangeofBOMs.
Kitting Items
UseKittingItemstogroupitemsforspecialpromotionsandsell
themasasingleitem.UnlikeBOMmasteritems,kittingitemsare
nottreatedasstockitems,sotherearenostockedquantitiesofkits
onlyofthecomponents.
44
ItemStatusreport(intheStockControlReportsfolder).
PriceListsreport(inthePrice/SalesAnalysisReportsfolder).
ContractPricingreport(inthePrice/SalesAnalysisReports
folder).
AlternateItemsreport.
VendorDetailsreport.
CustomerDetailsreport.
LocationDetailsreport.
ManufacturersItemsreport.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Further
information
BillsofMaterialreport.
KittingItemsreport.
ReorderQuantitiesreport.
SeePrintingItemandPriceListInformation,onpage449,for
informationonprintingitemreportsandpricelists.
ForamorecompletediscussionofInventoryControlreports,see
Chapter7,Reports.
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonitems.Forstepbystepinstructionsonusingthe
Itemsformanddescriptionsofallthefields,seeStep7:Add
InventoryItemsinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
Before you start
PrinttheItemStatusreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.ClicktheItemStatusiconintheStockControlReportsfolder
orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheItemsform.
DoubleclicktheItemsWizardicon.
2.
ClicktheNewiconnexttotheItemNumberfield,andthen
enteracodefortheitemrecordthatyouwanttoadd.
3.
Fillinthefieldsonthefirstpage,andthenclicktheNextbutton
tomovethroughtheremainingpagesontheform.
User Guide
45
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
UsetheItemsformortheItemsWizardintheItemsAndPriceLists
foldertoadditemrecordstoInventoryControl,andtomodifyor
deleteexistingitemrecords.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
4.
YoucanaddtherecordbyclickingtheDonebuttonwhenyou
haveaddedtherequirediteminformation(afteryouaddthe
stockingunitofmeasureonpage3oftheiteminformation).
Formoreinformation,seeStep7:AddInventoryItemsin
Chapter3intheGettingStartedguide.
Click the Cancel
button to save your
work
Ifyouhavetoleavethewizardwhileaddinganitem,justclickthe
Cancelbutton,andyouwillhavethechancetosaveyourentries.
ThenexttimeyoustarttheItemsWizard,youcancontinuefromthe
lastentrybyenteringthesameItemNumber.
Copying an
existing record to
a new item record
46
1.
DoubleclicktheItemsicon.
2.
ClicktheNewiconnexttotheItemNumberfield,andthen
enteracodefortheitemrecordyouwanttoadd.
3.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedinStep7:Add
InventoryItemsinChapter3inGettingStarted.
Tocreateanewitemrecordusingsomeoftheinformationentered
foranotheritemrecord,followthesesteps:
1.
DoubleclicktheItemsicon.
2.
IntheItemNumberfield,enterthenumberoftheitemrecord
youwanttocopy,orselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Whentheitemrecordisdisplayed,enterthenewitemnumber
intheItemNumberfield,thenpresstheTabkey.
4.
Editanyofthefieldsrequiringchangesforthenewrecord.
5.
Specifythestockingunitandanyotherunitsofmeasureforthe
newitemontheUnitstab.
6.
ClickSavetoaddthenewitemrecord.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Youcannotchangeanitemsstructurecode.
Youcannotassignanitemtoaninactivecategoryoraccountset.
Youcannotchangeanitemsaccountsettoonethatusesthe
userspecifiedcostingmethodiftheitemisamasteror
componentiteminabillofmaterial.
Youcannotchangeastockitemtoanonstockitemunless:
Thetotalcostandquantityfortheitemiszeroatall
locations,andtheitemnumberisremovedfromalllocation
records,usingtheLocationDetailsform.
Theaccountsetandcategorycodesfortheitemareactive.
Theitemisassignedtoanaccountsetthatusestheuser
specifiedcostingmethod.
Youcannotchooseaninactiveitemasanalternateitem.
Youcannotchangeastockitemtoakittingitemunlessyou
changetheAccountSetCodeentrytoUserSpecifiedCost.
Wedonotrecommendthatyouchangethecategoryoraccountset
assignedtoanitemrecordforwhichyouhavepostedtransactions.
Ifyouchangethecategory,thenewcategorymaynotdistribute
COGS(costofgoodssold)andcostvarianceamountstothesame
generalledgeraccountsastheoldcategory,invalidatingstatistical
comparisonsbetweenreportingperiods.
User Guide
47
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
Changing an
items category or
account set
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Ifyouchangetoanewaccountsetwhichusesadifferentcosting
method,allsubsequenttransactionspostedfortheitemnumberwill
bepostedtothesetofgeneralledgeraccountslinkedtothenew
accountsetcode.
InventoryControlwarnsyouifyouattempttochangeanitems
accountsetwhiletherearepostedtransactionsfortheitemforwhich
DayEndProcessinghasnotbeenrun.
Youcanchangethecategory,accountset,andtaxgroupassignedto
anitem,butonlytoanothercategory,accountset,ortaxgroupthat
usesthesamecurrency.
Optional Fields in
Inventory Control
UsetheI/COptionalFieldsformtosetwhichoptionalfieldsappear
intheitemrecords.
Optional Fields in
Common Services
UsetheOptionalFieldsforminCommonServicestochangethelist
ofvalidentriesforeachoptionalfieldthathasaFinderbutton.
48
1.
DoubleclicktheItemsWizardicon.
2.
Enterthecodefortheitemrecordyouwanttoeditorselectit
fromtheFinder.
3.
UsetheNextbuttontomovetoinformationthatyouwantto
change.
4.
Makethechangesyouneedintheitemrecord,itemvendors,
itempricing,alternativeitemnumbers,billsofmaterial,kitting
items,orreorderquantities.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheItemsWizardform,
pressF1orseeStep7:AddInventoryItems,inChapter3of
theGettingStartedguide.
5.
Effects of changes
Whenyouarefinished,clickSavetorecordyourchanges.
Onceyoumakeaniteminactive,youcannotuseitintransactions
(receipts,shipments,transfers,assemblies,oradjustments)unless
youmakeitactiveagain.
2.
Enterthecodefortheitemrecordyouwanttoeditorselectit
fromtheFinder.
3.
Makethechangesyouneedintherecord.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheItemsform,pressF1or
seeStep7:AddInventoryItems,inChapter3oftheGetting
Startedguide.PressF1forhelponanyoftheItemsfields.
4.
Effects of changes
Whenyouarefinished,clickSavetorecordyourchanges.
Onceyoumakeaniteminactive,youcannotuseitintransactions
(receipts,shipments,transfers,assemblies,oradjustments)unless
youmakeitactiveagain.
Thequantityoftheitemstoredateachlocationiszero.
Thetotalcostoftheitemateachlocationiszero.
Youhaverundayendprocessingifyouhavepostedany
transactionsfortheitemsincethelastdayendprocessing,and
havecompletedallreceiptsinvolvingtheitem.
User Guide
49
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
1.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Theitemisnotamasteritemorcomponentitemforabillof
material.
Further
information
1.
DoubleclicktheItemsicon.
2.
Entertheitemnumberfortheitemyouwanttodeleteorselectit
fromtheFinder.
3.
ClickDelete.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
YoucanalsousetheDeleteInactiveRecordsformtodeleteinactive
itemrecords.SeeDeletingInactiveRecordsinChapter6for
informationaboutusingtheDeleteInactiveRecordsform.
Further
information
PrinttheItemStatusreport,usingtheItemStatusiconinthe
StockControlReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenu
intheItemsform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingchanges.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationabouttheItemStatus
reportandotheritemreports.
410
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheVendorDetailsiconintheItemsAndPriceLists
folder.
2.
EnteranitemnumberintheItemNumberfield,usetheFinder
tochooseanitemfromthelist,orusethenavigationbuttonsto
moveupanddownthroughthelist.
3.
FillinthefieldsasdescribedinStep10:AssignVendorsto
ItemsinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
4.
ClickSavetorecordyourchangeswhenyouarefinished.
To delete a vendor:
1.
DoubleclicktheVendorDetailsicon.
2.
EnteranitemnumberintheItemNumberfield,usetheFinder
tochooseanitemfromthelist,orusethenavigationbuttonsto
moveupanddownthroughthelist.
3.
SelectavendorrecordusingtheFinderintheVendorNumber
field.
4.
PresstheDeletekeyonyourkeyboard.ClickYesifyouare
askedtoconfirmthedeletion.
Editing Vendors
Youcanchangeanyofthedetailsforavendorexceptforthe
vendorscurrency.
User Guide
411
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
412
1.
DoubleclicktheCustomerDetailsicon.
2.
EnteranitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
TabtotheCustomerNumbercolumnandpresstheInsertkeyto
addanewline,ifnecessary.
4.
EnterthecustomernumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
5.
TabtotheCustomersItemNumberfieldandentertheitem
codethatyouwanttoidentifythisinventoryitemforthis
customer.
6.
Enterthecustomersdescriptionforthisitem.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
7.
Choosetheunitofmeasureforthiscode.
8.
Enteranycommentssuchaswhyorwhenthiscodeisused.
9.
ClicktheSavebuttontoaddthealternativeitemnumber.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Movetothelinesandfieldsthatyouwanttochange.
4.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
1.
DoubleclicktheCustomerDetailsicon.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Selectthenumberthatyouwanttodelete.
4.
PresstheDeletekeytoremovethecompleteline.Ifamessage
appearsaskingyoutoconfirmthedeletion,clickYes.
User Guide
413
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
information
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationabouttheCustomer
Detailsreport.
UseItemPricingtoassignitemstopricelists,toeditpricing
informationforitems,andtoremoveitemsfrompricelists.
UseCopyItemPricingtoaddarangeofitemstoonepricelistfrom
anotherpricelist.
Update Item
Pricing
UseUpdateItemPricingtochangepricesorcostsforarangeof
itemsononeormorepricelists.
Contract Pricing
UseContractPricingtosetuppricingarrangementsforspecific
customers.
UsePriceListCodes(locatedintheSetupfolder)toaddorupdate
thecodesthatidentifypricelistsforyourinventoryitems,aswellas
toenterdefaultdiscount(ormarkup)andtaxinformationforeach
pricelist.
Further information
SeeSettingUpPriceListsinChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide
foranexplanationofhowpricelistsworkinInventoryControl.For
stepbystepinstructionsoncreatingpricelistsandforadescription
ofallthefieldsinthePriceListsCodesform,seeAddPriceList
CodesinChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
414
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Forinstructionsondeletingpricelists,seeDeletingPriceListsin
Chapter3inthisguide.
2.
Enterorselectthenumberoftheitemthatyouwanttoview.
3.
Doubleclickapricelistifyouwantmoreinformationorifyou
needtoeditthedetails.
User Guide
415
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
1.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Tip: Ifyouneedtomakethesamechangetoanumberof
itempricingrecords,useSageAccpacsmacrofeature,as
describedintheSystemManagerUserGuide.Forexample,
youcanuseamacrotochangetheroundingmethodused
fordiscountsandmarkupsonallyouritemrecords.
Before you start
PrintthePriceListsreportforthepricelistsyouwanttochange.
DoubleclickthePriceListsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysisReports
folderorchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheItemPricingform.
To assign an item to a price list:
1.
DoubleclicktheItemPricingicon.
2.
Enterorselectthenumberoftheitemthatyouwanttoaddtoa
pricelist,andclicktheNewbuttonatthebottomoftheform.
3.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,enterthecurrencycodeor
selectitfromtheFinder.
4.
Enterthepricelistcodeforthepricelistyouwantorselectit
fromtheFindernexttothePriceListCodefield.
5.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedinStep9:
AssigningItemstoPriceListsinChapter3oftheGettingStarted
guide.
416
1.
DoubleclicktheItemPricingicon.
2.
Enterorselectthenumberoftheitemthatyouwanttoedit.
3.
Doubleclickthepricelistthatyouwanttochange.
4.
Makethechangesyouneed.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheItemPricingform,press
F1orseeStep9:AssigningItemstoPriceListsinChapter3of
theGettingStartedguide.
5.
Whenyouarefinished,clickSavetorecordyourchanges.
DoubleclicktheItemPricingicon.
2.
Enterorselectthenumberoftheitemwiththepricesthatyou
wanttodelete.
3.
Select(highlight)thepricelist.
4.
ClickDelete.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
User Guide
417
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
useSageAccpacsmacrofacility,asdescribedintheSystem
ManagerUserGuide.Foranexampleofamacrothatdeletes
allitemsfromthepricelistbeforedeletingtheselectedprice
listcode,seeCreatingMacrosforInventoryControlin
AppendixDofthisguide.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
itemsontheoriginalpricelist,oryoucanchoosetoadjustbase
prices,saleprices,markupcosts,andmarkupfactors,specifythe
numberofdecimalplacestouse,andaddsaledates,taxinformation,
anddiscount/markupinformationfortheitemsyoucopy.
Restrictions
Youcannotcopyarangeofitemsifanyoftheitemsalreadyappear
onthelistyouarecopyingto.UsetheUpdateItemPricingiconto
changeexistingpricelistinformation.
Ifyouhavenotalreadydoneso,usethePriceListCodesformto
addpricelistcoderecordsforthepricelistsyouneed.
To copy items from one price list to another:
1.
DoubleclicktheCopyItemPricingiconintheItemsAndPrice
Listsfolder.
418
2.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,specifytheFromandTo
currencycodes.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
3.
Specifythesourceanddestinationpricelistsbyenteringthe
FromandTopricelistcodes.
4.
Specifythemethodforselectingtherangeofitemsthatyou
wanttocopy.
Category. Selectitemsbytheiritemcategorycodes.
intheiritemnumbers,withintherangeofsegmentcodes
youspecify.
buytheitem.
Optional Field Entries. Selectbyoptionalfieldswhichhave
beenassignedtoitemrecords.Optionalfieldsappearafter
theVendorNumberselection.
5.
Selecttherangeofrecordsthatyouarecopying.
6.
Selecttheinformationthatyouwanttocopy.Chooseasmuch
informationasyouneed.Youcancopyeachitems:
informationfortheitemspecifiedontheDiscountstabofthe
ItemPricingform.
includesitemandemployeespecificrulesforcheckingprice
overrideamountsenteredinOrderEntry.
theTaxestaboftheItemPricingform.
User Guide
419
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Youcanalsospecify:
displayingorprintingthebaseandsaleprices.
markupcoststocalculatethesellingpricesforitemsonthe
newpricelist.
Fieldsyoudonotselectwhenyoucopyitemstoapricelistwill
stillbeincludedinthenewitempricingrecords,buttheirvalues
willbesettozerobydefault.
7.
Choosewhethertoincreaseordecreasethevaluesoftheselected
fields,andthenspecifythepercentage.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,choosethemethodof
creatingtheselectedfields.Youcan:
Increaseordecreasethevaluesofthefieldsandspecifythe
percentageofthechange.
Or
8.
After copying
price lists
420
Multiplycostsandpricesbyarateofexchange.
ClicktheCopybuttontocopytheselectedrangeofitemstothe
pricelist.
Editthenewpricelistifyouwanttoaddinformationnotincluded
intheoriginal,orwanttoeditinformationcopiedoverfromthe
original.UsetheUpdateItemPricingformtomakethesamechange
toseveralitempricingrecords,andusetheItemPricingformto
changesingleitempricingrecords.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
Youcanchoosewhethertopricebyitemnumberorcategorycode,
andtheContractPriceTypefieldprovidesanumberofpricing
options.
SeetheGettingStartedguideforamoredetailedoverviewof
ContractPricingandastepbystepguidetousingtheContract
Pricingform.
To add contract pricing for a customer:
1.
DoubleclicktheContractPricingicon.
2.
Enterthecustomernumberforthecustomeryouwanttosetup
acontractpricefor,orselectthenumberusingtheFinder.
User Guide
421
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
3.
Choosethepricingmethodyouprefer(byitemnumberorby
categorycode).Fieldsinthelowerportionoftheformare
activatedaccordingtothepricingmethodchosenintheupper
portion.
4.
FillinthefieldsasdescribedinStep11:SetupContract
PricinginChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
5.
Checktheexpirationdateforthecontract.Youcanleavethis
fieldblankifyouwantthecontracttobeopenended.
6.
ClicktheAddbuttontoaddthecontractpricingtoyourdata.
Youwilllaterbeabletoeditthiscontractoraddanotherforthe
samecustomerbyusingtheFinderorthenavigationbuttons.
YoucanalsoclearexpiredcontractpricesbyusingtheClear
Historyform.
422
1.
DoubleclicktheContractPricingicon.
2.
UsetheFinderorthenavigationbuttonstoselectthecustomer
andcontractpricingthatyouwanttochange.
3.
Changethepricingmethod,ifnecessary.Fieldsinthelower
portionoftheformwillchangeifyouchangethisfield.
4.
FillintheremainingfieldsasdescribedinStep11:Setup
ContractPricinginChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
5.
ClicktheSavebuttontosaveyourchangestothecontract
pricinginformation.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheContractPricingicon.
2.
UsetheFinderorthenavigationbuttonstoselectthecustomer
andcontractpricingthatyouwanttochange.
3.
ClickDelete.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
YoucanalsoclearexpiredcontractpricesbyusingtheClearHistory
form.
UsetheUpdateItemPricingformtochangepricesorcostsfora
rangeofitemsononeormorepricelists.
Youcanupdatebaseprices,saleprices,ormarkupcostsbya
percentage,anamount,oranexchangerate(inmulticurrency
ledgers).Youcanalsochangebasepricesandsalepricesbya
markupfactorormarginpercentage.
Before you start
PrintthePriceListsreportforthepricelistsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclickthePriceListsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
ReportsfolderorchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheItemPricing
form.
User Guide
423
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheUpdateItemPricingiconintheItemsAnd
PriceListsfolder.
Use the
Finder
2.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,enterthecurrencycodeor
selectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Entertherangeofpriceliststoupdateorspecifytherangeusing
theFinder.
4.
Specifythemethodforselectingtheitemrecordstoupdate:
Category. Selectitemsbytheircategorycodes.
intheiritemnumbers,withintherangeyouspecify.
5.
424
Selecttherangeofrecordsthatyouareupdating.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
6.
Change base
price
Selectthepriceorcostthatyouwanttoupdate(forexample,the
baseprice,saleprice,ormarkupcost),andthenspecifythe
updatemethod:
Anamountorapercentage,thenchoosewhetherto
increaseordecreasebasepricesandspecifytheamount
orpercentageofthechange.
Enteringanewmarkupfactorormarginpercentage.
Specifyinganexchangerate(multicurrencyledgers
only),selectingthecurrencycodeandratetype,and
thenenteringtheexchangerate.
Anamountorpercentagereductionfrombaseprices.
Anincreaseonthemarkupcostbyamarkupfactoror
marginpercentage.
Anexchangerate(multicurrencyledgersonly),fora
pricelistwithpricesinmorethanonecurrency.
Specifytheamount,percentage,markupfactor,ormargin,
orthecurrencycode,ratetype,andexchangerate(if
updatingbyexchangerate).
Specifythebeginningandendingdatesofthesaleperiod.
Change markup
cost
Anincreaseorreductionofthemarkupcostbyan
amountorpercentage.
Anexchangerate(multicurrencyledgersonly),fora
pricelistwithpricesinmorethanonecurrency.
Specifytheamountorpercentage,orthecurrencycode,rate
type,andexchangerate(ifupdatingbyexchangerate).
User Guide
425
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Change price
check
shouldgenerateawarning,anerrormessage,orrequire
approval.
7.
ClicktheUpdatebutton.
Further
information
PrintthePriceListsreport,usingthePriceListsiconin
Price/SalesAnalysisReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFile
menuintheItemPricingform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationaboutthePriceLists
report.
426
Pickingsequencecode.
Whethertheitemisallowedatthelocation.
Costunitofmeasure.
Standardcost.
Mostrecentcost.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Lastunitcost.
Alternateamounts(ifyounamedthesefieldsintheI/COptions
form).
AllotherinformationintheLocationDetailsformissuppliedfrom
yourentriesinotherformsorotherSageAccpacprograms,andyou
cannotchangeitintheLocationDetailsform.
Allow Items At All
Locations option
IfyoudonotusetheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoption,youuse
theLocationsformtoassigngroupsofitemstospecificlocations.
YouthenusetheLocationDetailsformtoaddsingleitemsto
locations,toeditlocationdetailsforitems,andtoremoveitemsfrom
locations.
Further
information
FormoreinformationabouttheAllowItemsAtAllLocations
option,seeAllowingEveryInventoryItematAllStorage
LocationsinChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
Forstepbystepinstructionsonsettinguplocations,andfora
descriptionofallthefieldsintheLocationDetailsformand
Locationsform,seeChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
SelecttheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoption.
AddgroupsofitemstolocationsusingtheLocationsformifyou
didnotselecttheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoption.
PrinttheLocationDetailsreportfortheitemandlocation
recordsyouwanttoeditordelete.DoubleclicktheLocation
DetailsiconintheSetupReportsfolderorchoosePrintfromthe
FilemenuintheLocationDetailsform.
User Guide
427
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
IfyouusetheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoption,Inventory
ControladdsalocationdetailrecordtotheLocationDetailsformthe
firsttimeyoupostatransactionforanitematalocation.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Foradiscussionofthedifferentwaystoassignitemstolocations,
seeAssigningItemstoLocationsinChapter2oftheGetting
Startedguide.
To assign an item to a location:
1.
DoubleclicktheLocationDetailsicon.
2.
Enterthenumberoftheitemyouwanttoassigntothelocation,
orselectthenumberfromtheFinder.
3.
Enterthelocationcode,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Iftheitemisalreadyassignedtooneormorelocations,pressthe
Insertkeyonyourkeyboardtostartanewdetailline,andthen
selectthelocationcode.
4.
FillintheremainingfieldsasdescribedinStep8:AddItemsto
LocationsandAddLocationDetailsinChapter3oftheGetting
Startedguide.
5.
Repeatsteps3and4foreachlocationwhereyouwanttokeep
theitem.
6.
ClickSavetorecordyourchanges.
428
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
itematalocation,ifyouusetheAllowItemAtAllLocationsoption.
Youcannotchangetheotherinformationinthisform.
To edit location details:
1.
DoubleclicktheLocationDetailsicon.
2.
Enterthenumberoftheitemyouwanttoassigntothelocation,
orselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Enterthelocationcode,orselectitfromtheFinder.
4.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheLocationDetailsform,
pressF1orseeStep8:AddItemstoLocationsandAdd
LocationDetails,inChapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Beforetryingtoremoveanitemfromalocation,makesurethat:
Thequantityavailabletoship,thequantityonpurchaseorder,
andthequantityonsalesorderfortheitematthelocationare
zero.
Tip: Ifoneormoreofthequantitiesdonotequalzero,youmay
beabletotransfertheitemstoanotherlocation,adjustthe
quantitiestozero,orshiptheentirequantity.
Alltransactionsinvolvingtheitematthelocationareprocessed
usingDayEndProcessing.
To remove an item from a location:
1.
DoubleclicktheLocationDetailsicon
2.
Entertheitemnumberandthelocationcodeoftheitemyou
wanttoremoveorselectthemfromtheFinder.
User Guide
429
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
5.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
3.
PresstheDeletekeyonyourkeyboardtoremovetheitemfrom
thelocation.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
Further
information
PrinttheLocationDetailsreport,usingtheLocationDetailsicon
intheSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenu
intheLocationDetailsform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationabouttheLocationDetails
report.
430
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
2.
EnteranitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Enterthebarcodeorotheritemcodethatyouwanttousewith
thisinventoryitem.
4.
Enteradescription.
5.
Choosetheunitofmeasureforthiscode.
6.
Enteranycommentssuchaswhyorwhenthiscodeisused.
7.
ClicktheSavebuttontoaddthealternativeitemnumber.
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
1.
DoubleclicktheManufacturersItemsicon.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Movetothelinesandfieldsthatyouwanttochange.
4.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
DoubleclicktheManufacturersItemsicon.
User Guide
431
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
Selectthenumberthatyouwanttodelete.
4.
PresstheDeletekeytoremovethecompleteline.Ifamessage
appearsaskingyoutoconfirmthedeletion,clickYes.
information
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationaboutthe
ManufacturersItemsreport.
432
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
onlyonereorderperiod,thereorderinformationreferstotheentire
year.
Further
information
Formoreinformationaboutreorderquantities,seeAddingReorder
InformationinChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
ForinformationaboutallthefieldsintheReorderQuantitiesform
andstepbystepinstructionsforassigningreorderquantitiesto
items,seeStep16:AddReorderInformationinChapter3ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
PrinttheReorderQuantitiesreportfortheitemsandlocationsfor
whichyouwanttoeditordeleteinformation.Doubleclickthe
ReorderQuantitiesiconintheSetupReportsfolderorchoosePrint
fromtheFilemenuintheReorderQuantitiesform.
Youcanaddreorderquantitiesforallitems(exceptinactiveitems)
andforanyreorderperiodsyoudefine.
To add a reorder quantity:
1.
DoubleclicktheReorderQuantitiesicon.
2.
EnteranitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinderassociatedwith
thefield.
TheFinderdisplaysitemsinascendingorder,withthelocations
foreachitemlistedintheLocationcolumn.
3.
Choosewhetheryouwanttospecifyreorderquantitiesfora
specificlocationorforalllocations.
4.
IfyouchooseSpecificLocation,enteralocationinthefieldthat
appearsafterthefieldwhereyoumadethechoice.
5.
Ifyouwanttoaddoptionalfields,clicktheZoombuttonbeside
theOptionalFieldslabel,thenusetheFindertoselectoptional
fieldsthatwereassignedforReorderQuantities.
User Guide
433
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
6.
ClicktheGobutton.
7.
Selectthelinecontainingtheitemandlocationyouwant.
PresstheInsertkeyonyourkeyboardtostartanewreorder
perioddetailline.
8.
FillinthefieldsandaddtherecordasdescribedinStep16:
AddReorderInformationinChapter3oftheGettingStarted
guide.
DoubleclicktheReorderQuantitiesicon.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
ChooseSpecificLocationorAllLocations.Ifdeletingreorder
informationforaspecificlocation,enterthelocationcodeor
selectitfromtheFinder.
4.
ClicktheGobutton.
5.
Movetothedetaillinethatyouwanttoeditandmakeyour
changes.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheReorderQuantities
form,pressF1orseeStep16:AddReorderInformationin
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
Notethatyoucanaddnewoptionalfieldsordeleteonesthatare
notrequired.
6.
434
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
2.
ClickthenavigationbuttonsbesidetheReorderQuantitieslabel
orusetheFindertoselectthereorderinformationthatyouwant
todelete.
3.
Ifyouwanttoeditordeleteoptionalfields,clicktheZoom
buttonbesidetheOptionalFieldslabel,thenusetheFinderto
selectoptionalfieldsthatwereassignedforReorderQuantities.
4.
ClicktheGobutton(ifnecessary).
5.
Selectthereorderperioddetaillinethatyouwanttodelete.
6.
PresstheDeletekeytoremovethedetailline.Ifamessage
appearsaskingyoutoconfirmthedeletion,clickYes.
7.
ClickSavetorecordyourchanges.
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
1.
information
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationabouttheReorder
Quantitiesreport.
User Guide
435
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
SeeChapter2oftheGettingStartedguideforbackground
informationonbillsofmaterial.Forstepbystepinstructionson
usingtheBillsOfMaterialformanddescriptionsofallthefields,see
Step12:AddBillsofMaterial(Optional)inChapter3ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
PrinttheBillsOfMaterialreportfortherecordsyouwanttoeditor
delete.DoubleclicktheBillsOfMaterialiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheBillsOfMaterial
form.
Note: Ifyouwillbeincludingfractionalquantities,make
surethatyouhaveselectedtheAllowFractional
QuantitiesoptionontheProcessingtaboftheI/COptions
form.
To add a bill of material:
Go button
436
1.
EnterthemasteritemnumberintheItemNumberfield,or
chooseitfromtheFinder.
2.
EntertheBOMnumberforthenewbillofmaterial.
3.
ClicktheGobutton(orpressF7),thenaddtherecordas
describedinStep12:AddBillsofMaterial(Optional)in
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
EntertheitemnumberandtheBOMnumber,andthenclickthe
Gobutton.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheBillsOfMaterialform,
seeStep12:AddBillsofMaterial(Optional)inChapter3of
theGettingStartedguide.
3.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
EntertheitemandBOMnumbers,thenclicktheGobutton.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
User Guide
437
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheCopyBillsofMaterialiconintheItemsAnd
PriceListsfolder.
2.
Specifythesourceanddestinationmasteritemnumbersand
BOMnumbersbyenteringtheFromandTopricelistcodes,and
thenclicktheGobutton.
3.
FillinthefollowinginformationfortheBOMthatyouare
creating.
Go button
materialyouarecreating.Thedescriptionisimportantifyou
useseveralalternativeBOMstocreatethesamemasteritem.
assemblyofthebillofmaterialproduces.Thebuildquantity
fromtheoriginalBOMappearsbydefault.
438
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
toselecttheunitofmeasurethatyouwanttoassigntothe
masteritemsyoucreatewhenyouassemblethebillof
material.TheUOMfromtheoriginalBOMappearsby
default.
newBOM.
Copy Detail. Bydefault,allcomponentitemsfromtheold
billofmaterialwillbecopiedtothenewBOM.Ifyoudonot
wanttocopyaparticularcomponent,doubleclicktheCopy
columntochangetheentrytoNo.
Ifyouwanttoadditems,youmusteditthenewBOMusing
theBillOfMaterialsform.
4.
After copying bills
of material
ClicktheCreatebuttontocopytheselectedBOM.
UsetheBillsOfMaterialformifyouwanttoadd,remove,orreplace
itemdetails,orwanttoeditinformationcopiedoverfromthe
original.
PrinttheBillsOfMaterialreportfortheBOMsthatyouwantto
update.DoubleclicktheBillsOfMaterialiconintheSetupReports
User Guide
439
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheBillsOfMaterial
form.
To update bills of material:
1.
DoubleclicktheUpdateBillsofMaterialiconintheItemsAnd
PriceListsfolder.
Use the
Finder
2.
EntertherangeofbillsofmaterialandBOMnumbersthatyou
wanttoupdateorspecifytherangeusingtheFinder.
3.
Specifywhetheryouareupdatingacostoradding,removingor
replacingabillofmaterialcomponent:
For a component update
Fillinthefollowingfields:
Type. Choosewhetheryouareaddingacomponent,
removingacomponent,orreplacingonecomponentwith
anotherone.
componentthatyouwanttoadd,remove,orreplace.
item,selecttheBOMthatyouareusingtoassemblethe
componentitem.
440
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
enterofselectthereplacementitemnumber.
amasteritem,specifytheBOMforassemblingtheitem.
Quantity. Enterthenumberoritemsthatarebeingaddedto
thebuild,intheunitofmeasuredisplayedontheform.
choosewhetheryouareupdatingfixedcostsorvariable
costs.
Using. Ifyouareupdatingcosts,choosewhetheryouare
changingcostsbyanamountorbyapercent.
Base. Ifyouareupdatingcosts,choosewhetherthisisan
increaseoradecrease.
4.
Amount/Percent. Specifytheamountorpercentthatthecost
isbeingincreasedordecreased.
ClicktheUpdatebutton.
PrinttheBillsOfMaterialreportusingtheBillsOfMaterialicon
intheSetupReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenu
intheBillsOfMaterialform.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
User Guide
441
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Kittingitemsareadded,modified,anddeletedinInventory
Control,buttheyareusedinOrderEntry.
Nonstockitemscanbeincludedinakittingitem.
Amasteritemcanbeapartofakittingitem.
OpentheItemsformandselecttheItemcode.
Thiswillbethemasteritemforthekit.
2.
Chooseanaccountsetcodethatwascreatedwithacosting
methodofUserSpecifiedCost.
3.
DonotselecttheStockItemoption.Kittingitemsarenonstock
items.
4.
ChoosetheKittingItemoptionfortheitem.(Notethatifyoudid
notchooseanaccountsetcodethathasbeendefinedasaUser
SpecifiedCost,theKittingItemoptioncannotbeselected.)
Youmusttaketheabovestepstobeabletochoosetheitemasa
masteritemforakitintheKittingItemsform.
442
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
EnterthemasteritemnumberintheItemNumberfield,or
chooseitfromtheFinder.
2.
Enteranumberforthekittingitemassemblythatyouare
creating.
Youcouldhaveseveralalternativesetsofcomponentsfor
buildingthesamekittingitem.(Forexample,youmighthave
black,red,orgreenbindersinbacktoschoolkits.)
Go button
3.
ClicktheGobutton(orpressF7),andthenaddtherecordas
describedinStep13:AddKittingItems(Optional)in
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
Youcanchangealltheinformationinakittingitemrecordexcept
thekittingnumber.
To edit a kitting item:
1.
Entertheitemnumberandthekittingnumber,andthenclick
theGobutton.
2.
Makethechangesyouneed.
FordescriptionsofallofthefieldsintheBillsOfMaterialform,
seeStep13:AddKittingItems(Optional)inChapter3ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
3.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
User Guide
443
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Entertheitemandkittingnumbers,andthenclicktheGo
button.
2.
ClicktheDeletebutton.Ifamessageappearsaskingyouto
confirmthedeletion,clickYes.
IfyouselecttheKeepItemStatisticsoptionintheI/COptionsform,
InventoryControlautomaticallygeneratesyoursalesand
transactionstatisticswhenyourundayendprocessing.
Sales Statistics
UsetheSalesStatisticsformtoviewsalesstatisticsbyitem,
location,andreportingperiod.Youcanalsoaddsalesdatafor
reportingperiodsfromthecurrentandpreviousyears.
Transaction
Statistics
UsetheTransactionStatisticsformtoviewtransactiondataby
reportingperiod.Youcanalsoaddtransactiondatafor
reportingperiodsfromthecurrentandpreviousyears.
Warning
Editingordeletingstatisticscancausegapsorinconsistenciesto
appearinyourreports.WerecommendthatyouleavetheAllow
EditOfStatisticsoptionintheI/COptionsformoff,turningiton
onlywhensettinguprecordsorwhenyoufeelyouhaveavalid
reasontoturniton.
Further
information
Formoreinformationaboutitemstatistics,seeAccumulatingItem
StatisticsforReportinginChapter2oftheGettingStartedguide.
Forstepbystepinstructionsonaddingstatisticsforcurrentor
previousyears,seesteps14,15and16inChapter3oftheGetting
Startedguide.
444
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
PrinttheSalesStatisticsorTransactionStatisticsreportforthe
periodsforwhichyouwanttoadd,enter,ordeletestatistical
information.
Viewing sales
statistics
UsetheSalesStatisticsiconintheStatisticsandInquiriesfolderto
viewsalesdatabyitemnumber,location,andreportingperiod.
Youcanviewthequantity,count,amount,cost,andmarginforboth
salesandreturnsforasinglereportingperiod.Themarginis
calculatedusingtheformula:
Margin = (Sales Amount - Sales Cost) - (Returns Amount - Returns Cost)
Toviewsalesstatisticsforarangeofitemnumbers,locations,and
reportingperiods:
Or
Viewing
transaction
statistics
ChoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheSalesStatisticsform.
UsetheTransactionStatisticsformintheStatisticsandInquiries
foldertoviewtransactionsbyreportingperiod.
Youcanviewthecount,actualcost,andsalesamountforsuch
transactionsasreceipts,receiptadjustments,receiptreturns,
shipments,shipmentreturns,adjustments,andtransfers.
Toviewtransactionstatisticsforarangeofreportingperiods:
DoubleclicktheTransactionStatisticsiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
Or
ChoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheTransactionStatistics
form.
User Guide
445
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
DoubleclicktheSalesStatisticsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
Reportsfolder.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Note: Toeditsalesdata,youneedsecurityrightsforDay
EndProcessingand/orItemMaintenance.
To update sales statistics:
Go button
1.
DoubleclicktheSalesStatisticsiconintheStatisticsand
Inquiries.
2.
EntertheitemnumberorselectitfromtheFinder.
3.
EnterthelocationcodeorselectitfromtheFinder.
4.
EntertheyearorselectitfromtheFinder,thenusethePeriod
fieldsNext/Previousbuttonstoselectthereportingperiod.
5.
ClicktheGobutton(orpressF7)todisplaytheperiodstatistics
fortheitematthechosenlocation.
6.
Makethechangesyouneedtotherecord.
ForinformationaboutallthefieldsintheSalesStatisticsform,
pressF1orseeStep18:AddSalesStatisticsinChapter3ofthe
GettingStartedguide.
7.
ClickSavetorecordthechanges.
Note: Toeditsalesdata,youneedsecurityrightsforDay
EndProcessingand/orItemMaintenance.
446
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheSalesStatisticsiconintheStatisticsand
Inquiriesfolder.
2.
Entertheitemnumberandlocationcodeorselectthemfromthe
Finder.
3.
EntertheyearorselectitfromtheFindernexttotheYearfield,
thenusethePeriodfieldsNext/Previousbuttonstoselectthe
reportingperiod.
4.
ClickDelete.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
Further
information
PrinttheSalesStatisticsreport,usingtheSalesStatisticsiconin
thePrice/SalesAnalysisReportsfolder,orchoosePrintfromthe
FilemenuintheSalesStatisticsfolder.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationabouttheSalesStatistics
report.
Note: Toedittransactiondata,youneedsecurityrightsfor
DayEndProcessingand/orItemMaintenance.
User Guide
447
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheTransactionStatisticsiconintheStatisticsand
Inquiriesfolder.
2.
EntertheyearorselectitfromtheFinder,andthenenteror
selectthereportingperiod.
3.
Makethechangesyouneedtotherecord.
ForinformationaboutallthefieldsintheTransactionStatistics
form,pressF1orseeStep19:AddTransactionStatisticsin
Chapter3oftheGettingStartedguide.
Note: Toedittransactiondata,youneedsecurityrightsfor
DayEndProcessingand/orItemMaintenance.
To delete transaction statistics:
Go button
448
1.
DoubleclicktheTransactionStatisticsiconintheStatisticsand
Inquiriesfolder.
2.
EntertheyearorselectitfromtheFinder,thenusethe
Next/Previousbuttonstoselectthereportingperiod.
3.
ClicktheGobutton(orpressF7)todisplaytheperiodstatistics
fortheitematthechosenlocation.
4.
ClickDelete.Ifamessageappearsaskingyoutoconfirmthe
deletion,clickYes.
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
Further
information
PrinttheTransactionStatisticsreport,usingtheTransaction
StatisticsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysisReportsfolder,or
choosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheTransactionStatistics
form.
Verifythatyoumadeallchangescorrectlybycomparingthe
newprintouttothereportyouprintedbeforemakingthe
changes.
SeeChapter7,Reports,forinformationabouttheTransaction
Statisticsreport.
YoucanprintreportsforeachoftheiconsintheItemsAndPrice
Listsfolder,usingthePrintselectionontheFilemenuineachofthe
forms,orthecorrespondingiconsintheSetupReports,Stock
ControlReports,andPrice/SalesAnalysisReportsfolders.
Youshouldprintnewreportsandfilethemeachtimeyouchange
yourInventoryControlrecords.
Further
information
Setup reports
SeeChapter7,Reports,inthisguideformoreinformationonall
reportslistedinthissection.
Location Details. Listsinformationforitemsateachlocationwhere
youallowtheitemstobestocked.
Reorder Quantities. Liststhemaximumandminimumitem
quantitiesyouwantatInventorylocationsduringeachperiod,as
wellasthenumberofunitsyouexpecttoorderandsellineach
period.Thereportincludesonlyitemsforwhichyouhaveentered
reorderinformationintheReorderQuantitiesform.
Vendor Details. Listsvendorsfromwhomyoupurchaseinventory
itemsandtheitemsthateachvendorsupplies.
User Guide
449
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
form,aswellasthequantitiesonhandatyourinventorylocations.If
youusetheKeepItemStatisticsoption,thereportalsoshows
shipmentandreceiptstatisticsforeachitem.
Price/sales analysis
reports
450
icug-4.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:15:43 PM. Last saved on 11/23/2007 5:23:00 PM.
YoucanalsoimportandexportfromtheSalesStatisticsand
TransactionStatisticsformsintheStatisticsandInquiriesfolder.
Restrictions
Further
information
After importing
IfyoudonotselecttheKeepItemStatisticsoption,youcannot
importsalesortransactionstatistics.
FormoreinformationaboutimportingandexportingInventory
Controlrecords,seeAppendixB,ImportingandExporting,inthis
guide.ReferalsototheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Checkdataintegrity.
Printreportsoftherecordstoverifyimporteddata.
Ifnecessary,deletefilescontainingtheimportedrecordsinthe
programwhereyoucreatedthem.
User Guide
451
Maintaining Items
and Price Lists
YoucanimportandexportfromthefollowingformsintheItems
AndPriceListsfolder:Items,LocationDetails,VendorDetails,
ReorderQuantities,ManufacturersItems,BillsofMaterial,Item
Pricing,andContractPricing.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Chapter 5
Processing
Inventory Control Transactions
ProcessingReceipts,Shipments,andInternalUsage
............................... 51
EnteringandPostingReceipts,ReceiptReturns,ReceiptAdjustments,
Shipments,SalesReturns,andInternalUsage ............................. 52
RunningDayEndProcessing ................................................ 52
ReportingReceipts,ReceiptReturns,ReceiptAdjustments,Shipments,
SalesReturns,andInternalUsage ........................................ 52
UsingtheReceiptsForm
.................................................... 53
AddingReceipts ........................................................ 54
EditingReceipts
....................................................... 512
EnteringReceiptReturns
..........................................
514
..............................................
517
................................................. 518
.............................. 534
RunningDayEndProcessingandPrintingPostingJournals
................... 534
....................................................... 535
UsingtheTransfersForm
.................................................. 536
UsingtheAdjustmentsForm
............................................... 544
......................................... 558
PrintingPostingJournals....................................................... 560
User Guide
5i
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
5ii
.................................................
566
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Chapter 5
Processing
Inventory Control Transactions
Thischaptercontainsinstructionsforentering,posting,and
reportingalltypesofInventoryControltransactions.
Thefirstpartofthechaptercoversreceiptsofitemsintoinventory
(includingreceiptreturnsandadjustments),shipmentsofitemsout
ofinventory(includingsalesreturns),andinternalusage
transactions.
Thesecondpartofthechaptercoversstocktransfersbetween
physicalinventorylocations,adjustmentstoitemquantitiesand
costs,andassembliesofmasteritemsfromcomponentitems.
Makesureyouhavethepropersecurityrightsforthesetasks.
Processing
Transactions
UsingtheReceiptsform.
UsingtheShipmentsform.
UsingtheInternalUsageform.
Foranoverviewofreceipts,receiptreturns,shipments,salesreturns,
andinternalusagetransactions,seeChapter2,WhatYouNeedto
KnowBeforeUsingInventoryControl,inthisguide.
User Guide
51
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
UseReceiptstoenterandpostreceiptsandreceiptreturns,adjust
incompletereceipts,andimportreceipttransactions.
Shipments
UseShipmentstoenterandpostshipmentsandsalesreturns,andto
importshipmenttransactions.
Internal
Usage
UseInternalUsagetoenterandposttransactionsfortakinggoods
outofinventorytouseinyourbusiness.
Processing
RunDayEndProcessingtocreatepostingjournalsoftheInventory
ControltransactionspostedsincethelasttimeyouranDayEnd
Processing.
52
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Posting Journals
Postingjournalslisttheentriesfromtransactionsyoupostedsince
thelasttimeyouranDayEndProcessing.Youcanalsoreprint
previouslyprintedjournals.
IfyouusetheSageAccpacPurchaseOrdersprogram,youcan
processreceiptseitherinInventoryControlorPurchaseOrders.For
moreinformation,seeUsingInventoryControlwithOtherSage
AccpacPrograms,inChapter2ofthisguide.
ToopentheReceiptsform,doubleclicktheReceiptsiconintheI/C
Transactionsfolder.
Youcanchangetheorderandwidthofcolumns,andhidecolumns
intheReceiptsform,sothatitbestmeetsyourrequirements.
ReadtheProcessingReceiptssectioninChapter2ofthisguidefor
backgroundinformationaboutreceipts.
UsethesampledatatodoLessons3and4inChapter5oftheSage
AccpacWorkbooktopracticeusingtheReceiptsformwithout
affectingyourowndata.
Notethefollowingpointsregardingreceipts:
Save or post
transactions
Whenyouhavefinishedenteringareceipt,youcanpostit
immediatelyorsaveitforpostinglater.
Recall posted
receipts for returns
or adjustments
Ifyoudontdeletereceiptsonposting,youcanrecalltheposted
receiptsatalatertimetoenterreturnsoradjustmentstothe
originalreceipt.
Deleting receipts
during posting
IfyouselectedthePromptToDeleteDuringPostingoption,
InventoryControlallowsyoutodeletetransactionsimmediately
afterpostingthem.
User Guide
53
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Note: Ifyoudeletetransactions,youwillnotbeabletorecall
receiptstoaddreturnsoradjustments,andyouwillnotbe
abletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfromGeneral
Ledger.
Incomplete and
complete receipts
Whenyoufirstpostareceipt,InventoryControlmarksitas
incompleteandallowsyoutolateraddreturnsor
adjustments.Youcancontinuetoreturnitemsoradjustthe
receiptuntilyoudeletethereceiptormarkitascomplete.
Youcancompletereceiptsbyrecallingthem,choosingComplete
asthetransactiontype,andthenpostingthem,orbyusingthe
ClearHistoryform.SeeCompletingReceiptsonpage517.
Adding Receipts
ThissectionliststhestepsforreceivingitemsintoInventoryControl.
To add a receipt:
1.
DoubleclicktheReceiptsiconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
54
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
TheReceiptCurrencyandtheAdditionalCostCurrencyfields
appearonlyinmulticurrencyledgers.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewreceipt.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthereceiptnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheReceiptNumberfield.Theprogram
generatedreceiptnumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Youcanalsoassignyourownreceiptnumbersforexample,
basedonthedateandPOorvendornumber.Inanycase,the
receiptnumbermustbeunique(andamaximumof22
characterslong)todistinguishthenewreceiptfromother
receipts.
Receiptnumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecial
characters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomaticallyappearin
uppercasewhenyoutypethem.
Enteradescriptionforthereceipt(optional).
4.
Enterareference,suchasaninvoicenumber(optional).
5.
Ifyouwanttochangethereceiptdate,selectanewoneortype
overit.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthesession
datefornewreceipts.
6.
Changethepostingdateforthetransactionifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateorthereceipt
datebydefaultinthisfield.
7.
Sage Accpac
Accounts Payable
Enteravendornumber(optional).
IfyouuseAccountsPayable,youcanselectavendornumber
fromtheFinder.
User Guide
55
Processing
Transactions
3.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
8.
Enterthenumberofthepurchaseorderbeingfilledbythe
receipt(optional).
Ifyoudonotusemulticurrencyaccounting,skipthenextstep.
9.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,fillinthecurrency
informationasfollows:
Receipt Currency.Ifyouwanttochangethecurrencyinwhich
youwillenteritemcostsonthereceipt,typeoverthecurrency
codedisplayedorselectacodefromtheFinder.Note,however,
thatyoucannotchangethecurrencycodeforavendorwhich
existsinyourAccountsPayabledatabase.
Sage Accpac
Accounts Payable
IfyouenteredthenumberofanexistingAccountsPayable
vendorintheVendorNumberfield,thevendorscurrencycode
isautomaticallydisplayed.
IfthevendornumberyouentereddoesnotexistinAccounts
Payable,orifyoudonotuseAccountsPayable,oryoudidnot
enteravendornumber,theprogramdisplaysyourcompanys
functional(home)currencybydefault.
Exchange Rate.Theprogramautomaticallydisplaysthe
currentexchangerateforthereceiptcurrencyfromtheCurrency
RatesforminCommonServices.(InventoryControldisplaysthe
ExchangeRatefieldonlyifthereceiptcurrencyyouspecifyis
notthefunctionalcurrency.)
Youcantypeoverthedisplayedexchangerateifyouwantto
changeit,oryoucanselectadifferentexchangeratefromthe
RateSelectiondialogboxbyclickingtheZoombuttonorby
selectingtheExchangeRatefield,andthenpressingF9.
Addtl. Cost Currency.Choosethecurrencyinwhichyouwill
enteranyadditionalcost.Theadditionalcostcurrencymustbe
eitherthefunctionalcurrencyorthereceiptcurrency.
56
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Sage Accpac
Accounts Payable
IfyouenteredthenumberofanexistingAccountsPayable
vendorintheVendorNumberfield,theprogramautomatically
displaysthevendorscurrencycode.
IfthevendornumberyouentereddoesnotexistinAccounts
Payable,orifyoudonotuseAccountsPayableordidnotentera
vendornumber,thentheprogramautomaticallydisplaysyour
companysfunctional(home)currency.
10. Entertheamountofanyadditionalcost.
Examplesofadditionalcostsarelumpsumsincludedon
invoicesandcustombrokeragefees.
11. Ifyouwanttoprintexactlyoneitemlabelforeachitembeing
received,turnontheRequireLabelsoption(clickitwithyour
mouse,ortabtoitandthenpresstheSpacebar).
IfyouturnontheRequireLabelsoption,asyouenterreceipt
details,theprogramwillautomaticallyinsertthenumberfrom
theQuantityReceivedcolumnintheLabelscolumnoneach
receiptdetailline.
Ifyouwanttoprintmoreorfewerlabels,typeoverthenumber
intheLabelscolumn.
WhenyouturnofftheRequireLabelsoption,theprogram
automaticallydisplayszerointheLabelscolumnoneachitems
detailline.Ifyouwanttoprintlabelsforitems,typeoverthe
zerodisplayedintheLabelscolumnwhenyouenterreceipt
details.
Theprogramautomaticallygeneratesitemlabels(thatyoucan
laterprint)whenyoupostthereceiptandthenrunDayEnd
Processing.
User Guide
57
Processing
Transactions
TurnofftheRequireLabelsoption(ifitisturnedon)ifyoudo
notwanttoprintitemlabels,orifyoualwayswanttoenterthe
numberoflabelsthatyouwanttoprintforeachdetailline.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Forinformationaboutprintinglabels,seeChapter7,Reports,
inthisguide.
12. AddReceiptoptionalfields:
a.
ClicktheoptionalfieldsZoombuttontoopenthefollowing:
b. UsetheFinderintheOptionalFieldcolumntochoosean
optionalfield.
Accounts Payable
vendor optional
fields
IfVendoroptionalfieldsinAccountsPayablematchInventory
ControlReceiptsoptionalfields,vendoroptionalfielddatais
automaticallyinsertedinReceipts.
Iftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforthevendordonotmatch,the
defaultoptionalfieldvaluesspecifiedforReceiptsoptionalfields
willbeinserted.Youcanacceptorchangethevalue.
ReceiptheaderoptionalfieldsareforI/Creportingpurposes
only,andarenotpassedtoGeneralLedger.
Detail information
13. Enterthefollowinginformationforeachdetaillineonareceipt
(presstheInsertkeytostartanewdetailline).
YoucanalsoclicktheDetailbuttonorpressF9todisplayreceipt
detailfieldsonaforminsteadofincolumns.
Note: IfyouhaveusedtheReceiptsformbefore,theorderin
whichsomecolumnsappearinthetableonyourcomputer
mightbedifferentfromtheorderwhichispresentedhere,
andsomecolumnsmightbehidden.
58
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Location.Enterthecodeoftheinventorylocationatwhich
youarereceivingtheunits,orselectthecodefromthe
Finder.
Quantity Received.Enterthenumberofunitsbeing
received.
Unit of Measure.Entertheunitofmeasureforthequantity
ofitemsbeingreceived,orselecttheunitfromtheFinder.
Labels.Enterthenumberoflabelsthatyouwanttoprintfor
thisitem,ifany.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplays
thenumberyouenteredintheQuantityReceivedfieldif
youselectedtheRequireLabelsoption(seestep9,above).
Comments.EntercommentstoappearontheReceipts
PostingJournalregardingthedetailline(optional).
User Guide
59
Processing
Transactions
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,enterthesecostsinthe
receiptcurrency.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Optional Fields.ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttonto
selectoptionalfieldsfortheReceiptdetails.
WhenareceiptispostedthatcontainsReceiptDetails
optionalfieldinformation,theoptionalfieldinformationcan
bepassedtoGeneralLedger,dependingonyoursettingsfor
thefieldintheI/COptionalFieldsform.
To delete detail
lines
Todeleteadetailline,selectthelinebyclickingitwithamouse
orbyusingtheUpArroworDownArrowkey,thenpressthe
Deletekeyonyourkeyboard.
14. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater,anddisplaysthefollowing
message:
Themessageprovidesyouwiththereceiptnumberand
remindsyouthatreceiptswillnotbecosteduntiltheyare
posted.(YoucanchooseinI/COptionswhethercosting
takesplacewhenyoupostorwhenyouperformdayend
processing.)
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhereceipt.
Notethefollowingpointsregardingposting:
Choose To Delete
During Posting
510
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControldisplaysthefollowing
message:
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Ifyoudeletethepostedtransaction,youwillnotbeable
todrilldowntotheI/Ctransactiondetailsfromthe
GeneralLedgermodule.
Also,ifyoudeletethetransaction,youwillnotbeableto
recallthereceiptforreturnsoradjustments.
Cost Items During
Posting
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndProcessingtoupdate
itemcostsforinquiries,reports,etc.
15. Afterrecordingthereceiptnumberthatappears,clickClose.
After using
Ifyoucostitemsduringposting,youdonotneedtorunDay
Endtoupdatethisinformation.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing.
PrinttheReceiptsPostingJournaltocheckyourpostedreceipt
transactions.
ForinformationonprintingtheReceiptsPostingJournal,see
Chapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
User Guide
511
Processing
Transactions
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdateInventoryControlsaudit
data,costingdata,anditemstatisticsafteraddingreceipts.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Editing Receipts
ThissectionexplainshowyouusetheReceiptsformto:
Editsavedreceipts.
Editincompletereceiptswhenyouwanttoreturngoodsto
suppliers(receiptreturns)ormodifysomereceiptinformation
(receiptadjustments),suchasitemcostsandtheadditionalcost.
Completereceipts.
InventoryControlletsyouperformthreetypesofactionswith
postedreceipts:
Enterandpostreturns.
Enterandpostadjustments.
Completethereceipt.
Youshouldcompletereceiptsthatyoudonotexpecttoeditagain.
YoushouldalsoperiodicallyusetheReceiptsformtocheckwhether
anyincompletereceiptsexistthatyouarenotgoingmodify.For
informationoncompletingreceipts,seepage517.
To edit an existing receipt:
512
1.
DoubleclicktheReceiptsiconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
2.
WhentheReceiptsformappears:
ClicktheFinderorpressF5tolistexistingreceipts.
Clickthenavigationbuttonstodisplaythenextreceipt.
Enterthenumberforthereceiptthatyouwanttoedit.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
3.
Editing saved
receipts
Proceedtoeditthereceiptasfollows:
Ifyouareeditinganunpostedreceipt,youcanaddmore
receiptdetaillinesorchangeanyoftheinformationonthe
receipt.RefertotheprevioussetofinstructionsonAdding
Receipts.
Ifyouareeditingapostedreceipt,selectthetypeofedityou
wanttoperform(return,adjustment,complete).
Thenextthreesectionscontaininstructionsforthedifferent
waysyoucaneditpostedreceipts.Followtheinstructions
thatcoverthetypeofeditingyourequire.
User Guide
513
Processing
Transactions
NotethattheTypefieldshownabovewillnotappearforan
upostedreceipt.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
FromtheProrate/LeaveAdditionalCostlist,selecteither:
Prorate. Tospecifythattheadditionalcostassignedtothe
goodsbeingreturnedisproratedtotheremaininggoodson
thereceipt.
Leave. Tospecifythattheadditionalcostisleftassignedto
theitemstowhichitwasoriginallyprorated.
Note: Ifyoureturnalloftheitemsonthereceipt,youmust
usetheAdjustmentsformifyouwanttowriteoffthe
additionalcostfromthereceipttoageneralledgerwriteoff
account,evenifyouselecttheProrateoption.
2.
Enterthenumberofunitsofanitembeingreturnedinthe
QuantityReturnedcolumnontheitemsnumbereddetailline
(presstheTabkeytomovetothenextdetaillineorclickitwith
yourmouse).
Youcanreturnunitsfromasmanydetaillinesasthereareon
thereceipt,butyoucannotreturnmoreitemsonanygivendetail
linethanwerereceivedonthatline(seetheQuantityReceived
columntocheckthenumberofitemsreceived).
Other changes
you can make
YoucanchangetheinformationorselectionintheDescription,
ReceiptDate,andYear/PeriodfieldsandintheComments
columnondetaillines.
3.
Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Aswithreceiptentry,theprogramdisplaysamessagewith
thereceiptnumber,andremindsyouthatreceiptswillnot
becosteduntiltheyareposted.
514
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhereceipt.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntotheI/Ctransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
Also,ifyoudeletethetransaction,youwillnotbeableto
recallthereceiptformorereturnsoradjustments.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
4.
Afterrecordingthereceiptnumberthatappears,clickClose.
2.
Inthedetailsection,changethecostofanyitemsreceivedby
typingovertheamountdisplayedineithertheAdjustedUnit
CostcolumnortheAdjustedCostcolumn.
Note: Theadjustedcostfieldsappearasnewcolumnswhen
youchoosetheAdjustmenttransactiontype.Youcannot
changetheoriginalUnitCostorExtendedCostfields.
User Guide
515
Processing
Transactions
1.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Other changes
you can make
IfyoutypeovertheunitcostintheAdjustedUnitCost
column,theprogramrecalculatestheextendedcostinthe
AdjustedCostcolumn,andviceversa.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,enterunitcostsand
extendedcostsinthereceiptcurrency.
YoucanchangetheheaderinformationforDescription,Receipt
Date,Year/Period,andOptionalFields,and,inthedetailsgrid,
youcanchangetheCommentandOptionalFieldsentries.
3.
Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Aswithreceiptentry,theprogramdisplaysamessagewith
thereceiptnumber,andremindsyouthatreceiptswillnot
becosteduntiltheyareposted.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhereceipt.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
Also,ifyoudeletethetransaction,youwillnotbeableto
recallthereceiptformorereturnsoradjustments.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndProcessingtoupdate
itemcostsforinquiries,reports,etc.
Detail optional
fields
Iftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforreceiptdetailsmatchthe
GeneralLedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfieldsdefined
516
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
fortheInventoryControl,NonstockClearing,andPayables
Clearingaccounts(basedonitemsaccountset)oftheitems
specified,theoptionalfieldinformationwillbepassedto
GeneralLedgerandwillbeincludedinthejournalentryfor
eachdetail.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagethatprovidesyouwiththereceipt
number.
Completing Receipts
IfyouselectCompleteasthetypeofedityouwanttoperformonthe
displayedreceipt,youcaneitherpostthereceipttocompleteit,or
closetheformtocancel.
Youcannoteditanyinformationonareceiptwhenyouselect
Completeasthetypeofedit.
Youcandisplayacompletedreceiptafterposting,butyoucantadd
returnsoradjustmentstothereceipt.
Complete the receipt as follows:
SelectCompleteasthetransactiontype.
2.
ClickthePostbutton.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnotbeableto
drilldowntothetransactiondetailsfromGeneralLedgerif
youdeletethetransaction.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcostsfor
inquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDayEnd,
youwillhavetorunDayEndProcessingtoupdateitem
costsforinquiries,reports,etc.
3.
Afterrecordingthereceiptnumberthatappears,clickClose.
User Guide
517
Processing
Transactions
1.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
After using
Aftereditingreceipts,dothefollowing:
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdateInventoryControlsaudit
data,costingdata,anditemstatistics.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
PrinttheReceiptsPostingJournaltocheckthereceiptreturnsor
adjustmentsyouposted.
ForinformationonprintingtheReceiptsPostingJournal,see
PostingJournalsinChapter7,Reports,inthismanual.
IfyouusetheOrderEntryprogram,youcanprocessshipmentsand
salesreturnsineitherInventoryControlorOrderEntry.Formore
information,seeUsingInventoryControlwithOtherSageAccpac
AccountingProgramsinChapter2ofthisguide.
ToopentheShipmentsform,doubleclicktheShipmentsiconinthe
I/CTransactionsfolder.
Youcanchangetheorderandwidthofcolumns,andhidecolumns
intheShipmentsform,sothatitbestmeetsyourrequirements.See
MovingColumnsofDataintheSystemManagerUserGuide.
ReadtheProcessingShipmentssectioninChapter2for
backgroundinformationaboutshipments.
518
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
DoubleclicktheShipmentsiconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewshipment.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheshipmentnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheShipmentNumberfield.The
programgeneratedshipmentnumberisdeterminedbysettings
intheI/COptionsform.
Shipmentnumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecial
characters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomaticallyappearin
uppercasewhenyoutypethem.
3.
ForEntryType,selectShipmentifyouareenteringashipment,
orReturnifyouareenteringasalesreturn.
4.
IfyouwanttochangethedateintheShipDatefield,typeoverit
orclickthecalendarbuttontodisplaythecalendar.Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondate.
User Guide
519
Processing
Transactions
Youcanalsoassignyourownshipmentnumbersforexample,
basedonthedateandcustomernumber.Inanycase,the
shipmentnumbermustbeunique,andupto22characterslong
todistinguishthenewshipmentfromother,existingshipments.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Posting date
5.
Changethepostingdateforthetransaction,ifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateortheshipdate
bydefaultinthisfield
6.
Enteradescriptionfortheshipmentorsalesreturn(optional).
7.
Enterareference,suchasapurchaseordernumber(optional).
8.
Enteracustomernumber(optional).
IfyouuseAccountsReceivable,youcanselectacustomer
numberfromtheFinder.
9.
Enterthenameofthecustomerscontactpersonorposition
(optional).
Ifacontactnameorpositionisdisplayed(fromanAccounts
Receivablecustomerrecord),youcantypeoveritifyouwant.
10. Enterorchangethepricelistcode(ifthereisone),orselectone
fromtheFinder.Thiscodeidentifiesthedefaultpricelistfor
itemdetaillines.
Ifyouwantallitempricesondetaillinestoautomaticallycome
fromonepricelist,specifythepricelistyouwantinthisfield
beforeyoustarttoentertransactiondetails.
Tousethedefaultpricelistspecifiedineachitemrecord,leave
thisfieldblank.
Accounts
Receivable
customer price list
IfyouspecifydefaultcustomerpricelistsinAccounts
Receivablecustomerrecords,thecustomerpricelistwillappear
inthePriceListfieldwhenyouselectacustomer.Youcan
changethepricelistcodethatappears.
11. ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontoaddoneormore
optionalfieldsassignedtoShipments.
520
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
AcheckmarkappearsinthecheckboxnexttotheOptional
Fieldslabeltoletyouknowthatoneormoreoptionalfieldshave
beenaddedtotheshipmentheader.
TheShipmentsheaderoptionalfieldsareforreportingpurposes
only,andwillnotbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
12. Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,fillinthecurrency
informationasfollows:
Currency.Enterthecurrencycodeforitempricesonthe
shipmentorsalesreturn,orselectthecodefromtheFinder.The
programdisplaysthecustomerscurrencybydefault,butyou
canchangeit.(TheCurrencyfieldappearsonlyinmulticurrency
ledgers.)
Exchange Rate.Theprogramautomaticallydisplaysthe
currentexchangeratefortheshipmentcurrency.
Youcantypeoverthedisplayedexchangerateifyouwantto
changeit,oryoucanselectadifferentexchangeratefromthe
RateSelectiondialogbox.OpentheRateSelectiondialogboxby
clickingtheZoombuttonorbypressingtheF9keywhenyour
cursorisintheExchangeRatefield.
Detail information
13. Enterthefollowinginformationforeachdetaillineona
shipmentorsalesreturn(presstheTabkeyortheInsertkeyto
movetoanewdetailline).
YoucanalsoclicktheDetailbuttonorpressF9todisplaythe
detailfieldsinaforminsteadofincolumns.
Note: Ifyouhavechangedthecolumnorder,theorderin
whichsomecolumnsappearonyourcomputerwillbe
differentthanwhatispresentedhere.Youmayalsofindthat
somecolumnshavebeenhidden.
User Guide
521
Processing
Transactions
InventoryControldisplaystheExchangeRatefieldonlyifthe
currencyyouspecifyisnotthefunctionalcurrency.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Item Number.Entertheitemnumberoftheitembeing
shippedorreturned,orselectthenumberfromtheFinder.
Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersifyouuse
them.Thedescriptionappearsautomatically.
Category.Ifyouwanttochangethecategorycode,type
overitorselectonefromtheFinder.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthecategorycodefromtheitem
recordoftheitembeingshippedorreturned.
Location.Enterthecodefortheinventorylocationfrom
whichyouareshippingtheunits(ortowhichyouare
returningtheunits),orselectthecodefromtheFinder.
Quantity.Enterthenumberofunitsbeingshippedor
returned.
Youcanshipmoreunitsthanareinstockifyouturnedon
theAllowNegativeInventoryLevelsoptionintheI/C
Optionsform.
Unit of Measure.Ifyouwanttochangetheunitofmeasure,
typeoveritorselectonefromtheFinder.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthestockingunitfortheitemsbeing
shippedorreturned(ortheunitofmeasurespecifiedbythe
manufacturersitemnumber).
Price List.UsetheFindertochooseacodefromthelistof
pricelistsforthatitem.
Bydefault,theprogramdisplaysthepricelistcodefromthe
fieldintheshipmentheader,orfromtheitemrecordifthe
pricelistfieldisblank.
522
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Ifyouenterorchangeaunitprice,theprogramcalculates
theextendedprice.Ifyouenterorchangeanextendedprice,
theprogramcalculatestheunitprice.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,enterpricesinthe
source(customers)currency.Theprogramwillnotdisplay
itempricesautomaticallyunlessthepricelistyouspecify
listspricesinthecurrencyspecifiedintheCurrencyfield.
IfyouselectYesintheSerialNumberscolumn,youcanclick
theZoombuttonintheSerialNumberscolumnheading(or
pressShift+F9)orclicktheZoombuttonbesidetheSerial
NumbersfieldintheDetailsformtoaddaserialnumberto
therecord.
User Guide
523
Processing
Transactions
Serial Numbers.SelectYesifyouwanttoenterserial
numbersfortheitembeingshippedorreturned;otherwise,
selectNo.(Doubleclickthefieldwithamouse,ortabtothe
fieldandthenpresstheSpacebartotogglebetweenYesand
No.)Youhavethischoiceonlyifthedefaulthasbeensetto
Yes.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Enterasmanyserialnumbersasyouneedfortheunits
beingshippedorreturned.Serialnumberscancontainupto
22characters,includingnumbers,letters,punctuationmarks
(suchas!and?),andsymbols(suchas@and$).Pressthe
TabkeyortheInsertkeytostartanewlineintheSerial
Numbersform.
Comments.Enteranycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
ShipmentsPostingJournalregardingthedetailline
(optional).
524
Optional Fields.ClicktheZoombuttoninthecolumn
heading(orbesidethefieldinthedetailform)toopenthe
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
OptionalFieldsselectionform,andthenclicktheOptional
FieldFindertoselectaShipmentDetailsoptionalfield.
Accounts
Receivable
optional fields
IfCustomeroptionalfieldsinAccountsReceivablematch
theoptionalfieldsinInventoryControlShipments,
Customeroptionalfieldsdataisautomaticallyinsertedin
InventoryControlShipments.
Iftheoptionalfieldsassignedtocustomerrecordsdonot
matchtheI/Coptionalfields,thedefaultoptionalfield
valuesspecifiedforI/CShipmentsoptionalfieldswillbe
inserted.Youcanacceptorchangethefieldinformation.
To delete detail
lines
Todeleteadetailline,selectthelinebyclickingitwiththe
mouseorbyusingtheUpArroworDownArrowkey,andthen
presstheDeletekey.
14. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagewiththeshipmentnumber,
andremindsyouthatshipmentswillnotbecosteduntilthey
areposted.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststheshipment.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
User Guide
525
Processing
Transactions
IfthetransactionanddetailoptionalfieldsforProjectand
JobCostingmaterialusageandmaterialreturnmatchthe
InventoryControlShipmentheaderanddetailoptional
fields,theoptionalfieldsdataisautomaticallypassedtoI/C
Shipments.InventoryControlwillthenpassthedatato
GeneralLedgerifappropriate.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Also,ifyoudeletethetransaction,youwillnotbeableto
recalltheshipmenttoenterreturns.
Cost Items During
Posting
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
Posting shipments
having optional
fields
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforShipmentdetailsmatchthe
GeneralLedgerTransactiondetailsoptionalfieldsdefined
fortheInventoryControl,NonstockClearing,Costof
GoodsSold,andCostVarianceaccountsoftheitems
specified,theoptionalfieldinformationwillbepassedto
GeneralLedgerandwillbeincludedinthejournalentryfor
eachaccount.
15. Afterrecordingtheshipmentnumberthatappears,clickClose.
After using
Afterpostingyourshipments,runDayEndProcessingtoupdate
InventoryControlsauditdata,costingdata,anditemstatistics.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
PrinttheShipmentsPostingJournaltochecktheshipmentand
salesreturntransactionsyouposted.
ForinformationonprintingtheShipmentsPostingJournal,see
PostingJournalsinChapter7,Reports.
526
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
internaluseasfixedassets.SageAccpacERPwilltransfertheasset
informationtoFAS.
Using Inventory
Control with
Purchase Orders
IfyouusethePurchaseOrdersprogram,youcanprocessreceipts
forgoodsusedbyyourcompany.However,ifyoualreadyreceived
goodsintoinventory,youmustusetheInternalUsageformto
reducetheinventoryvalueandaddthecostoftheitemasan
expenseoranasset(dependingonthetypeofitem).
Formoreinformation,seeUsingInventoryControlwithOtherSage
AccpacAccountingProgramsinChapter2ofthisguide.
ToopentheInternalUsageform,doubleclicktheInternalUsage
iconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
Youcanchangetheorderandwidthofcolumns,andhidecolumns
intheShipmentsform,sothatitbestmeetsyourrequirements.See
MovingColumnsofDataintheSystemManagerUserGuide.
ReadtheProcessingShipmentssectioninChapter2for
backgroundinformationaboutshipments.
Entering Internal Usage Transactions
DoubleclicktheInternalUsageiconintheI/CTransactions
folder.
User Guide
527
Processing
Transactions
YouusetheInternalUsageformtoenter,save,andpostmovements
ofitemsfrominventoryforuseinyourbusiness,anddebitan
appropriateexpenseorassetaccount(dependingonthetypeof
item)withthecostoftheinventoryitem.Youcaneditinternalusage
transactionsuntilyoupostthem.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewtransaction.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthedocumentnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheInternalUsageNumberfield.The
programgeneratednumberisdeterminedbysettingsintheI/C
Optionsform.
Youcanalsoassignyourowndocumentnumbersforexample,
basedonthedateanddepartmentnumber.Inanycase,the
numbermustbeunique,andupto22characterslongto
distinguishthenewinternalusagetransactionfromother,
existingtransactions.
Documentnumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecial
characters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomaticallyappearin
uppercasewhenyoutypethem.
Posting date
528
3.
IfyouwanttochangethedateintheInternalUsageDatefield,
typeoveritorclickthecalendarbuttontodisplaythecalendar.
InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondate.
4.
Changethepostingdateforthetransaction,ifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateorthedocument
datebydefaultinthisfield
5.
Enteradescriptionfortheinternalusagetransaction,suchas
whichdepartmentorderedtheitems(optional).
6.
Enterareference,suchasarequisitionnumber(optional).
7.
Enterorselectthepersoninyourcompanywhoorderedthe
goods.(optional).
Sage Accpac
US/Canadian P/R
IfyouusetheUSorCanadianPayrollmodule,youcanchoose
employeesfromtheFinder.
8.
ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontoaddoneormore
optionalfieldsassignedtointernalusagetransactions.
AcheckmarkappearsinthecheckboxnexttotheOptional
Fieldslabeltoletyouknowthatoneormoreoptionalfieldshave
beenaddedtothetransactionheader.
TheInternalUsageheaderoptionalfieldsareforreporting
purposesonly,andwillnotbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
Detail information
Enterthefollowinginformationforeachdetaillineonan
internalusagetransaction(presstheTabkeyortheInsertkeyto
movetoanewdetailline).
YoucanalsoclicktheDetailbuttonorpressF9todisplaythe
detailinformationinaforminsteadofinthecolumnargrid.
Note: Ifyouhavechangedthecolumnorder,theorderin
whichsomecolumnsappearonyourcomputerwillbe
differentthanwhatispresentedhere.Youmayalsofindthat
somecolumnshavebeenhidden.
Item Number.Entertheitemnumberoftheitemyouare
removingfrominventory,orselectthenumberfromthe
Finder.Youcanalsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersif
youusethem.Thedescriptionappearsautomatically.
User Guide
529
Processing
Transactions
9.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Category.Ifyouwanttochangethecategorycode,type
overitorselectonefromtheFinder.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthecategorycodefromtheitem
record.
Location.Enterthecodefortheinventorylocationfrom
whichyouaretakingtheunits,orselectthecodefromthe
Finder.
Quantity.Enterthenumberofunits.Youcantakemore
unitsthanareinstockifyouturnedontheAllowNegative
InventoryLevelsoptionintheI/COptionsform.
Unit of Measure.Ifyouwanttochangetheunitofmeasure,
typeoveritorselectonefromtheFinder.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthestockingunitfortheitemsbeing
shippedorreturned(ortheunitofmeasurespecifiedbythe
manufacturersitemnumber).
Serial Numbers.SelectYesifyouwanttoenterserial
numbersfortheitem;otherwise,selectNo.(Doubleclickthe
fieldwithamouse,ortabtothefieldandthenpressthe
SpacebartotogglebetweenYesandNo.)Youhavethis
choiceonlyifthedefaulthasbeensettoYes.
IfyouselectYesintheSerialNumberscolumn,youcanclick
theZoombuttonintheSerialNumberscolumnheading(or
pressShift+F9)orclicktheZoombuttonbesidetheSerial
NumbersfieldintheDetailsformtoaddaserialnumberto
therecord.
530
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Enterasmanyserialnumbersasyouneed.Serialnumbers
cancontainupto22characters,includingnumbers,letters,
punctuationmarks(suchas!and?),andsymbols(suchas@
and$).PresstheTabkeyortheInsertkeytostartanewline
intheSerialNumbersform.
Comments.Enteranycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
ShipmentsPostingJournalregardingthedetailline
(optional).
DoubleclicktheFixedAssetscolumnoftheentrygrid
todisplayYes,andthenclicktheFixedAssetscolumn
headingtodisplaytheFixedAssetsform.
Onthezoomedform,selecttheFixedAssetscheckbox
andclicktheZoombuttontodisplaytheFixedAssets
form.
User Guide
531
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
fromtheonedisplayedontheFixedAssetsform,usethe
FinderfortheSageFASTemplatefieldtoselectadifferent
one.Otherwise,eitheracceptthedefaulttemplatecodethat
appearsorcleartheentryfromthisfield.(Youdonothave
touseatemplatetocreatetheassetinSageFAS.)
Description. UsetheDescriptionfieldtoenterthedescription
thatyouwanttousefortheassetinSageFAS.
Separate Assets. Ifthequantityismorethanone,andyou
wanttocreateseparateassetrecordsforeachiteminSage
FAS,selecttheSeparateAssetsoption.
TheprogramallocatestheSageFASvalueenteredonthe
FixedAssetsformproportionatelytoeachSageFASrecordit
creates.Forexample,foraquantityof10andavalueof
$25,000,theprogramcreates10assetrecordswithavalueof
$2,500each.
Sage FAS Quantity. Enterthequantityofassetitemsyouare
removingforinternaluse.
Sage FAS UOM. Typetheunitofmeasureforthequantityyou
entered.
Sage FAS Value. TypethevaluetobookfortheassetinSage
FAS.
532
Optional Fields.ClicktheZoombuttoninthecolumn
heading(orbesidethefieldinthedetailform)toopenthe
OptionalFieldsselectionform,andthenclicktheOptional
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
FieldFindertoselectanInternalUsageDetailsoptional
field.
To delete detail
lines
Todeleteadetailline,selectthelinebyclickingitwiththe
mouseorbyusingtheUpArroworDownArrowkey,andthen
presstheDeletekey.
10. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagewiththeinternalusage
number,andremindsyouthattransactionswillnotbe
costeduntiltheyareposted.
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhetransaction.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
Posting
transactions with
optional fields
Iftheoptionalfieldsdefinedfortransactiondetailsmatch
theGeneralLedgerTransactiondetailsoptionalfields
definedfortheInventoryControl,InternalUsage,Nonstock
Clearing,andCostVarianceaccountsoftheitemsspecified,
theoptionalfieldinformationwillbepassedtoGeneral
Ledgerandwillbeincludedinthejournalentryforeach
account.
11. Afterrecordingthetransactionnumberthatappears,clickClose.
User Guide
533
Processing
Transactions
Choose To Delete
During Posting
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
After using
Afterpostingyourinternalusagetransactions,runDayEnd
ProcessingtoupdateInventoryControlinformationthatisnot
updatedduringposting.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
PrinttheInternalUsagePostingJournaltocheckthetransactions
youposted.
ForinformationonprintingtheInternalUsagePostingJournal,
seePostingJournalsinChapter7,Reports.
Ifyoustoreitemsatmorethanonelocation,useTransferstoenter
andpoststocktransfersbetweenphysicalinventorylocationsandto
importtransfertransactions.
Adjustments
UseAdjustmentstoenterandpostadjustmentstoitemquantities
andcostsandtoimportadjustmenttransactions.
Assemblies
UseAssembliestoenterandpostassembliesanddisassembliesof
masteritemsandtoimportassemblytransactions.
534
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Processing(andtogenerategeneralledgertransactions),andthen
printthePostingJournalreport.
Day End Processing
1.
DoubleclicktheDayEndiconinthePeriodicProcessingfolder.
2.
ClicktheProcessbutton.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDayEnd,
runningDayEndalsoupdatesitemcostsforinquiries,
reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlcalculatesandupdatesitemcostsfor
inquiries,reports,etc.whenyouposttransactions.
Posting Journals
1.
DoubleclickthePostingJournalsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
Reportsfolder.
User Guide
535
Processing
Transactions
Postingjournalslisttheentriesfromtransactionsyoupostedsince
thelasttimeyouranDayEndProcessing.Youcanalsoreprint
previouslyprintedjournals.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
2.
Selectthepostingjournalthatyouwanttoprint,theorderfor
listingtransactions,andtheDayEndnumbersthatyouwantto
include.
AcceptthedefaultDayEndnumberstoprintallunprinted
transactions.
536
Directly(andimmediately)tothedestinationlocation.
Viaagoodsintransitlocationtothedestinationlocation,and
specifyingatransfernumbertotracktheshipment.
Goodsintransitareshippedusingonetransactionatthe
shippinglocationandareseparatelyreceivedatthe
destinationlocation.
Goodsintransitlocationsshouldbedefinedaslogical
inventorylocations,ratherthanphysicalones.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Becauseitemsareseparatelyshippedandreceived,goods
fromasingleshipmentcantravelondifferenttrucksandbe
receivedinseparatelotsatdifferenttimes.
ReadtheProcessingTransferssectioninChapter2ofthisguide
forbackgroundinformationabouttransfers.
To enter a transfer:
1.
DoubleclicktheTransfersiconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewtransfer.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthedocumentnumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheDocumentNumberfield.The
programgeneratedtransferdocumentnumberisdeterminedby
settingsintheI/COptionsform.
Youcanalsoassignyourowndocumentnumberforexample,
basedonthedateandwaybillnumber.Inanycase,the
documentnumbermustbeunique,andupto22characterslong
todistinguishthenewtransferfromother,existingtransfers.
User Guide
537
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Transferdocumentnumberscancontainletters,numbers,and
specialcharacters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomatically
appearinuppercasewhenyoutypethem.
3.
Selectthetypeoftransfertransactionyouareentering.
Transfer. Letsyoumovegoodsdirectlyandinstantly
betweentwolocationswithoutusingagoodsintransit
location.
4.
Enterthetransfernumberfromapreviouslyenteredtransit
transferifyouarereceivingthegoodsatadestinationlocationor
ifyouareaddingtothegoodsbeingmovedintotransit.
5.
TypeovertheDocumentDateifyouwanttochangeit(orclick
theCalendarbuttontoselectanewdate).InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthesessiondate.
6.
Changethepostingdateforthetransactionifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateorthetransfer
datebydefaultinthisfield.
Additional costs
538
7.
Enteranexpectedarrivaldateforthegoodsyouaretransferring.
8.
Ifthetransferinvolvesadditionalcoststhatis,costsbeyond
thoseoftheitemsthemselvesyoucanentertheamountinthe
additionalcostfield.
9.
Intheprorationmethodfieldyoucanselectfromanumberof
waysofdividingthecostsbetweentheitemsinthetransfer:
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Ifyouselecttheproratemanuallyoption,youmustenteran
amountinthemanualprorationcolumnwhenyouenterdetail
information.Ifyouchooseanyotheroption,theprogramwill
calculatetheitemsshareoftheadditionalcostsandshowitin
theextendedcostscolumn.
10. Enteradescriptionforthetransfer(optional).
11. Enterareference,suchasthereasonformakingthestock
transfer(optional).
12. ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontofillinoneormore
optionalfieldsassignedtoTransfers.
Header optional
fields
TheoptionalfieldsfromthetransferheaderareforI/Creporting
purposesonlyandwillnotbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
13. Enterthefollowinginformationforeachnumbereddetaillineon
atransfer(presstheTabkeyortheInsertkeytomovetoanew
detailline).
YoucanalsoclicktheDetailbuttonorpressF9todisplaythe
detailfieldsusingaforminsteadofincolumns.
Note: IfyouhaveusedtheTransfersformbefore,theorder
inwhichsomecolumnsappearmaybedifferentfromwhat
ispresentedhere,andsomecolumnscouldbehidden.
Also note: Somecolumnsappearonlyifyouaremovingitems
throughagoodsintransit(GIT)location.
Item Number.Entertheitemnumberoftheitembeing
transferred,orselectthenumberfromtheFinder.Youcan
alsoentermanufacturersitemnumbersifyouusethem
(suchasUPCbarcodes).
User Guide
539
Processing
Transactions
Detail information
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
From Location.Enterthecodeoftheinventorylocation
fromwhichyouaretransferringstock,orselectthecode
fromtheFinder.
Ifyouareenteringatransitreceipt(receivinggoodsfroma
goodsintransitlocation),youcannotchangethisfield.
GIT Location.Ifyouareenteringatransittransfer,enterthe
codeforthegoodsintransitinventorylocation.
Ifyouareenteringatransitreceipt(receivinggoodsfroma
goodsintransitlocation),youcannotchangethisfield.
To Location.Enterthecodeoftheinventorylocationto
whichyouaretransferringstock,orselectthecodefromthe
Finder.Youcannotchangethislocationwhenyouare
receivinggoods.
IfyoudidnotturnontheAllowItemsAtAllLocations
optionintheOptionsform,youmusthavespecifiedthatthe
itemisallowedattheinventorylocationtowhichyouare
transferringstock.
Requested Quantity.Thisfieldappearsonlyifyouare
usingagoodsintransitlocation,andisusefulwhenyouare
addingtoatransferoversomeperiodoftime(forexample,
loadingseveraltrucksoveraperiodofdays).
Thetransferquantitycannotexceedtheamountrequested.
540
Unit of Measure.Enterorselecttheunitofmeasureforthe
requestedquantity.
Outstanding Quantity.Thisistheamountstillrequiredto
meettherequestedquantity.
Transfer Quantity.Enterthenumberofunitstotransfer
betweenlocations.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Youcantransfermoreunitsthanareinstockifyouturned
ontheAllowNegativeInventoryLevelsoptioninthe
Optionsform.
Transfer Unit.Ifyouwanttochangetheunitofmeasure,
typeoveritorselectonefromtheFinder.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysthestockingunitfortheitemsbeing
transferred.
Transferred to Date.Thisisthenumberofunitspreviously
enteredforthistransfertotheGITlocation.
Manual Proration.IfyouchoseProrateManuallyasthe
prorationmethod,entertheportionofadditionalcost
attachedtothisitem.
Received to Date.Thisisthenumberofunitsreceived
fromtheGITlocationforthistransfer.
User Guide
541
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,entercostsinyour
functional(home)currency.
Completing lines
before full receipt
Completed.Checkthecompletedfieldtocompletethe
transaction.
Note: Generally,youwillcompletealineforaGIT
transferonreceiptofallgoods.Ifyoucompleteitbefore
allgoodsarereceived,theunreceiveditemswillremain
intheGITlocation,andyouwillhavetocreateanew
transfertomovethemtothedestinationlocation.
Comments.Enteranycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
TransfersPostingJournalregardingthedetailline(optional).
Optional Fields.ClicktheZoombuttoninthecolumn
heading(orbesidethefieldinthedetailform)toadd
TransferDetailsoptionalfields.
Iftheoptionalfieldsdefinedfortheitemmatchtheoptional
fieldsdefinedforTransferDetails,theoptionalfieldvalues
fortheitemswillbeinsertedautomaticallyintheTransfers
detailsgrid.Iftheoptionalfieldsdefinedfortheitemdonot
match,thedefaultoptionalfieldvaluesspecifiedfor
TransferDetailsoptionalfieldswillbeinserted.Youcan
acceptorchangethevalue.
To delete detail
lines
542
Ifyouwanttodeleteadetaillineforanyreason,selecttheline
byclickingitwithamouseorbyusingtheUpArroworDown
Arrowkey,thenpresstheDeletekey.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
14. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagewiththetransfernumber,
andremindsyouthattransferswillnotbecosteduntilthey
areposted.
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhetransfer.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
Detail optional
fields
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforTransferdetailsmatchthe
GeneralLedgerTransactiondetailsoptionalfieldsdefined
fortheInventoryControlaccountfortheitemspecified
(fromandtolocations)andtheTransferclearingaccount,
theoptionalfieldinformationwillbepassedtoGeneral
Ledgerandwillbeincludedinthejournalentryforeach
account.
Printing a
transfer slip
15. Recordthetransfernumberthatappears,andclickClosein
responsetothePostingcompletedmessage.InventoryControl
willaskifyouwanttoprintatransferslip.
User Guide
543
Processing
Transactions
Choose To Delete
During Posting
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
16. ClickYestoprintthetransferslip,orclickNoifyoudonotwant
toprintatransferslipnow.
Note: InventoryControlprovidestwotransferslips
ICTRNS01.RPTandICTRNS02.RPT.ReportICTRNS01.RPT
alwaysprintsblanksintheQuantityReceivedcolumn.
ICTRNS02.RPTprintsblanksforaTransfertransaction,the
totalofalltransitreceiptstodateforaTransitTransfer,and
thereceiptquantityforaTransitReceipt.
After using
Afterpostingyourtransfers,runDayEndProcessingtoupdate
InventoryControlsauditdata,costingdata,anditemstatistics.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthisguide.
PrinttheTransfersPostingJournaltocheckthetransfer
transactionsyouposted.
ForinformationontheTransfersPostingJournal,seePosting
JournalsinChapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
544
InventoryControlalsoprovidesaforminthePeriodicProcessing
folderthatletsyouwriteoffitemcostsoritemquantitiesforranges
ofitems,oradjustthetotalcostsofitemstoanewcost.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Seechapter6formoreinformationonperiodicprocessing.
Types of Adjustments
Youspecifythetypeofadjustmentyouwantforeachitemyouadd
toanadjustmenttransaction.Youcanentersixtypesofadjustments:
Both Increase.Increasesboththeitemquantityonhandandthe
extendeditemcostatthelocationbytheincreasesyouspecify.
InventoryControlrecalculatestheitemsaverageunitcostatthe
locationbasedontheincreases.
Both Decrease.Reducesboththeitemquantityonhandandthe
extendeditemcostatthelocationbythedecreasesyouspecify.
InventoryControlrecalculatestheitemsaverageunitcostatthe
locationbasedonthedecreases.
User Guide
545
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
To enter an adjustment:
1.
DoubleclicktheAdjustmentsiconintheI/CTransactions
folder.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewadjustment.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignsthetransfernumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheAdjustmentNumberfield.The
programgeneratedadjustmentnumberisdeterminedby
settingsintheI/COptionsform.
Youcanalsoassignyourownadjustmentnumbersfor
example,basedonthedateaslongasthenumberisuniqueto
distinguishitfromother,existingadjustments.
Adjustmentnumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecial
characters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomaticallyappearin
uppercasewhenyoutypethem.
546
3.
Tochangetheadjustmentdate,typeoveritorselectanewone
fromthecalendar.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthe
sessiondate.
4.
Changethepostingdateforthetransaction,ifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateorthe
adjustmentdatebydefaultinthisfield.
Zoom Button
5.
Enteradescriptionfortheadjustment(optional).
6.
Enterareference,suchasthereasonformakingtheadjustment
(optional).
7.
ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontoaddinformationtoone
ormoreoptionalfieldsassignedtoAdjustments.
HeaderoptionalfieldsareforI/Creportingpurposesonlyand
willnotbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
Detail information
8.
Enterthefollowinginformationforeachitemonanadjustment
(presstheInsertkeytomovetoanewdetailline).
YoucanalsoclicktheDetailbuttonorpressF9todisplaythe
adjustmentdetailfieldsinaforminsteadofincolumns.
Note: Ifyouhaveusedtheadjustmentsentryformbefore,
theorderinwhichsomecolumnsappearinthetableonyour
computermightbedifferentfromwhatispresentedhere,
andsomecolumnsmightbehidden.
Item Number.Entertheitemnumberoftheitembeing
adjusted,orselectthenumberfromtheFinder.
Adjustment Type.Ifyouwanttochangetheadjustment
type,selectonefromthelist.InventoryControl
automaticallydisplaysQuantityIncrease.
Processing
Transactions
Forinformationaboutthetypesoftransactions,seeTypes
ofAdjustments,earlierinthissection.
Location.Enterthecodeoftheinventorylocationatwhich
tomaketheadjustmentfortheitem,orselectthecodefrom
theFinder.
User Guide
547
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
IftheitemusestheFIFOorLIFOcostingmethod,fillinthe
followinginformation:
Bucket Type.Selectabuckettypefromthelisttospecifythe
wayinwhichtheprogramistoprocesstheadjustment.
InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysOffsetBucket.
Forinformationaboutbuckettypes,seeAdjustmentsto
ItemsUsingFIFOorLIFOCosting,inChapter2ofthis
guide.
Document No.IfyouselectedSpecificBucketintheBucket
Typecolumn,enterthenumberofthetransactionusedto
enteritemunitsintoinventory,orselectthenumberfrom
theFinder.
ThenumberyouspecifymustappearintheFinderforthis
field.
Cost Date.Ifyouwanttochangethedate,typeoverit.
InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthetransaction
dateforthenumberyouspecifyintheDocumentNumber
field.
Adjustments
affecting quantity
WhentheAdjustmentTypeisQuantityIncrease,Quantity
Decrease,BothIncrease,orBothDecrease,fillinthe
followinginformation:
Quantity.Enterthenumberofunitsbywhichtoadjustthe
itemquantity.
Negative inventory
levels
Todecreasethequantityofaniteminstocktobelowzero,
youmusthaveturnedontheAllowNegativeInventory
LevelsoptionintheI/COptionsform.
Unit of Measure.Entertheunitofmeasurefortheitem,or
selecttheunitfromtheFinder.
548
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Adjustments
affecting cost
WhentheAdjustmentTypeisCostIncrease,CostDecrease,
BothIncrease,orBothDecrease,fillinthefollowing
information:
Cost Adjustment.Entertheamountbywhichtoadjustthe
extendeditemcost.
Adjustment/Write-Off Account.Tochangetheaccount
number,typeoveritorselectanotheraccountfromthe
Finder.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthegeneral
ledgeradjustmentwriteoffaccountfromtheitemrecords
accountset.
Comments.Enteranycommentsyouwanttoappearonthe
AdjustmentsPostingJournalregardingthedetailline
(optional).
Optional Fields.ClicktheZoombuttoninthecolumn
heading(orbesidethefieldinthedetailform)toadd
optionalfields.
IftheoptionalfieldsthatwereaddedtotheItemrecord
matchtheoptionalfieldsyouassignedforAdjustment
Details(intheI/COptionalFieldsform),theoptionalfield
valuesfortheItemwillbeinsertedautomaticallyinthe
User Guide
549
Processing
Transactions
IfyouentermaterialsadjustmentsthroughProjectandJob
Costing,thetransactionscreatedbyProjectandJobCosting
willappearinInventoryControl.Note,however,thatyou
cannotusethejobcostingfieldsintheInventoryControl
program.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Adjustmentdetailsgrid.Iftheoptionalfieldsaddedtothe
Itemdonotmatch,thedefaultvaluesspecifiedfor
AdjustmentDetailsoptionalfieldswillbeinserted.Youcan
acceptorchangetheseentries.
Posting
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAdjustmentDetailsmatch
theGeneralLedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfields
definedfortheInventoryControlaccountfortheitem
specifiedandtheInventoryAdjustmentandWriteoff
accountspecified,theoptionalfieldinformationwillbe
passedtoG/L(dependingonyoursettingsintheI/C
OptionalFieldsform),andwillbeincludedinthejournal
entryforeachaccount.
IfAdjustmentoptionalfieldsinProjectandJobCosting
matchthetransactionanddetailoptionalfieldsinInventory
ControlAdjustments,theoptionalfielddataautomatically
passestoInventoryControlAdjustmentsformaterialusage
andmaterialtransactions.InventoryControlthenpassesthe
datatoGeneralLedgerifappropriate.
To delete detail
lines
Todeleteadetailline,selectthelinebyclickingitwithamouse
orbyusingtheUpArroworDownArrowkey,thenpressthe
Deletekey.
9.
Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagewiththeadjustment
number,andremindsyouthatadjustmentswillnotbe
costeduntiltheyareposted.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
550
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststheadjustment.
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
Posting
Adjustments
containing
optional fields
WhenanadjustmentispostedthatcontainsAdjustment
Detailsoptionalfieldinformation,theoptionalfield
informationwillbepassedtoG/L.
10. Afterrecordingtheadjustmentnumberthatappears,clickClose.
After using
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdateauditandcostingdataand
itemstatisticsafterpostingadjustments.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
PrinttheAdjustmentsPostingJournaltochecktheadjustment
transactionsyouposted.
ForinformationonprintingtheAdjustmentsPostingJournal,see
PostingJournalsinChapter7,Reports.
YouusetheAssemblies/DisassembliesformintheTransactions
foldertoenterandpostassembliesordisassembliesofmasteritems
fromcomponentitems.
ReadtheProcessingAssemblies/Disassembliessectionin
Chapter2forbackgroundinformationaboutassemblies.
Bills of Material
Youmustsetupbillsofmaterialtodefinemasteritemsbeforeyou
canenterassemblytransactions.
Forbackgroundinformationaboutbillsofmaterial,seethefollowing
sectionsintheInventoryControlGettingStartedguide:AddingBills
User Guide
551
Processing
Transactions
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
ofMaterial,inChapter2,andStep9:AddBillsofMaterial,in
Chapter3.
ForinformationaboutsettingupbillsofmaterialinInventory
Control,seetheGettingStartedmanual.
To enter an assembly:
1.
DoubleclicktheAssembliesiconintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
2.
PresstheTabkeytostartanewassemblyordisassembly.
Theprogramautomaticallyassignstheassemblynumberifyou
leave***NEW***intheAssemblyNumberfield.The
programgeneratedassemblynumberisdeterminedbysettings
intheI/COptionsform.
Youcanalsoassignyourownassemblynumbersforexample,
basedonthedateanditemnumber.Theassemblynumbermust
beunique,andupto22characterslongtodistinguishthenew
assemblyfromother,existingassemblies.
Assemblynumberscancontainletters,numbers,andspecial
characters(suchas*,&,or#).Lettersautomaticallyappearin
uppercasewhenyoutypethem.
552
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Ifyouarebrowsingthroughassembliesanddisplayaposted
assemblywithsubassemblies,clicktheDetailsbuttontoseethe
assemblynumbersandquantitiesforbuiltcomponents.
Transaction Type
3.
ChoosethetransactiontypeeitherAssemblyorDisassembly.
From Assembly
Number
4.
Ifyouareenteringadisassembly,selecttheassemblythatyou
aredisassemblingintheFromAssemblyfield.Leavethefield
blankiftheFromAssemblytransactionnolongerexists.
Note:Ifyouaredisassemblingapreviousassembly,youcan
onlyspecifythequantitybeingdisassembledanda
disassemblycost.
Enteradescriptionfortheassembly/disassembly(optional).
6.
Enterareference,suchasthereasonforassemblingor
disassemblingthemasteritems(optional).
7.
Tochangethedate,typeoveritorselectadifferentdatefrom
thecalendar.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthe
sessiondate.
8.
Changethepostingdateforthetransactionifnecessary.Thisis
thedatefortransactionsbeingpostedtotheGeneralLedger,so
italsodeterminesthecontentsofthefiscalYear/Periodfield.
DependingonyoursettingsintheI/COptionsform,Inventory
Controlautomaticallydisplaysthesessiondateortheassembly
datebydefaultinthisfield.
Master Item
Number
9.
Enterorselecttheitemnumberofthemasteritembeing
assembledordisassembled(unlessyouspecifiedanassemblyin
theFromAssemblyfield).
Ifyouaredisassemblingaspecificassembly(specifiedinthe
FromAssemblyfield),youcannotchangetheitemnumber.
NotethatifyouselecttheitemnumberfromtheFinder,you
choosetheItemNumberandBOMnumber,whichwillthen
appearintheBOMNumberfield.
User Guide
553
Processing
Transactions
5.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
BOM Number
10. EnteranumberortypeovertheexistingBOMnumberforthe
billofmaterialtouseforassemblingordisassemblingunitsof
themasteritem,orselectthenumberfromtheFinder.
Youcanview(andedit)thebillofmaterialyouspecify,by
clickingtheZoombuttonbesidetheBOMNumberfield(or
pressF9)toopentheBillsOfMaterialformfortheselected
masteritem,(thenclickClosetoreturntotheAssembliesform).
Ifyouaredisassemblingaspecificassembly,youcannotchange
theBOMnumber.
Forinformationonbillsofmaterial,seeAdding,Editing,and
DeletingBillsofMaterial,inChapter3ofthisguide.
Component
Assembly/
Disassembly
Method
11. Ifthisisamultilevelbillofmaterial,choosehowyouwant
componentsassembledordisassembled.
Forassemblies,choose:
None. Donotassembleanysubassemblies.
subassembliesasarelistedinthebuildquantityforthe
masteritem.
Fordisassemblies,choose:
None. Nosubassemblies.
thatarelistedinthebuildquantityforthemasteritem.
12. Enterthecodeoftheinventorylocationofthecomponentitems
andtheassembledmasteritems,orselectthecodefromthe
Finder.
554
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Disassembly Cost
13. Ifyouaredisassemblingitems,enteradisassemblycost
(optional).
Quantity
14. TochangethenumberdisplayedintheQuantityfield,typeover
it.InventoryControlautomaticallydisplaysthebillofmaterials
buildquantityinthebillofmaterialsunitofmeasure.
Note: Thequantitymustbeamultipleofthenumberinthe
BuildQuantityfield.Forexample,ifthebuildquantityfor
thebillofmaterialis25,thenyoumustspecifyamultipleof
25(suchas25,50,or75)forthequantity,ortheprogramwill
notallowyoutosaveorposttheassembly.
Fractional
quantities
Tospecifyfractionalquantities,youmustfirstselecttheAllow
FractionalQuantitiesoptionontheProcessingtaboftheI/C
Optionsform.
15. ClicktheVerifyQuantitiesbuttontocheckwhethersufficient
quantitiesofcomponentitemsareinstock.Thisletsyouseeif
youhaveenoughquantityoftheitemtobuildthenumberof
masteritemsenteredintheQuantityfield,andmakesurethat
InventoryControlwillalloweachcomponentitemtobestocked
attheinventorylocationyouspecifiedintheLocationfield.
Processing
Transactions
Theprogramallowsyoutopostassembliesforwhichthereare
insufficientnumbersofcomponentitemsinstockonlyifyou
turnedontheAllowNegativeInventoryLevelsoptionintheI/C
Optionsform.
User Guide
555
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
IfyoudidnotturnontheAllowItemsAtAllLocationsoption,
youcanpostthetransactiononlyifyouallowedthecomponent
itemsandthemasteritemtobestockedatthespecified
inventorylocation.
ClicktheOKbuttonorpressEntertoclosetheError/Warning
dialogbox.
Optional fields
16. ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontoaddoptionalfields.
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedfortheBillsofMaterialmasteritem
matchtheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAssemblies,theoptional
fieldvaluesforthemasteritemwillbeinsertedautomatically.If
theoptionalfieldsdefinedforthemasteritemdonotmatch,the
defaultoptionalfieldvaluesspecifiedforAssembliesoptional
fieldswillbeinserted.Youcanacceptorchangethevalues.
17. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheSaveorPostbutton.
IfyouchooseSave,InventoryControlsavesthetransaction
soyoucaneditandpostitlater.
Theprogramdisplaysamessagewiththeassembly/
disassemblynumber,andremindsyouthatassembliesand
disassemblieswillnotbecosteduntiltheyareposted.
IfyouchoosePost,InventoryControlpoststhe
assembly/disassembly.
Choose To Delete
During Posting
IfyouselectedtheoptionPromptToDeleteDuring
Posting,InventoryControlwarnsyouthatyouwillnot
beabletodrilldowntothetransactiondetailsfrom
GeneralLedgerifyoudeletethetransaction.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringPosting,
InventoryControlwillcalculateandupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
556
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
IfyouselectedtheoptiontoCostItemsDuringDay
End,youwillhavetorunDayEndtoupdateitemcosts
forinquiries,reports,etc.
Whenanassemblyisposted,theoptionalfieldinformationwill
bepassedtoGeneralLedgerforthemasterandcomponent
items,fixedandvariablecosts(assemblycostcredit),and
disassemblycost.
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAssembliesmatchtheGeneral
LedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfieldsdefinedforthemaster
itemsinventorycontrolaccount,theoptionalfieldinformation
willbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
Component Items
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAssembliesmatchtheGeneral
LedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfieldsdefinedforthe
componentiteminventorycontrolaccounts,theoptionalfield
informationwillbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
Assembly Cost
Credit
IftheBillsofMaterialcontainfixedand/orvariablecostsandthe
optionalfieldsdefinedforAssembliesmatchtheGeneralLedger
TransactionDetailsoptionalfieldsdefinedfortheAssembly
CostCreditaccount,theoptionalfieldinformationwillbe
passedtoGeneralLedger.
Disassembly
Expense
IftheBillofMaterialisbeingdisassembled,andadisassembly
costisspecified,andiftheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAssemblies
matchtheGeneralLedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfields
definedfortheDisassemblyExpenseaccount,thentheoptional
fieldinformationwillbepassedtoG/L.
18. Afterrecordingtheassembly/disassemblynumberthatappears,
clickClose.
After using
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdateInventoryControlsaudit
data,costingdata,anditemstatisticsafterpostingassemblies.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
User Guide
557
Processing
Transactions
Master Item
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
PrinttheAssembliesPostingJournaltochecktheassembly/
disassemblytransactionsyouposted.
ForinformationaboutprintingtheAssembliesPostingJournal,
seeChapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
WhenyouenterandpostatransactioninInventoryControl,the
programimmediatelyupdatesitemquantitiessoyoualwaysknow
yourinventorylevels.
Dependingonyourprogramsettings,theprogramwillalsoupdate
thecostofgoodsinstockandthecostofgoodsthatyouvesold.It
mayalsocreategeneralledgertransactionsand,optionally,post
themtotheSageAccpacGeneralLedgerprogram.
Posting,however,doesnotupdateaccountingandstatistical
informationthoseproceduresareperformedbyDayEnd
Processing.
Note: WithInventoryControl,youcanchooseinI/COptions
whetheryouwanttheprogramtorecostitemswhenposting
transactions,orwaituntilyourundayendtocostitems.
YouchooseintheG/LIntegrationformwhentocreate
GeneralLedgertransactions.
Ifyouhavealargetransactionvolume,wesuggestthatyoucost
itemsduringdayend.
InventoryControlprovidestwowaystoenterandposttransactions:
558
Onlinetransactionprocessingwhereyoupostthetransaction
assoonasyouenterit.
Batchprocessingwhereyouenterandsavetransactions,and
thenpostthemusingthePostTransactionsformintheI/C
Transactionsfolder.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Youcanalsouseacombinationoftheseapproaches,enteringand
postingsometransactions,whileenteringandsavingothersforlater
posting.
IfyouchooseSave,youcancontinuetoeditthetransactionslater
andpostthemusingthetransactionentryform,oryoucanpost
groupsoftransactionsusingthePostTransactionsform.
To post transactions using the Post Transactions form:
1.
DoubleclickthePostTransactionsiconintheI/CTransactions
folder.
Selectthetypesoftransactionsthatyouwanttopost.
3.
Specifyrangesoftransactionnumbersforpostingifyouwish.
4.
ClicktheProcessbutton.
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdateInventoryControlsaudit
data,costingdata(ifyoucostatdayend),anditemstatistics
afterpostingassemblies.
ForinformationonrunningDayEndProcessing,seeChapter6,
DayEndandPeriodicProcessing,inthismanual.
PrintthePostingJournaltocheckthetransactionsyouposted.
User Guide
559
Processing
Transactions
After using
2.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
EachtimeyourunDayEndProcessing,InventoryControlcreatesa
journaloftheentriesfromeachofthetypesoftransactionsyou
postedsincethelasttimeyoudiddayendprocessing.Theseposting
journalsprovidearecordofallposteddetailsandofthegeneral
ledgerdistributionstheygenerated.
YoucanprintpostingjournalsatanytimeafterrunningDayEnd
Processing,butyoumustprintthembeforeyoucanclear(erase)
themfromInventoryControl.UsetheClearHistoryiconinthe
PeriodicProcessingfoldertoclearprintedpostingjournals.
Postingjournalslisttheentriesfromtransactionsyoupostedsince
thelasttimeyouranDayEndProcessing.Youcanalsoreprint
previouslyprintedjournals.
SeeChapter7,Reports,formoreinformationonpostingjournals.
RunDayEndProcessing.
SelectprintingoptionsinthePrintDestinationdialogbox.
DoubleclickthePostingJournalsiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
560
Selectthejournaltype.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Importing Transactions
3.
Selectasortingorderforthepostingjournal.
4.
Enterthelowestandhighestnumbersintherangeofdayend
sequencenumbersforwhichyouwanttoprintthereport.
Normally,youwouldacceptthedefaultrangeofdayend
numberstoprintalljournalsthatyouhavenotyetprinted.
5.
Choosewhethertoincludejournalsthatyouhavealready
printed.
Youcannotreprintjournalsthathavebeencleared.
6.
After using
ClickPrint.
Ifyouwanttoclearthepostingjournalsyouprinted,usetheClear
Historyform.
Importing Transactions
UsetheImportcommandontheFilemenuintheReceipts,
Shipments,InternalUsage,Transfers,Adjustments,orAssemblies
formstotransfertransactionscreatedinnonSageAccpac
applicationstoInventoryControl.
Processing
Transactions
Note: Youcanalsoexportanyreceipt,shipment,internal
usage,transfer,adjustment,andassemblytransactionsthat
havenotbeenclearedfromInventoryControl.
ImportedtransactionsarepostedbyInventoryControl,andthe
originalfileoftransactionsisretaineduntilyoudeleteitoutsideof
SageAccpacERP.
Youcannotimportmulticurrencytransactionsintoasinglecurrency
ledger.Editimportfilestoremovemulticurrencyfieldsbefore
importing.
User Guide
561
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Importing Transactions
Formoreinformationaboutimportingtransactions,seeAppendixB,
ImportingandExporting,inthisguide.ReferalsototheSystem
ManagerUserGuide.
Before you start
CreatethetransactionfilewiththenonSageAccpacapplication.
Guidelines for
importing
Theeasiestwaytoconstructanimportfileistoexport
transactionsandusethemasmodels.Ifimportfilesdonot
containvaliddata,InventoryControlwillnotimportthem.
Youcandisplayalistoftheimportfieldsbychoosingthe
ImportcommandfromtheFilemenuonthetransactionentry
form,andthenchoosingtheDisplayImportFieldscommand
fromtheFilemenuontheimportform.
Transaction
numbers must be
unique
Makesurethatthetransactionsthatyouimportcontainunique
transactionnumbers.Youcannotimportatransactionthatusesa
numberyouhavepostedandnotyetclearedfromInventory
Control.
NotethatInventoryControlcaneithersaveorpostimported
transactions,whichmeansthatyoucaneditthemfurtherafter
importingthem.
Backupyourdata.
To import transactions:
1.
DoubleclicktheReceipts,Shipments,InternalUsage,Transfers,
Adjustments,orAssembliesiconsintheTransactionsfolder.
2.
ClickImportfromtheFilemenu.
3.
FollowtheinstructionsintheSystemManagerUserGuidefor
importing.
Notethatthefileyouspecifyforimportingmustexistandbe
locatedonthedriveandinthedirectorythatyouselect.Ifyou
areonanetwork,youmusthaveaccessrightstotheimportfile
andthedirectory.
After using
562
Checkdataintegrity.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
RunDayEndProcessingtocreatejournalentriesfromthe
importeddata.
Printthepostingjournalforthetypeoftransactionsimported
anduseittochecktheposteddetailsandthegeneralledger
distributionsgeneratedbyInventoryControl.
Editing receipts
Ifnecessary,youcaneditimportedreceiptstoreturngoodsorto
adjustcostinformation.SeeEditingReceiptsonpage512.
Clearing receipts
NotethatimportedreceiptsremaininInventoryControluntil
youdeletethem.Also,youcanenterreturnsoradjustments
untilyoumarkthemascomplete.SeeCompletingReceipts,
earlierinthischapter.
Unlessyouneedtouseitagain,deletethefilefromwhichyou
importedthetransactions.
Note: YoumustrunDayEndProcessingbeforeyoucandrill
downfortransactionhistory.
Youcanviewthefollowingtransactions:
Module
Transactions
Inventory Control
Receipts
Shipments
Adjustments
Internal Usage
Transfers
Assemblies
User Guide
563
Processing
Transactions
Notethatyoucanlookuptransactionsbyyear/period,location
rangeandaccountsetrange.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
Module
Transactions
Order Entry
Invoices
Credit Notes
Debit Notes
Receipts
Invoices
Returns
Credit Notes
Debit Notes
Purchase Orders
To drill down:
Go button
564
1.
DoubleclicktheTransactionHistoryInquiryformintheI/C
StatisticsandInquiriesfolder.
2.
Tochangetheyearorperiod,typeoverthedefaultentriesor
selectanewonefromthecalendar.Thisistheyearandfiscal
periodtowhichthegeneralledgertransactionwillbeposted,no
matterwhatdateyouenter.
3.
Tosetarangeofitemstoincludeintheinquiry,enterthe
beginningandendingitemnumbers,orselectthemusingthe
Finder.
4.
Tosetarangeoflocationstoincludeintheinquiry,enterthe
numbersforthebeginningandendinglocations,orselectthem
usingtheFinder.
5.
Whenyouaresatisfiedwithyourinquirycriteria,clicktheGo
button(orpressF7).
6.
Alistoftransactionsappearsinthelowerportionofthescreen:
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
7.
Toviewfurtherdetailsaboutatransaction,highlightanitem
andclicktheDetailsbuttonordoubleclickthetransaction.
8.
Ascreensimilartothefollowingappears:
Processing
Transactions
9.
Todrilldowntotheoriginalentry,highlightthetransactionand
clickthecolumnheadingwiththeDrilldownbutton.
Theoriginaltransactionisdisplayed(inthiscase,aP/Oreceipt)
ifitisstillavailable.
User Guide
565
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
youareusingtheOrderEntrymodule,andinformation
aboutpurchaseordersifyouusethePurchaseOrders
module.
To view information about current transactions:
566
1.
DoubleclicktheCurrentTransactionsInquiryiconintheI/C
StatisticsandInquiriesfolder.
2.
EnteranitemnumberintheItemNumberfieldorselectoneby
usingtheFinder.
3.
ChoosewhethertoinquireaboutPurchaseOrdersorSales
Ordersbyusingthedropdownlist.
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
4.
Entereither:
Therangeofexpectedshippingdatesforsalesorders.
Or
Go button
5.
Therangeofexpectedarrivaldatesforpurchaseorders.
ClicktheGobuttonwhenyouaresatisfiedwithyourselections.
6.
Ordernumber
Originalquantityordered
Customernumber
Unitofmeasure
Customername
Quantityshipped
Expectedshipdate
Quantityoutstanding
Location
Informationaboutpurchaseordersappearsunderthese
headings:
Purchaseordernumber
Quantityordered
Vendornumber
Unitofmeasure
User Guide
567
Processing
Transactions
7.
Informationaboutsalesordersappearsundertheseheadings:
icug-5.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:16:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 11:41:00 AM.
8.
Vendorname
Quantityreceived
Expectedarrivaldate
Quantityoutstanding
Location
Todrilldowntotheoriginalentry,highlightthetransactionand
thenclicktheDetailsbutton.
ClicktheClearbuttontostartanewinquiry.
568
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Chapter 6
Day End and Periodic Processing
DayEndProcessing
............................................................ 61
RunningDayEndProcessing ................................................ 62
PeriodicProcessing ............................................................. 64
ProcessingPhysicalInventory
............................................... 64
GeneratingInventoryWorksheets ........................................ 66
EnteringPhysicalInventoryCountsandEditingInventoryWorksheets ..... 610
PostingInventoryReconciliations
....................................... 616
DeletingInventoryReconciliations
...................................... 621
.................................................. 632
Periodic
Processing
User Guide
6i
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Chapter 6
Day End and Periodic Processing
ThischaptercontainsinstructionsforusingInventoryControlto
performthedailyandperiodictasksyoudoaspartofprocessing
yourtransactionsandkeepingyourinventorysystemupdated.
SageAccpacOrderEntryandPurchaseOrdersdata,ifyou
usethoseprograms.
YoushouldrunDayEndProcessingbeforeusingtheDataIntegrity
forminAdministrativeServicestocheckyourInventoryControl
data.
Forinformationaboutcheckingdataintegrity,seetheSystem
ManagerUserGuide.
User Guide
61
Periodic
Processing
Checking Data
Integrity
Note: InventoryControlsDayEndProcessingalsoupdates
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
PostallthetransactionsthatyouwanttoprocessusingDayEnd
Processing.Ifyousavedtransactions,youcanpostthemusing
thePostEntriesformintheI/CTransactionsfolder.
Note: AnytransactionsyoupostwhileDayEndProcessing
isrunningwillbeexcludedifprocessinghasbeencompleted
forthetransactiontype.
Tomakesurethatyouprocessallofthedaystransactions,
postthemallbeforeyoustartDayEndProcessing.Inventory
Controlprocessesreceiptsfirst,followedinorderby
adjustments,transfers,assemblies,andthenshipments.
BackupyourInventoryControldata.Forinformationabout
makingbackups,seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
WARNING! ThetimeittakestocompleteDayEndProcessing
variesaccordingtoyourcomputerandthenumberof
transactionsyouenteredsincethelasttimeyouranDayEnd
Processing.WerecommendthatyourunDayEnd
Processingwhenyoudonotneedtouseyourcomputer/
serverforothertasks.Ifyourcompanyprocessesalotof
transactions,youmightwanttorunitovernight.
IfyouwanttopracticeusingDayEndProcessingwiththesample
data,doLesson5,RunDayEndProcessingandPrintaPosting
Journal,intheInventoryControlchapteroftheSageAccpac
Workbook.
YoucanfindtheWorkbooklistedwiththeSystemManageronline
documentationintheHelpmenufortheSageAccpacDesktop.
62
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
DoubleclicktheDayEndProcessingiconintheInventory
Controlfolder.
2.
ClickProcess.ThefollowingmessageappearsafterDayEnd
Processingiscomplete:
3.
After running Day
End Processing
ClickCloseorpresstheEnterkeyafterreadingthemessage.
BeforeyoupostanytransactionsafterrunningDayEndProcessing,
dothefollowing:
Printthepostingjournals.
YoucanalsoprinttheG/LTransactionsreportifyoucreatethe
generalledgerbatchmanually(usingtheCreateG/LBatch
form).
Note: YoucannotprinttheG/LTransactionsreportin
Printanyotherreports,suchasItemValuation,Transaction
Statistics,SalesStatistics,orTransactionHistory,thatyouwant
forupdatingyourrecords.
User Guide
63
Periodic
Processing
InventoryControlifyouusetheoptiontocreatethegeneral
ledgerbatchduringPostingorduringDayEndProcessing.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
ModifyInventoryControlaccountsets,categories,andother
recordsthatcouldaffectcosting,asneeded.
Periodic Processing
ThissectioncontainsinstructionsforusingInventoryControlforms
toperformthetasksthatarepartofyourregularperiodend
procedures.
Thefollowingtopicsarediscussedinthissection:
Reconcilingphysicalinventory.
Processingadjustments.
Clearinghistory.
Creatinggeneralledgerbatches.
Deletinginactiverecords.
Foranoverviewofperiodicprocessing,seethePeriodic
ProcessingsectionofChapter2,WhatYouNeedtoKnowBefore
UsingInventoryControl,inthisguide.
64
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Toenterphysicalcountsintoyoursystemandtoreconcile
differencesbetweenthequantitiesonhandandthephysicalcounts,
usetheformsinthePhysicalInventoryfolder,asfollows:
Inventory Worksheet.Usethisformtoprintcopiesofthe
inventoryworksheetsyougenerated,ifyouwanttowritethe
physicalcountonthemwhiletakingstock.Youdonothaveto
printtheworksheetsifyouprefertouseanothermethodof
recordingitemquantities.Youcanprintworksheetsforarange
oflocationsandyoucanincludetheunitcostandquantityon
hand,andacommentlineforeachitem.
Forinformationaboutandinstructionsonprintinginventory
worksheets,seeChapter7,Reports,inthismanual.
Inventory Counts
form
TheInventoryCountsformisasimplerversionofthePhysical
InventoryQuantitiesform,whereyouenteronlytheinventory
countsaftertakinginventory.
UsethePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesforminsteadofInventory
Countsifyouwanttocomparecalculatedquantitiestoactual
User Guide
65
Periodic
Processing
Physical Inventory
Quantities form
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
counts,ortoenteradjustmentunitcostsorchangetheposting
statusforindividualitems.
Forstepbystepinstructions,seeEnteringPhysicalInventory
CountsandEditingInventoryWorksheets,onpage610.
Inventory Reconciliation.Usethisformtoprintareportofthe
datathatwillbepostedwhenyoureconcileyourinventory
totals.Afterpostingareconciliation,printthereporttoidentify
errorsthatcouldnotbeposted.
ForinformationaboutandinstructionsonprintingtheInventory
Reconciliationreport,seeChapter7,Reports,inthismanual.
66
Arangeoflocations.
Arangeofaccountssets.
Arangeofitemssortedbyitemnumber,category,itemsegment,
pickingsequence,oranyoptionalfieldsassignedtoinventory
itemrecords.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Youcanchoosetoincludeoneachworksheet:
Onlytheitemsinthespecifieditemrangethatareassignedto
thelocation(s)forwhichyouaregeneratingworksheets.
Onlytheitemsinthespecifieditemrangethathavebeenusedin
oneormoretransactionsatthelocation(s)forwhichyouare
generatingworksheets.
Alltheitemsinthespecifieditemrange,regardlessofwhether
theyareassignedtothelocation(s)forwhichyouaregenerating
worksheets.
Note: Itemsareincludedregardlessofwhethertheyare
currentlyallowedtobeusedinInventoryControl
transactions.
New worksheets
replace existing
ones
Notealsothatifyougenerateaninventoryworksheetforalocation
thatalreadyhasaworksheet,theprogramreplacestheold
worksheetwithanewone.Theprogramwarnsyouifthereare
existingworksheetsforlocationsandletsyouchoosewhetherornot
toreplacethem.
WARNING! Toensurequantitiesandcostsonworksheetsare
current,donotposttransactions(receipts,shipments,
internalusage,transfers,adjustments,orassemblies)and
thenrunDayEndProcessingbetweenthetimeyougenerate
inventoryworksheetsandthetimeyouposttheinventory
reconciliation.
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdatethecompanysInventory
Controldataifyouhavepostedtransactionssincethelasttime
youranDayEndProcessing.
Decideontheinventorylocations,accountsets,anditemsfor
whichyouwanttogenerateworksheets.
Decideonthesortingorderinwhichtolistitemsonthe
worksheets.
User Guide
67
Periodic
Processing
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
MakesurethatnooneelseisusingInventoryControlorhasany
formsopen.
DoubleclicktheGenerateInventoryWorksheeticoninthe
PhysicalInventoryfolder.
2.
Entertherangeoflocationcodeswhoseitemsyouwantto
includeontheinventoryworksheets,orusetheFindertoselect
thefirstandlastlocationsintherange.
3.
Entertherangeofaccountsetcodeswhoseitemsyouwant
includedontheinventoryworksheets,orusetheFindertoselect
thefirstandlastaccountsetsintherange.
4.
Tochangethetypeofrangeinwhichtolistitemsonthe
worksheets,selectanothertypefromtheSortBylist.
YoucanselectfromItemNumber,Category,ItemSegment,
PickingSequence,andanyoptionalfieldsassignedtoitem
recordsinyourInventoryControlsystem.IfyouselectItem
Segment,aSegmentfieldappearswithalistfromwhichyou
selectthesegmentbywhichyouwanttosortandselect.
5.
68
EnteracodeorusetheFinder(ifavailable)toselectthe
beginningandendingcodesforthetypeofrangeyouselectedin
theSortByfield.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
6.
Enteranycomments(upto60characters)thatyouwantto
appearatthetopofeachinventoryworksheetpagewhenyou
printthem(optional).
7.
Specifyitemsyouwantincludedontheworksheetsbyselecting
oneofthefollowingoptionsfromtheIncludelist:
Note: Itemsareincludedregardlessofwhethertheyare
currentlyallowedtobeusedinInventoryControl
transactions.
8.
Choosewhetheryouwanttoprintthequantityonhand
maintainedbyInventoryControlorleavethiscolumnblank.
Youmightleaveitblanktomakesurethatwarehouse
employeesalwaysdoafullcount.
9.
Whenyouarefinished,clickGenerate.Thefollowingmessage
appears:
Periodic
Processing
10. ClickCloseorpresstheEnterkeyafterreadingthemessage.
User Guide
69
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
After using
YoucanusetheInventoryWorksheetformtoprintinventory
worksheetsonwhichtorecordphysicalinventorycounts.
Forinformationonprintinginventoryworksheets,see
Chapter7,Reports,inthismanual.
UsethePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformortheInventory
Countsformtoenterphysicalinventorycountsforinventory
worksheets.
Forinformationandinstructionsaboutenteringphysical
inventorycounts,seethenextsection,EnteringPhysical
InventoryCountsandEditingInventoryWorksheets.
UsethePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformifyouwantto
comparecalculatedquantitiestoactualcounts,ortoenter
adjustmentunitcostsorchangethepostingstatusforindividual
items.
UsetheInventoryCountsformtoenteronlytheinventory
countsaftertakinginventory.(Theformdoesnotdisplay
calculatedquantities.)
Countedquantitiesareallzeroonnewlygeneratedworksheets.
Before you start
UsetheGenerateInventoryWorksheetformtocreateinventory
worksheets.
610
Countinventoryquantities,checkunitcosts,anddetermine
whetheryouwanttoplaceanyitemsonhold.(Usethe
InventoryWorksheettoprintworksheetsonwhichtorecord
countedquantities,unitcosts,andpostingstatus.)
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
DoubleclickthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesiconinthe
PhysicalInventoryfolder.
Note: Ifyouhavemadechangestocolumnorderorcolumn
widths,orhavehiddenanycolumns,thetabledisplayedon
yourscreenmightbedifferentthanwhatispresentedhere.
2.
Selectaninventoryworksheettodisplay,asfollows:
Location.EnteralocationcodeorusetheFindertoselectthe
codefortheinventoryworksheetyouwanttodisplay.The
worksheetisdisplayedautomatically,withthefirstitemnumber
highlighted.
Optional Fields.ClicktheOptionalFieldsZoombuttontoselect
optionalfieldsthatwereassignedtoAdjustmentsintheI/C
User Guide
611
Periodic
Processing
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
OptionalFieldssetupform.ThosethatweresetasAutoInsert
appearautomatically.
TheStatusfield(dimmed)displaysthemessageNotPostedif
allitemsontheworksheethaveeitherthestatusReadytopost
orthestatusOnhold.ThisfielddisplaysthemessageErrors
onPostingiftheprogramassignedanyitemsontheworksheet
astatusfromthefollowinglist:
Itemdoesnotexist.
Nonstockitem.
Itemnotallowedatlocation.
Insufficientquantity.
Itemnotactive.
TheCommentfield(dimmed)displayscommentsthatyou
enteredintheCommentsfieldontheGenerateInventory
Worksheetformwhenyoucreatedtheworksheet.
3.
Enterthephysicalcount,adjustmentunitcost,andstatusfor
eachitemontheworksheet(oreditthedisplayedfigure),as
follows:
Quantity Counted. Enterthenumberofunitscountedforthe
item.
Ifyouhavemorethanoneunitofmeasuredefinedforanitem,
youcanentercountedquantitiesinanyunitorcombinationof
units,asfollows:
a.
612
TabtotheitemsQuantityCountedfield.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
b. PresstheF9keywhenyourcursorisinthefieldtodisplay
theunitsofmeasuredefinedfortheitemintheQuantities
form,asinthefollowingexample:
A sample
Quantities form
c.
IntheQuantityCountedfield,enterthecountforeachunit
ofmeasure.
d. Whenyouarefinished,clicktheClosebuttontosaveyour
changesandclosetheQuantitiesform.Thischangesthe
entryintheQuantityCountedfieldofthePhysical
InventoryQuantitiesworksheet.
Adjustment Unit Cost. Typeoverthedisplayedcostifyouneed
tochangeit.
Only if you change
the quantity
Notethatyoucanchangethedisplayedcostonlyifthecounted
quantityyouenterdiffersfromtheitemsquantityonhand.
TheAdjustmentUnitCostfieldandtheEstimatedUnitCost
fieldcontainthesamecostwhenyougenerateworksheets.You
cancomparethecostsdisplayedinthesetwofieldstocheck
whetheryouchangedtheadjustmentunitcostand,ifso,by
whatamount.
User Guide
613
Periodic
Processing
Foritemsusingthemovingaverage,FIFO,LIFO,oruser
specifiedcostingmethod,theprogramdisplaystheitems
averagecostperstockingunit.Foritemsusingthestandardor
themostrecentcostcostingmethod,theprogramdisplaysthe
itemsstandardcostormostrecentcostperstockingunit,
respectively.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Status. Tochangeanitemspostingstatus,takethefollowing
steps:
a.
TabtotheitemsStatusfieldinthetable.
b. Clickthestatusfield(orclickthecolumnheading),andthen
clickthedownarrowtoopenthestatuslist.
c.
Posting status
Highlightastatustoselectitfromthelist.
Whenyougenerateworksheets,theprogramassignsaReady
topoststatustoallitems,exceptforthosehavinganestimated
unitcostofzeroorlessandanonzeroquantityonhand,to
whichtheprogramassignsanOnholdstatus.
Youcanchangethepostingstatusofanyitem.Assignthestatus
Readytoposttoitemsyouwanttopost,andassignthestatus
Onholdtoitemsyoudonotwanttopost.
Notethatwhenyoupostreconciliations,theprogramchanges
thestatusofanyitemsitcannotpost.Foradescriptionofeach
postingstatus,seethesectionPostingInventory
Reconciliations,onpage616.
Optional Fields. YoumustassignoptionalfieldstoAdjustments
inordertobeabletoenteroptionalfieldinformation.
Thesefieldscanhavedefaultvaluesiftheoptionalfieldsdefined
fortheItemmatchtheoptionalfieldsdefinedforAdjustment
DetailsandifthesettingintheI/COptionalFieldssetupform
wasYesforAutoInsert.
IftheoptionalfieldsdefinedfortheItemdonotmatchthe
optionalfieldsdefinedforAdjustmentDetails,thedefault
optionalfieldvaluesspecifiedforTransferDetailsoptionalfields
willbeinsertedinstead.Youcanacceptorchangevalues
insertedautomatically.
IfthesetupoptionforAutoInsertwasNo(andifyouhave
TransactionOptionalFieldssecurityaccess)youcanclickthe
Zoombuttontomanuallyselectoptionalfields.
614
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Display fields
Youcannotedittheinformationdisplayedinanyofthe
followingfields(theprogramshowsnegativequantities,costs,
andvariancesinbrackets):
Item Number. Showstheitemnumbersintherangeyou
selectedfortheworksheet.
Item Description. Displaystheitemdescriptions.
Picking Sequence. Showseachitemspickingsequencecode,if
any.
Quantity on Hand. Displaystheitemquantities(instocking
units)maintainedbytheprogram.
Quantity Variance. Showstheresultofsubtractingthequantity
onhandfromthequantitycounted.(Notethatquantity
variancesarenegativewhenthequantityonhandinInventory
Controlisgreaterthanthephysicalcount.)
Ifthecountedquantityequalsthequantityonhand,theprogram
displayszerointheQuantityVariancefield.
Stocking Unit of Measure. Displaysthestockingunitofmeasure
foreachitem.
Estimated Unit Cost. Foritemsusingthemovingaverage,FIFO,
LIFO,oruserspecifiedcostingmethod,theprogramdisplays
theitemsaveragecostperstockingunit.Foritemsusingthe
standardorthemostrecentcostcostingmethod,theprogram
showstheitemsstandardcostormostrecentcostperstocking
unit,respectively.
Forexample,ifanitemsadjustmentunitcostis$5.00andthe
quantitycountedis2morethanthequantityonhand,the
programmultiplies2by$5.00anddisplays$10.00intheCost
User Guide
615
Periodic
Processing
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Variancefield.(Notethatcostvariancesarenegativeamounts
whenthecountedquantityislessthanthequantityonhand.)
Ifthequantityvarianceiszero(thecountedquantityequalsthe
quantityonhandintheInventoryControlsystem),theprogram
displayszerointheCostVariancefield.
After using
4.
Whenyouarefinished,clickClose.Thissavesanychangesyou
made.
UsetheInventoryReconciliationformtoprinttheInventory
Reconciliationreport,andthencheckthereportbeforeposting
thereconciliation(optional).
ForinformationaboutandinstructionsonprintingtheInventory
Reconciliationreport,seeChapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
UsethePostInventoryReconciliationformtoposttheinventory
reconciliation.
WhenanInventoryReconciliationispostedthatcontains
AdjustmentDetailsoptionalfields,theoptionalfieldinformation
willbepassedtoGeneralLedgeriftheAdjustmentDetailsoptional
fieldsmatchtheGeneralLedgerTransactionDetailsoptionalfields
definedfortheaccountsbeingdebitedandcredited.Postingwillbe
thesameasforAdjustments.
Posting updates
quantities
Whenyoupostaninventoryreconciliationtheprogram
immediatelyupdatesitemquantitiessoyoualwaysknowyour
616
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
inventorylevels,and,ifyouupdatecostingduringposting,itwill
updateyourinventorycosts.
Day End updates
everything else
YoumustrunDayEndProcessingtoupdatecostinginformation(if
youupdateitatdayend),itemstatistics,andauditinformation,and
togenerategeneralledgertransactions(ifyoucreatetransactionsat
dayend).
Ifnecessary,youcanrunDayEndProcessingseveraltimesadayto
keepcosting,accounting,andstatisticalinformationmorecurrent.
Aswellaspostinginventoryreconciliationstothecurrentsession
dateandreportingperiod,youcanpostthemtopastorfuturedates
andreportingperiods.
ForitemsthatusetheFIFOorLIFOcostingmethod,theprogram
adjuststheitemsoffsetbucketforInventoryreconciliation
transactions.SeeCostingMethods,inChapter2oftheGetting
StartedguideforinformationabouttheFIFOandLIFOcosting
methods.SeealsoProcessingAdjustments,inChapter2ofthis
guide.
Fordescriptionsandsamplesoftheadjustmentjournalentriesthe
programcreatesforreconciliation(adjustment)transactions,seethe
sectionJournalEntriesGeneratedbyDayEndProcessing,in
Chapter2ofthisguide.
PrinttheInventoryReconciliationreport(optional)before
postingtocheckthattheinformationyouenteredinPhysical
InventoryQuantitiesisaccurateforeachlocation.
Youcanalsocheckthestatusbydisplayingtheworksheetinthe
PhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformasdescribedinEntering
PhysicalInventoryCountsandEditingInventoryWorksheets,
onpage610.
User Guide
617
Periodic
Processing
TheInventoryReconciliationreportliststhequantitiesandcosts
thattheprogramwillpostthenexttimeyouusePostInventory
Reconciliation.Theonlyitemsthatwillbepostedarethosethat
havethestatusReadytopost.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
ForinformationaboutandinstructionsonprintingtheInventory
Reconciliationreport,seeChapter7,Reports,inthismanual.
To post an inventory reconciliation:
1.
DoubleclickthePostInventoryReconciliationiconinthe
PhysicalInventoryfolder.Thefollowingformappears:
2.
Enterthebeginningandendingcodesintherangeoflocations
forwhichyouwanttopostreconciliationadjustments(orusethe
Findertoselectthecodes).
3.
Tochangethedate,typeoverthedefaultentryorselectanew
onefromtheCalendar.Thisisthedateforeachtransaction.
4.
Tochangetheyearorperiod,typeoverthedefaultentryor
selectanewone.Thisistheyearandfiscalperiodtowhichthe
generalledgertransactionwillbeposted,nomatterwhatdate
youenter.
5.
Enterareconciliationnumberofupto22numbersand
uppercaseletterstodistinguishthereconciliationfromother
adjustmenttransactionsontheAdjustmentsPostingJournal.
Notethatreconciliationnumbersdonothavetobeunique.
6.
Enterareferenceupto60characterslong,suchasthereasonfor
adjustingthequantities(optional).
ThereferenceappearsontheAdjustmentsPostingJournaland
ontheG/LTransactionsreport(ifyouselecteditfortheG/L
618
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
ReferenceFieldoptionontheIntegrationtaboftheI/COptions
form).
7.
Enteradescriptionupto60characterslong,suchascomments
youwanttoappearonreports(optional).
ThedescriptionappearsontheAdjustmentsPostingJournaland
ontheG/LTransactionsreport(ifyouselecteditfortheG/L
DescriptionFieldoptionontheIntegrationtaboftheI/COptions
form).
8.
Whenyouarefinished,clickPost.Thefollowingmessage
appears:
9.
ClickCloseorpresstheEnterkeyafterreadingthemessage.
10. ClickClosetoclosethePostInventoryReconciliationform.
After using
OpenthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformtocheckthatall
adjustmentswerepostedandtoseewhatyouhavetodotopost
outstandingitems.
Whenyoupostreconciliations,theprogramchangestheReady
topoststatusofanyitemsitcannotposttoastatusthat
indicatestheproblem.
User Guide
619
Periodic
Processing
Topostitemstowhichtheprogramassignedoneofthe
followingstatuses,makethechangesdescribed,thenusethe
PhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformtosettheitemsstatusto
Readytopost:
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Beforeyoucanposttheitem:Addtheitemrecordbackinto
InventoryControl.
Forinformationonaddingitemrecords,seeChapter4in
thisguide.
Non-stock item.Theitemisanonstockitem.Inventory
Controldoesnotmaintainquantitiesandcostsfornonstock
items.
Beforeyoucanposttheitem:SelecttheStockItemoptionon
theitemrecordinI/CItems.
Forinformationoneditingitemrecords,seeChapter4in
thisguide.
Insufficient quantity.Reconcilingtheonhandandcounted
quantitiesenteredinthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform
willreducetheitemsonhandquantitytobelowzerointhe
InventoryControlsystem.(IftheAllowNegativeInventory
Levelsoptionisturnedon,theprogramdoesnotassignthis
status.)
Beforeyoucanposttheitem:EitherturnontheAllowNegative
InventoryLevelsoptionontheProcessingtabofI/C
Options,orreplacethenumberintheQuantityCounted
columninthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformsothatthe
620
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
sumofthequantitycountedandthequantityonhandis
zeroorgreater.
Forinformationoneditinginventoryworksheets,see
EnteringPhysicalInventoryCountsandEditingInventory
Worksheets,onpage610.
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdatethecompanyscostingand
statisticaldata.(Dependingontheoptionsyouchose,costingis
updatedduringtransactionpostingorduringdayend
processing.)
PrinttheAdjustmentsPostingJournaltochecktheadjustment
transactionspostedbytheprogramforthereconciliation.
ForinformationonprintingtheAdjustmentsPostingJournal,see
PostingJournalsinChapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
Deleteinventoryworksheetsthatyoudonotneed.
Forexample,deleteworksheetsthatcontainonlyitemsthatyou
donotwanttopost.
User Guide
621
Periodic
Processing
Forstepbystepinstructionsondeletinginventoryworksheets,
seethenextsection,DeletingInventoryReconciliations.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
accidentallygeneratedforthewronglocationorworksheetswith
leftoveritemsyoudonotwanttopost.
Before you start
Decidewhichworksheetsyoudonotneed.
To delete an inventory worksheet:
1.
DoubleclickthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesiconinthe
PhysicalInventoryfolder.
2.
Selectaninventoryworksheettodeletebyenteringthelocation
codefortheworksheetthatwillbedeleted.
Checkthatyouareabouttodeletethecorrectworksheet.
3.
ClickDelete.Thefollowingmessageappears:
4.
622
ClickYes,andthenclosethePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Processing Adjustments
UsetheProcessAdjustmentsformtoautomaticallycreate
adjustmentsto:
Writeoffthecostofitemswithzeroquantities.
Zeroquantitiescanappearafterphysicalinventorycounts,or
theycanresultfromimproperlyenteredadjustments.
Writeoffthequantitiesofitemswithzerocost.
Zerocostscanariseifuserspecifiedcostsarenotentered
properlyonshipmentsorreceipts,orifadjustmentsareentered
incorrectly.
Adjustthetotalcostsofitemswithnonzeroquantitiesandzero
totalcosttoanewcost.
Usually,youusetheProcessAdjustmentsformafterprintingthe
ItemValuationReportandfindingthatyourcostsareoutofbalance
withinventoryamounts.(Inotherwords,youusetheProcess
Adjustmentsformtofixproblemsinyourcostsorquantities.)
Before you start
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdatethecompanysInventory
Controldata.
PrinttheItemValuationReport.
Physicallycheckinventoryquantitiestomakesurethattheitems
willbeadjustedproperly.
Periodic
Processing
User Guide
623
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
DoubleclicktheProcessAdjustmentsiconinthePeriodic
Processingfolder.Thefollowingformappears.
Adjustment type
2.
Entertherangeofitemnumbersforwhichyouwanttocreate
adjustments.
3.
Entertherangeoflocationsforwhichyouwanttocreate
adjustments.
4.
Chooseoneofthefollowingtypesofadjustments:
Totalcosttozeroforitemswithzeroquantities.
Totalquantitytozeroforitemswithzerototalcost.
Totalcostforitemswithnonzeroquantitiesandzerototal
cost.
Ifassigninganewtotalcost,youmustalsochoosethetype
ofcosttowhichyouwantthecostadjusted:
5.
624
Standardcost.
Mostrecentcost(includesthetax).
LastUnitcost(doesnotincludethetax).
Userdefinedcost1.
Userdefinedcost2.
ClickProcess.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
After using
PrinttheItemValuationReportandcompareittothereport
thatyouprintedearlier.
PrinttheAdjustmentPostingJournaltochecktheactualposted
adjustments.
Clearing History
UsetheClearHistoryformtoselectivelyclear(delete)datayouno
longerwanttokeepinyourInventoryControlsystem.Youcanclear
thefollowingtypesofdatausingthisform:
Transactionhistory.
Transactionstatistics.
Salesstatistics.
Printedpostingjournals.
Serialnumbersassignedtoshippedandreturneditems.
Printeditemlabels.
Expiredcontractpricing.
Transactions.
Youcanclearoneormoretypesofdataatthesametime.
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdatethecompanysInventory
Controldata.
Determinethefiscalyearandperiodthroughwhichtoclear
transactionstatistics,salesstatistics,andtransactionhistory.
User Guide
625
Periodic
Processing
Forinformationaboutthetransactionhistoryanditemstatisticsyou
cankeepinInventoryControl,seeSavingTransactionHistoryfor
ReportingandAccumulatingItemStatisticsforReportingin
Chapter2intheGettingStartedguide.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Before clearing
transaction history
Determinethedayendnumberthroughwhichtoclearprinted
postingjournals,thedatethroughwhichtoclearserialnumbers,
andthereceiptsforwhichtoclearprinteditemlabels.
Decideonthedateuptowhichyouwanttoclearposted
transactions.
Printreportsofthedatayouwanttoclear.Forexample:
PrinttheTransactionHistoryreportforthetransaction
historyyouplantoclear.
ForinstructionsonprintingtheTransactionHistoryreport,
seeTransactionHistoryinChapter7,Reports,inthis
guide.
Before clearing
transaction stats
PrinttheTransactionStatisticsreportforthestatisticsyou
plantoclear.
ForinstructionsonprintingtheTransactionStatisticsreport,
seeTransactionStatisticsinChapter7,Reports,inthis
guide.
Before clearing
sales statistics
PrinttheSalesStatisticsreportforthestatisticsyouplanto
clear.
ForinstructionsonprintingtheSalesStatisticsreport,see
SalesStatisticsinChapter7,Reports.
Before clearing
printed posting
journals
Printacopyofeachpostingjournalyouwanttoclear.Ifyou
usetheCreateG/LBatchicontocreatethegeneralledger
batch,printtheG/LTransactionsreportforthejournals.
NotethatyoumustprinttheG/LTransactionsreportbefore
youusetheCreateG/LBatchicon.
ForinstructionsonprintingpostingjournalsandtheG/L
Transactionsreport,seethePostingJournalssectionand
theG/LTransactionssection,respectively,inChapter7,
Reports,inthisguide.
626
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Before clearing
serial numbers
PrinttheSerialNumbersreportfortheserialnumbersyou
plantoclear.
ForinstructionsonprintingtheSerialNumbersreport,see
SerialNumbersinChapter7,Reports.
Before clearing
printed labels
Checkthatyouhavethelabelsyouneed.Ifnecessary,use
theItemLabelsformintheI/CStockControlReportsfolder
toreprintlabelsbeforeclearingthem.
Before clearing
expired contract
prices
PrinttheContractPricingreportinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
Reportsfoldertoseewhichcontractpriceshaveexpired,
andtoseewhichyouwanttokeep.
Before clearing
transactions
Printalloutstandingpostingjournals.Usually,youwill
keeptransactionsforasetnumberofmonthstomakesure
thatyoucanrecallthedetails(whenrequired)inInventory
ControlorfromGeneralLedger.
To clear history:
1.
DoubleclicktheClearHistoryiconinthePeriodicProcessing
folder.
IfyouselectalltheoptionsontheClearHistoryform,itlooks
likethis:
Periodic
Processing
User Guide
627
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
2.
Tocleartransactionhistory,transactionstatistics,orsales
statistics,specifythefiscalyearandfiscalperiodthroughwhich
youwanttoclearthehistoryorstatistics.
Historyandstatisticsareclearednotonlyfortheperiodyou
specify,butalsoforthepreviousperiodsinthespecifiedyear,
andforallperiodsinpreviousyears.
Tocleartransactionhistory,selecttheTransactionHistory
option,andthen:
Tochangethefiscalyearandperiod,typeoverthedisplayed
yearandperiodorselectanotherfromthecalendar.
Tocleartransactionstatistics,selecttheTransactionStatistics
option,andthen:
Tochangethefiscalyear,typeanotheryearoverthe
displayedyearorselecttheyearfromtheFinder.
Tochangethefiscalperiod,typeanotherperiodoverthe
displayedperiodorselecttheperiodfromtheFinder.
Toclearsalesstatistics,selecttheSalesStatisticsoption,and
then:
Tochangethefiscalyear,typeanotheryearoverthe
displayedyearorselecttheyearfromtheFinder.
Tochangethefiscalperiod,typeanotherperiodoverthe
displayedperiodorselecttheperiodfromtheFinder.
TochangethetypeofrecordintheSelectByfield,select
fromthelist.
YoucanselectfromItemNumber,Category,ItemSegment,
andanyoptionalfieldnamesdefinedforyourInventory
Controlsystem.IfyouselectItemSegment,aSegmentfield
appearswithalistfromwhichyouselectthesegmentyou
want.
628
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
IntheFromandTofields,typethefirstandlastnumbersor
codesintherangeforwhichyouwishtoclearsalesstatistics,
orusetheFinderstoselectthefirstandlastrecordsinthe
range.
3.
Toclearprintedpostingjournals,selectthePrintedPosting
Journalsoption,then:
Tochangethedayendnumberthroughwhichtheprogram
clearsprintedpostingjournals,typeoverthenumberinthe
ThroughDayEndNumberfield.Thefielddisplaysthemost
recentdayendnumber.
Selectthetype(s)ofpostingjournalsyouwanttoclear
Receipts,Adjustments,Assemblies,Shipments,Transfers,
and/orInternalUsage.
ClearHistoryclearsjournaldataforthedayendnumberyou
specifiedandforearlierdayendnumbers,providedthatyou
haveprintedthejournalstoaprinterorfile.Afterclearingthe
journals,youcannolongerprintthem.
Forinformationonselectingaprintdestination,seetheSystem
ManagerUserGuide.
4.
Toclearserialnumbersassignedtoshippedandreturneditems,
selecttheSerialNumbersoption.
TochangethedateintheThroughfield,typeanotherdate.
TheThroughfielddisplaysthesessiondateyouenteredto
startSageAccpacERP.
5.
Toclearitemlabelsthatyouprintedfromreceipts,selectthe
PrintedLabelsoption,andthenspecifytherangeofreceipt
User Guide
629
Periodic
Processing
ClearHistoryclearsserialnumbersforallitemsshippedand
returneduptoandincludingthedateyouspecifyinthe
Throughfield.Afterclearingtheserialnumbers,youcanno
longerprintthemontheSerialNumbersreport.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
numbersintheFromReceiptNo.fieldandtheTofieldforwhich
youwishtoclearprintedlabels,orusetheFindertoselectthe
firstandlastreceiptsintherange.
Afterclearingprinteditemlabelsforareceipt,youcannolonger
printlabelsforthereceipt.SeeItemLabelsinChapter7,
Reports,forinformationaboutprintingitemlabels.
6.
Toclearexpiredcontractprices,selecttheExpiredContract
pricesoption,andthenspecifythedateuptowhichyouwant
thedatacleared.
7.
Tocleartransactions,selecttheTransactionsoption,andthen
specifythedateuptowhichyouwanttransactiondatacleared.
Theprogramwillclearallpostedtransactionsreceipts,
shipments,adjustments,assemblies,transfers,andinternal
usage.
8.
Toclearthespecifiedinformation,clicktheProcessbutton.
Whenprocessingisfinished,thefollowingmessageappears:
9.
ClickCloseorpresstheEnterkeyafterreadingthemessage.
10. Toclearotherdata,repeatsteps2through8.
11. ToclosetheClearHistoryform,clickCloseintheform.
630
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
If Posting or Day
End doesnt create
a G/L batch
Youusethisfeatureonlyifyoudonotusetheoptiontocreatethe
generalledgerbatchduringpostingordayendprocessing.
If you do not use Sage Accpac General Ledger,orifyourSage
AccpacGeneralLedgersystemisatanotherlocation,Inventory
Controlappendsitsgeneralledgertransactionstoafilecalled
icgltran.csv,whichcanbeimportedbyaremotesiteSageAccpac
GeneralLedger,ortransferredtoanothergeneralledgerthatyou
use.ThefileisinaCommaSeparatedValues(CSV)format,andis
createdinthesamedirectoryasyourcompanydatabase.
NotethatallgeneralledgertransactionsareplacedinthesameCSV
file,andthateachtimeInventoryControlcreatestransactionsitasks
whethertoaddtothefileorreplaceit.
Always append
YoushouldalwaysappendtotheCSVfile.Ifyouoverwriteit,you
willdestroyalltransactionsthatarealreadyinthefile.
SelectoptionsontheIntegrationtaboftheI/COptionsform.
RunDayEndProcessingtoupdatethecompanysInventory
Controldata.
PrinttheG/LTransactionsreport,andthenfileitwithyouraudit
trailreports.
DoubleclicktheCreateG/LBatchiconinthePeriodic
Processingfolder.Thefollowingdialogboxopens:
2.
Enterthedayendnumberassignedtothelastdayendrunfor
whichyouwanttocreatethegeneralledgerbatch,oracceptthe
displayednumber.
User Guide
631
Periodic
Processing
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Whenyoucreatethegeneralledgerbatch,thelastdayend
numberprocessedisenteredintheG/LTransactionsGenerated
ThroughDayEndNumberfieldontheIntegrationtaboftheI/C
Optionsform,aswellasthenextdayendnumbertheprogram
willassign.
After using
3.
Tocreatethebatch,clicktheProcessbutton.
4.
Amessageappearswhenprocessingfinishes.
5.
ClickCloseorpresstheEnterkeyafterreadingthemessage.
6.
Whenyouarefinished,clickClosetoclosetheCreateG/LBatch
form.
IfyoudonotuseSageAccpacGeneralLedgerorifyourSage
AccpacGeneralLedgerusesadifferentdatabasethanInventory
Control,importtheicgltran.csvfileintoyourgeneralledger,and
thendeletethefilefromInventoryControl.
PostthebatchinSageAccpacGeneralLedger,ifyouuseit.
Deleting items
632
Printreports.
Updaterecords.
AssignInactivestatustoallrecordsyouwanttodelete.
Beforeyoucandeleteanitemrecord,makesurethat:
Thequantityoftheiteminstockateachlocation,onsalesorder,
andonpurchaseorderiszero.
Thetotalcostoftheitemateachlocationiszero.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
Theitemisnotamasteritemoracomponentitemonanybillsof
material.
Youhaverundayendprocessingifyouhavepostedany
transactionsfortheitemsincethelastdayendprocessing.
UsetheItemsformtomakeitemsinactive,asdescribedinthe
sectionAdding,Editing,andDeletingItemRecordsinChapter4,
MaintainingItemandPriceListInformation,inthisguide.
PrinttheItemStatusreporttoidentifyinactiveitemrecordsand
theirquantitiesonhand,onpurchaseorder,andonsalesorder.
SelecttheInactiveItemsoptionfromthelistbesidethePrintfield.
SelectalsotheProfileoptionandtheQuantityByLocationoption.
FormoreinformationonprintingtheItemStatusreport,see
Chapter7,Reports,inthisguide.
PrinttheItemValuationreporttodeterminethetotalcostofeach
inactiveitemontheItemStatusreport.Formoreinformationon
printingtheItemValuationreport,seeChapter7,Reports.
Deleting account
sets
Todeleteanaccountset,firstassignitsitemrecordstoanother
accountsetordeletethem.
UsetheAccountSetsformtomakeaccountsetsinactive.For
informationabouthowtomakeaccountsetsinactive,seethesection
Adding,Editing,andDeletingAccountSetsinChapter3,
MaintainingSetupInformation,inthisguide.
Deleting
categories
Todeleteacategory,firstassignitsitemrecordstoanothercategory
ordeletethem.
UsetheCategoriesformtomakecategoriesinactive.Forinformation
abouthowtomakecategoriesinactive,seethesectionAdding,
Editing,andDeletingCategoriesinChapter3,MaintainingSetup
Information.
User Guide
633
Periodic
Processing
PrinttheAccountSetsreporttoidentifyinactiveaccountsets.Ifan
accountsetisinactive,thedateitwasmadeinactiveappearsonthis
reportintheInactiveOnfield.Formoreinformationaboutprinting
theAccountSetsreport,seeChapter7,Reports.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
PrinttheCategoriesreporttoidentifyinactivecategories.Ifa
categoryisinactive,thedateitwasmadeinactiveappearsonthis
reportintheInactiveOnfield.Formoreinformationaboutprinting
theCategoriesreport,seeChapter7,Reports.
Deleting locations
Todeletealocation,firsttransferitsitemrecordstoanotherlocation
ordeletetheitems.Ifaninventoryworksheetexistsforthelocation,
deleteitalso.
UsetheLocationsformtomakelocationsinactive.Forinformation
abouthowtomakelocationsinactive,seethesectionAdding,
Editing,andDeletingInventoryLocationsinChapter3,
MaintainingSetupInformation.
PrinttheLocationsreporttoidentifyinactivelocations.Ifalocation
isinactive,thedateitwasmadeinactiveappearsonthisreport
belowtheLastMaintaineddateintheTelephone/Faxcolumn.For
informationaboutprintingtheLocationsreport,seeChapter7,
Reports.
Deleting BOMs
Todeletebillsofmaterial,firstmakesurethatinactiveBOMsarenot
usedascomponentitemsinmultilevelbillsofmaterial.Youcannot
deleteBOMswhicharealsosubassemblies.
PrinttheBillsofMaterialreportorbrowsebillsofmaterialtoview
inactiverecords.YoucanalsousetheBOMComponentUsage
Inquiryformtoseewherecomponentassembliesareused.
634
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
DoubleclicktheDeleteInactiveRecordsiconinthePeriodic
Processingfolder.
2.
Selecttherecordstodelete,asfollows:
Delete These Records.Selectthetypesofinactiverecordsto
delete.Youcanselectitems,accountsets,categories,and
locations.
From and To.Entertherangeofcodesornumberstodeletefor
eachrecordtypeyouselected,orusetheFindertoselectthe
ranges.
Inactive Dates.Enterarangeofdatestoindicatewhenarecord
musthavebeenmadeinactivetobedeleted.InventoryControl
selectsrecordsthathaveastatusofInactiveandacorresponding
inactivedatewithintherangeofdatesyouspecify.
Bydefault,theTodateisthecurrentsessiondate.
3.
ClickProcesstodeletetheinactiverecords.
4.
Repeatsteps2and3todeleteotherrangesofrecords.
5.
Whenyouarefinished,clickClose.
User Guide
635
Periodic
Processing
Ifyoudonotwanttodeletealltherecordsforthesamerangeof
inactivedates,processeachsetofrecordsseparately.
icug-6.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:17:41 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 12:21:00 PM.
Periodic Processing
After using
636
Printreportsforthetypesofrecordsyoudeletedtoupdateyourfiles
withcurrentinformation.Forinformationaboutprintingreports,see
Chapter7,Reports.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Chapter 7
Reports
StandardReportFeatures
....................................................... 71
PrintingReports................................................................ 71
AccountSets ................................................................... 73
AgedInventory ................................................................ 74
AlternateItems
................................................................ 76
BillsofMaterial
................................................................ 78
Bin/ShelfLabels ................................................................ 79
Categories .................................................................... 711
ContractPricing ............................................................... 712
CustomerDetails .............................................................. 713
G/LIntegration
............................................................... 714
.......................................................... 722
................................................................... 728
...................................................................... 745
7i
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
..............................................................
749
PriceListCodes
..............................................................
754
...........................................................
769
...........................................................
774
.............................................................
778
...............................................................
779
7ii
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Chapter 7
Reports
ThischapterprovidesdescriptionsofInventoryControlreports,and
includesinstructionsonwhenandhowtoprintthem.
Thedateandtimethereportwasprinted.
Thereporttitle.
Thecompanyname,asenteredinthecompanyprofile.
Thepagenumber.
Theselectioncriteriaforthereport,ifapplicable.
Optionalfields,forthosereportsthatincludethem.
Printing Reports
AllInventoryControlreportsfiton8by11(U.S.letter)orA4
(metric)paper.Mostreportsareprintedinlandscape(wide)
orientation,butsomeuseportrait(long)orientation.
Print destination
Youcanprintreportstoaprinter,toafile,toyourscreen,ortoan
emailmessage.SageAccpacERPupdatesthereportstatusto
printedafterprintingtoanyprintdestination.
Tospecifytheprintdestination,clickPrintDestinationfromtheFile
menuinthecompanydesktopandthenselectadestinationtowhich
toprintreports.
71
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Printing Reports
Paper.Setyourprintoptionstomatchyourprinter:
72
Somereportsmustbeprintedbeforeyoucanperformotherstepsin
theprogram.Forexample,youmustprintacopyofeachposting
journal,usinganyprintdestination,beforeyoucanclearthedatafor
thejournalinClearHistory.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Account Sets
Security
permissions and
report availability
Thenumberofreporticonsavailableonthecompanydesktop
dependsonthesecuritypermissionsyouhavebeengranted.For
informationaboutthesecuritypermissionsinInventoryControl,see
AppendixCofthisguide.
Further
information
Forinformationaboutsettinguporselectingprinters,seetheSystem
ManagerUserGuide.
Account Sets
TheAccountSetsreportlistsdescriptionsandnumbersofthe
generalledgeraccountsinyourInventoryControlaccountsets,and
thecostingmethodusedbyeachaccountset.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeleteaccountsets.
How to print
DoubleclicktheAccountSetsiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
chooseFile,PrintfromtheAccountSetsform,thenselectarangeof
accountsetstoprint.
Features
Foreachaccountset,thereportliststhecostingmethodandthe
accountnumbersfortheInventoryControl,PayablesClearing,
AdjustmentWriteOff,AssemblyCost,NonStockClearing,Transfer
Clearing,ShipmentClearing,DisassemblyExpense,andPhysical
InventoryAdjustmentaccounts.Thereportalsoliststhedateon
whicheachaccountsetwaslastedited(LastMaintained).
Ifanaccountsetisinactive,thedateitbecameinactiveappearsin
theInactiveOncolumn.Youcannotassigninactiveaccountsetsto
itemsorposttransactionsforitemsusinganinactiveset.
73
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Aged Inventory
Aged Inventory
TheAgedInventoryreportprintsthenetchangesinitemquantities
andcostsforasetoffouragingperiodsspecifiedwhenyouprint.
Dependingontheoptionschosenatprinttime,thereportcanbe
printedinadetailedorsummaryversion.Thedetailedversion
printsallindividualtransactionsaffectingitemquantitiesandcosts.
Thesummaryversionprintsonlythetotalsofthenetchangesfor
eachperiod.
Note: Thecostsoftheitemsreceivedininventoryarethe
actualcostsoftheitems.Thecostsoftheitemsshippedfrom
inventoryarecalculatedaccordingtothecostingmethod
usedforeachitem.
When to print
Youcan printthisreporttoreviewtheageofthestockindifferent
locations.
How to print
1.
ChoosetheAgedInventoryReporticonfromtheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
74
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Aged Inventory
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Age Transactions As Of. Specifythedateonwhichtoreportthe
inventory.Theprogramusesthisdatetoassigntransactionsto
agingperiods.Forexample,ifyouprintthereportbyduedate,
theprogramassignseachtransactiontoanagingperiodby
calculatingthenumberofdaysbetweenitsduedateandtheAge
AsOfdate.
Cutoff By. Thereportincludesonlythosetransactionsthathave
adocumentdateorafiscalperiodbeforeoronthecutoffdate
youspecify.Therearetwomethodsforselectingacutoffdate.
Year/Period. Usethismethodifyouwanttoincludeall
transactionsuptotheendofafiscalperiod.Makeyour
selectionsintheYearandPeriodfields.
75
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Alternate Items
From/To. Indicatetherangesofaccountsets,locations,anditem
numbersthatyouwanttoincludeinthereport.Youcanalso
selectarangeofvaluesforthefieldthatyouusetosortthe
report.
Sort By. Youcanchoosetosortthereportbyitemcategory,item
segment,orbyoptionalfieldvalue.Youcanalsochoosearange
ofvaluesforthesortfield.
Use Aging Periods. TheagingperiodsenteredintheI/COptions
formappearhere,butyoucanassigndifferentperiodsforthe
report,ifyouwish.
3.
Features
ClickPrint.
Thereportfeaturesthefollowing:
Thequantitiesandcostsforfouragingperiods.Period1usesthe
Asofdateasthestartingpoint.
Theopeningbalances,netchanges,andclosingbalancesfor
quantitiesandcostsineachoftheagingperiods.
Subtotalsbythesortingorderfield(category,itemsegment,or
optionalfield).
Theoptiontoprintthereportforseparatelocations,
consolidatedlocations,oritemsbylocation.
Thesummaryversionofthereportincludesonelineforeachitem
number,listingthenetchangeinitemquantitiesandcostsineachof
fourperiods.
Alternate Items
TheAlternateItemsreportliststheitemnumberstowhichalternate
itemsareassigned,togetherwiththenumbersanddescriptionsof
thecorrespondingalternateitems.
76
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Alternate Items
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeletethealternateitems
youassignedtoyouritemnumbersintheI/CItemsform,orwhen
youwanttoreviewthealternateitemsyouuse.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheAlternateItemsiconintheSetupReports
folder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsasdescribedbelow:
Sort by. Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemnumbersthat
includealternateitems.Youcanchoose:
Item Number.Listsitemsthathavealternatesinorderby
theprimaryitemnumbers.
Category.Groupsallitemsthathavealternatesbytheitem
categoriesspecifiedforthereport.
Item Segment.Listsonlyitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbersandthathavealternateitems,
groupedbyeachofthesegmentcodesinthespecifiedrange.
From [] to [].Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
77
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Bills of Material
Bills of Material
TheBillsOfMaterialreportliststhecomponentitemsandquantities
requiredtobuildthemasteritemsinyourInventoryControlsystem.
When to print
PrinttheBillsOfMaterialreportafteryouadd,delete,oreditbillsof
material,orwhenyouneedtoreviewtherecords.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheBillsOfMaterialiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheBillsOf
Materialform.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistbillsofmaterial
records.Youcanchoose:
78
Item Number.Listsbillsofmaterialinorderbythemaster
itemnumbers.
Category.Groupsallbillsofmaterialbytheitemcategories
specifiedforthereport.
Item Segment.Listsallbillsofmaterialbyitemnumbers
thatcontainthespecifiedsegment,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Bin/Shelf Labels
Processing
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmust
remembertorunDayEndProcessingbeforeprintingthereport
toincludethelatestcostinginformation.
Location.IfyouchosetheIncludeCostsforEachItemoption,
typeorselectthelocationforthereport.
Include Component BOMs. Selectthisoptiontolistallofthe
componentsforitemsthatarethemselvesbuiltfrom
subassemblies.Componentsofsubassembliesarelisted
immediatelybelowthemastercomponentitem.
Features
Thereportincludesitemnumbersanddescriptionsformasterand
componentitems,thebillofmaterialnumber,thebuildquantity,
andtheunitofmeasureforeachmasterandcomponentitem.
Thereportalsoshowsthefixedandvariablecostsofthemasteritem.
WiththeIncludeCostsForEachItemoptionselected,thereportlists
theunitcostsofcomponentitems,andthetotalassembledcostofthe
masteritem.
Bin/Shelf Labels
Youcanprintlabelsforthebinsorshelveswhereyoustore
inventoryitems,specifyingtheinformationtobeprintedonyour
79
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Bin/Shelf Labels
labels,eitheradaptingthesampleformatthatcomeswithInventory
Control,orcreatingyourownformats.
Toprintlabelsforyourindividualitems,usetheItemLabelsform,
asdescribedlaterinthischapter.
Run Day End
Processing
How to print
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrememberto
runDayEndProcessingifyouwanttoincludethelatestcosting
informationonthelabels.
1.
DoubleclicktheBin/ShelfLabelsiconintheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsforthefollowingfields:
Location.Selectthelocation.
Use Label.Acceptthedefaultlabelfileortypethenameofthe
file(includingtheRPTfileextension)thatcontainstheformatfor
thelabelsyouwanttoprint,orclicktheBrowsebuttonto
navigatethroughyourdirectoriesandselectthefile.
Price List.Selectapricelistforthelabels.
Currency.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,selectthe
currencyofthepricelistforwhichyouwanttoprintlabels.
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtogeneratelabels,choosing:
710
Item Number.Generateslabelsinorderbyitemnumbers.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Categories
Category.Generateslabelssortedbytheitemcategories
specifiedforthereport.
Item Segment.Generateslabelssortedbyitemsthatcontain
thespecifiedsegmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythe
specifiedrangeofsegmentcodes.
Picking Sequence.Generateslabelsinorderofitembin
locations.
From [] to [].Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthelabelrun.
3.
ClickPrinttoprintthelabelsafteryoumakeyourselections.
Toprintatestsheetoflabelstocheckthealignmentoftheformsin
yourprinter,clicktheAlignbutton.Youcanchoosethisbuttononly
iftheprintingdestinationisPrinter.
Categories
TheCategoriesreportliststheinformationenteredtodefinethe
categorycodesyouusetogroupinventoryitems.
When to print
Printthereportafteradding,changing,ordeletingcategoryrecords,
orwhenyouneedtocheckoncommissionrates,generalledger
accountnumbers,ortaxinformationforacategory.
How to print
DoubleclicktheCategoriesiconintheSetupReportsfolderor
chooseFile,PrintfromtheCategoriesform,andthenselectarange
ofcategorycodestoprint.
711
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Contract Pricing
Features
Thereportdisplays:
Thedefaultpricelistforthecategory,ifonehasbeenassigned.
Thecodeofthedefaultpricelistappearsautomaticallyinitem
recordsyouaddwhichusethecategory,butyoucanassign
otherpriceliststoitems.
Thecommissionrateallowedonsalesfromthecategory.
ThecommissionrateappearsonlyifyouselectedtheAllow
Commissionsoptionforthecategory.
ThisrateisusedbySageAccpacOrderEntryfor
commissionsunlessitis0.0000.
Ifthisrateiszero,OrderEntrywillusethesalespersons
ratesspecifiedintheSalespersonCommissionRatesformin
theOrderEntryprogram.
Thegeneralledgeraccountstowhichyouposttransactionsfor
eachcategory.
Thetaxauthoritiesandtaxclassesapplicabletoeachcategory.
Categorytaxinformationappearsasthedefaultinformationin
newitemrecordsyouassigntothecategory.
Contract Pricing
TheContractPricingreportliststhecontractpricingarrangements
yousetupusingtheContractPricingform.
When to print
712
Printthereportafteradding,changing,ordeletingcontractpricing
arrangements,orwhenyouneedtocheckonexistingarrangements
forparticularcustomers.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Customer Details
How to print
DoubleclicktheContractPricingiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
Reportsfolder,orchooseFile,PrintfromtheContractPricingform.
Features
Thereportincludesdetailsofthecontractpricingforeachcustomer
intherangeyouselected,sortedbycustomernumber.Whetheror
notcertaincolumnshaveanycontentsdependsontheparticular
contract.
Customer Details
TheCustomerDetailsreportliststheinventoryitemsnumbersthat
yourcustomersusetorefertothegoodsthatyousell,togetherwith
thenumbersanddescriptionsofthecorrespondingitemnumbers.
When to print
Printthereporttoseewhichitemnumbershavebeenassignedto
customers,orwhenyouadd,change,ordeletenumbersthatyour
customersuseforyouritemsintheCustomerDetailsform.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheCustomerDetailsiconintheSetupReports
folder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsasdescribedbelow:
Sort by. Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemnumbersthat
includealternateitems.Youcanchoose:
713
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
G/L Integration
Item Number.Listseachitemnumber,alongwitheach
customeritemnumberthathasbeenassignedtoit(in
customernumberorder).
Customer Number.Listseachcustomerandeachofthe
customeritemnumbersusedbythecustomer.
From [ ] to [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbersand
customernumbersthatyouwanttoincludeinthereport.
Features
Thereportfeaturesthefollowing:
Theitemnumbersusedbyyourcustomerstoidentifyitemsin
yourinventorysystem,alongwiththeinventoryitemnumbers
thattheyidentify.
Thedescriptionsenteredwitheachcustomersitemnumber,and
theunitofmeasureusedbytheitemnumber.
G/L Integration
TheG/LIntegrationreportliststheselectedoptionsandother
informationyouenteredintheG/LIntegrationformtospecifyhow
yourInventoryControlsystemsendstransactionstoGeneralLedger.
When to print
Printthereportbeforeandafterchangingoptions.
How to print
DoubleclicktheG/LIntegrationiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
chooseFile,PrintfromtheG/LIntegrationform.
Features
Thereportdisplays:
714
Generalledgerintegrationoptions.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
G/L Transactions
InformationtransferredfromsourcetransactionfieldstoG/L
transactionfields(fordescription,referenceandcomment
fields).
G/L Transactions
TheG/LTransactionsreportisalistofthegeneralledgerjournal
entriescreatedfromalltransactionspostedinInventoryControl
sincethelasttimeyoucreatedthegeneralledgerbatch.
Select On Request
Using G/L Batch
Icon for the
Create G/L Trans.
option
Toprintthisreport,youmustselectOnRequestUsingG/LBatch
IconfortheCreateG/LTransactionsoptionintheI/COptionsform.
IfyouusetheoptiontocreatetransactionsduringPostingorDay
EndProcessing,youcannotprinttheG/LTransactionsreport.
Youcanprintdetailedorsummaryversionsofthereport.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,youcanprintamountseitherin
thefunctionalcurrencyorinthesourcecurrenciesinwhichyou
postedthetransactionsinInventoryControl.
When to print
How to print
PrintthereportbeforeyouusetheCreateG/LBatchformtoproduce
generalledgertransactions.Whenyoucreatethegeneralledger
batch,theprogramerasesthedatafortheG/LTransactionsreport.
RemembertorunDayEndProcessingbeforeyoucreatethegeneral
ledgerbatch,ifyouwanttoincludethelatestcostinginformationin
thereport(unlessyoudocostingduringposting).
1.
DoubleclicktheG/LTransactionsiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
715
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
G/L Transactions
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Through Posting Sequence.Typethelatestdayendprocessing
numberforwhichyouwanttoreportgeneralledger
transactions.Thereportthenlistsalltransactionsproducedin
InventoryControlsincethelasttimeyoucreatedthegeneral
ledgerbatch,uptoandincludingthedayendnumberyou
specify.
Report Format.Selectthekindofreportyouwant.
Detail.Listsdetailsofallgeneralledgertransactionsfor
eachgeneralledgeraccountorforeachreportingperiod.
Summary. Listsonetotalforeachaccountnumber.
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistgeneralledger
transactions.Youcansortby:
Account.Listsgeneralledgertransactionsinorderbythe
generalledgeraccountnumbers.
Report Currency.Ifyouhaveamulticurrencyledger,select
eitherfunctionalorsourcecurrency.
Features
716
TheDetailreportincludes,foreachtransaction:
Thepostingsequencenumber,whichisthenumberoftheday
endprocessingrunduringwhichthetransactionwascreated.
Theentrynumberindicatingtheorderinwhichthetransaction
wasprocessedbyDayEndProcessing.Therearenobatchesin
InventoryControlsothebatchnumberisalways0(zero).
Thesourcecodethatidentifiesthesourceprogram(Inventory
Control)andthetypeoftransactioninyourgeneralledger.
UnlessyouchangetheminG/LIntegration,InventoryControl
sourcecodesare:
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Movement
ICADadjustments
ICASassemblies
ICCOconsolidatedtransactions
ICDAdisassemblies
ICRAadjustmentstoreceipts
ICRCreceipts
ICRRreturnspostedtoreceipts
ICSHshipments
ICSRshipmentreturns
ICTFtransfers
ICINinternalusage
ThedataintheReference,Description,andCommentscolumns
dependsonyourselectionsforG/LfieldsintheG/LIntegration
form.
Totalsbysortingoption.
Thedebitandcredittotalsofthetransactionslistedonthe
report.
TheSummaryreportlistsasinglelineforeachgeneralledger
accountnumber,withthetotaldebitandcreditamountforthe
account.
Inventory Movement
TheInventoryMovementreportshowsthequantitiesandextended
costsofinventoryitemsthatwerereceivedintostockandshipped
outofstockduringtheperiodthatyouspecify.
Thereportdisplaysthestockactivityshowingeachtransactionin
andoutofstockfortheperiod.Userscangroupitemsinalllocations
togetherordisplayitemsineachlocationseparately.
717
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Movement
Note: Thecostsoftheitemsreceivedininventoryarethe
actualcostsoftheitems.Thecostsoftheitemsshippedfrom
inventoryarecalculatedaccordingtothecostingmethod
usedforeachitem.
When to print
Toseehowstockmovesbetweenwarehouses(forexample,tosee
howefficientlyitemsaredeliveredtolocations).
How to print
1.
ChoosetheInventoryMovementiconfromtheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Select Transactions By. Therearetwomethodsforselectinga
cutoffdate.
Year/Period. Usethismethodifyouwanttoincludeall
transactionsuptotheendofafiscalperiod.Makeyour
selectionsintheYearandPeriodfields.
718
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Movement
Locations,thereportprintsasingletotalforeachitemforall
locations(withintherangeyouspecify).
Report Currency. Inamulticurrencyledger,choosewhether
youwanttoseeamountsinsourceandfunctionalcurrency.
From/To. Indicatetherangesofaccountsets,locations,anditem
numbersthatyouwanttoincludeinthereport.Youcanalso
selectarangeofvaluesforthefieldthatyouusetosortthe
report.
Sort By. Youcanchoosetosortthereportbyitemcategory,item
segment,orbyoptionalfieldvalue.Youcanalsochoosearange
ofvaluesforthesortfield.
3.
Features
ClickPrint.
Thereportprintsthefollowinginformation:
Transactionsforaparticularperiodoftime,specifiedusing
transactiondatesorfiscalperiods.
Itemopeningandclosingbalances,aswellasinventoryinand
inventoryoutitemtotalsinfunctionalcurrency.
Foreachtransaction,thedocumentnumber,sourceledger(e.g.
OrderEntry,PurchaseOrders,ProjectandJobCosting),
inventorylocation,unitofmeasure,inventoryinorinventory
outquantityandcost(optionally,insourceandfunctional
currencies),andrunningbalances.
Subtotalsbythesortingorderfield(category,itemsegment,or
optionalfield).
Informationforseparatelocations,consolidatedlocations,or
itemsbylocation.
719
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Reconciliation
Inventory Reconciliation
TheInventoryReconciliationreportletsyoucompareactualphysical
inventorytotalswiththetotalsinyourSageAccpacInventory
Controlsystem.Thereportidentifiesdiscrepanciesbetweenitem
quantitiesandcosts,andshowswhatwillbepostedbythePost
InventoryReconciliationform.
When to print
How to print
PrintthereportaftergeneratinganInventoryWorksheet,counting
inventory,andenteringthecountedtotalsinthePhysicalInventory
Quantitiesform.Youcanalsoprintthereportafterpostingan
inventoryreconciliationtolisttransactionsthathaderrorsandwere
notposted.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
ProcessingbeforeusingtheGenerateInventoryWorksheetfeature
toincludethelatestcostinginformationontheInventory
Worksheet.
1.
DoubleclicktheInventoryReconciliationiconinthePhysical
Inventoryfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
From Location [] to [].Specifytherangeoflocationsto
includeinthereport.
Show Only Items with Quantity Variance.Selectthisoptionto
listonlythoseitemsthatshowavariationbetweenthequantity
onhandrecordedinInventoryControlandthephysicalcount
youenteredinthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform.The
720
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Reconciliation
reportthenexcludesitemsforwhichthetotalsarethesamein
InventoryControlasinyourphysicalcount.
Include Comment for Each Item.Selectthisoptiontoprinta
blankcommentlineforeachitemlistedinthereport.
Include []. Selectfromtwotypesofreports:
Features
TheIncludeAllUnitsOfMeasureversionofthereportdisplays:
Therangesofaccountsetsanditemnumbersselectedwhenyou
generatedtheInventoryWorksheet.
Theadjustedunitcost,whichistheAdjustmentUnitCostyou
enteredforeachiteminthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform
aftertakinginventory.
Thequantitiesonhand,calculatedbyInventoryControlfrom
thetransactionspostedforeachitem.
Thephysicalcount(quantitycounted)thatyouenteredinthe
PhysicalInventoryQuantitiesformforeachitemsunitsof
measure.
Thevariance,ifany,betweenthequantitycalculatedby
InventoryControlandthecountedquantityyouentered.
ThecostvariancethatInventoryControlcalculatesby
multiplyingtheadjustedunitcostbythequantityvariance.
Thestatuscodeofeachitem,indicatingwhethertheitem
informationcanbepostedusingthePostInventory
Reconciliationform.
Commentlinesforremarks.
721
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Worksheet
Possiblestatuscodesinclude:
1 Theitemisreadytopostandwillbedeletedfromthereport
whenyouposttheinventoryreconciliation.
2 Theitemisnotreadytopost.Informationforonholditems
isnotupdatedwhenyoupostaninventoryreconciliation,
andtheitemisnotdeletedfromthereportwhenyoupost
thereconciliation.
3 TheitemrecordwasdeletedfromInventoryControlafter
yougeneratedthePhysicalInventoryWorksheet.
4 Thisstatusidentifiesnonstockitems.
5 Thisstatusidentifiesitemsatalocationwhicharenot
allowedtobeusedintransactions.
6 ThisstatusappliesonlywhenyoudonotusetheAllow
NegativeInventoryoption.Thestatusidentifiesitemswhose
quantityonhandwouldfallbelowzeroifyoupostedthe
reconciliation.
7 TheitemsstatushasbeensettoInactiveontheitemrecord.
TheIncludeStockingUnitOnlyversionofthereportincludesa
singlelineforeachitemthatshowsinformationforonlythestocking
unitofmeasure,ratherthanforallunitsdefinedfortheitem.The
reportalsoincludescommentlinesifyouselectedthisoption.
Inventory Worksheet
TheInventoryWorksheetprovidesanorganizedformwhichyou
canfilloutwhentakingaphysicalcountofinventory.Usethereport
toentertotalquantitiesforeachunitofmeasureintoInventory
Controltoprepareforinventoryreconciliation.
Thereportalsoshowstherangeandorderofitemnumbersforthe
InventoryReconciliationreport.
722
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Inventory Worksheet
When to print
Youcan printtheworksheettoassistyouwhendoingaphysical
inventorycount.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheInventoryWorksheeticoninthePhysical
Inventoryfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsasfollows:
From Location [] to [].Typetherangeoflocationsatwhich
youwanttocountinventoryorselecttherangewiththeFinder.
Youmustfirstgenerateaworksheetforeachlocationyouwant
toincludeinthereport,usingtheGenerateInventoryWorksheet
form.
Include. Selecttheinformationtoincludeinthereport.
Features
Comment. Selectthisoptiontoincludeacommentlinefor
eachitem.Usethecommentlinetorecordremarkswhile
doingthephysicalcount.
Thereportdisplays:
723
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Labels
Thedateonwhichyougeneratedtheworksheetandthe
commentyouenteredfortheworksheetintheInventory
Worksheetform.
Theunitcost(appearsifyouselectedUnitCostforthereport).If
youusethemostrecentcostorstandardcostcostingmethods,
theunitcostisthesameasthatdisplayedintheLocationDetails
form.ForaverageandLIFO/FIFOcosting,InventoryControl
calculatestheaverageunitcostbydividingtheactualcostbythe
quantityonhand.
Thecolumnwhereyourecordtheinventorycountforeachitem
andcorrespondingunitofmeasure.Youlaterenterthesefigures
inthePhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform.
AcolumnwhereyoucanrecordatemporarystatusofOnHold
orReadyToPostforitemswhosestatusyouwanttochangefor
reconciliationpurposes.YouthenusethePhysicalInventory
Quantitiesformtoassignthetemporarystatustoaffecteditems.
UsetheOnHoldstatustopreventitemsfrombeingupdated
whenyouposttheinventoryreconciliation.UsetheReadyTo
Poststatustoallowonholditemstobeupdatedwhenyoupost
thereconciliation.
Anoptionalblanklineyoucanincludeforwritingcommentsor
remarksabouteachitemforyourowninformation(appearsif
youselectedCommentforthereport).Youdonotenterthese
commentsinInventoryControl.
Item Labels
InventoryControlallowsyoutoprintlabelssuchaspricetagsthat
youcanattachtoitemsasyoureceivethemfromyoursuppliers,and
toitemsalreadyinyourinventory.
Youcanspecifytheinformationtobeincludedonyouritemlabels,
eitheradaptingthesampleformatthatcomeswithInventory
Controlorcreatingyourownlabelformats.
724
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Labels
Toprintlabelsforthebinsorshelveswhereyoustoreitemsatyour
inventorylocations,usetheBin/ShelfLabelsform,asdescribed
earlierinthischapter.
When to print
Printlabelswhenyouarereceivingnewitemsintostockandwantto
attachpricetagsorotherlabelstotheitems.Youspecifythenumber
oflabelstoprintforeachitemwhenyoupostthereceipts.
Atanytime,printlabelsforitemsalreadyinyourinventorysuchas
toreplacedamagedlabelsortoupdateitemdescriptionsandpricing
information.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheItemLabelsiconintheStockControlReports
folder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
For Each Item [ ]. Usethisfieldtoselectthekindoflabelsyou
wanttoprint,choosingfrom:
Received.Selectthisoptiontoprintlabelsfortheitems
includedonreceiptsyouhaveposted,afterhavingspecified
thenumberoflabelsintheReceiptsform.
On File.Selectthisoptiontoprintlabelsforalloranyofthe
itemsthatareincludedinyourinventory,whetherornot
youcurrentlyhavetheminstock.
In Stock.Selectthisoptiontoprintlabelsforitemsthatare
currentlyinstock.
725
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Labels
Non-Stock. Selectthisoptiontoprintlabelsfornonstock
items.
Use Label.Usethedefaultlabelorenterthenameofthefile
(includingtheRPTfileextension)forthelabelsyouwantto
print,orusetheBrowsebuttontosearchforthefile.
Price List.Typethepricelistcodeassignedtotheitemsfor
whichyouwanttoprintlabels,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Currency. Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,typethe
currencycodeusedwiththepricelistfromwhichyouare
printinglabels,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Printing Received
Labels
Printing On File or
In Stock Labels
IfyouselectOnFileorInStockfortheForEachItemfield,you
seethisform:
726
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Labels
SpecifythelabelformatintheUseLabelfieldasdescribed
earlier,then:
Print [ ] Labels. Typethenumberofcopiestoprintofeach
label.
Use Label.Typethenameofthefilethatcontainstheformatfor
thelabelsyouwanttoprint.IncludetheRPTfileextension.You
canalsousetheBrowsebuttontosearchforthefile.
Price List.Typethecodeforthepricelistthatcontainstheitems
forwhichyouwantlabels,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Currency. Formulticurrencyledgers,typethecodeforthe
currencyofthepricelisttouse,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Location.Typethelocationcodeforwhichtoprintlabels,or
selectitfromtheFinder.
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtogeneratelabels:
Item Number.Generateslabelsinorderbyitemnumbers.
Category.Generateslabelssortedbytheitemcategories
specifiedforthereport.
Item Segment.Generateslabelssortedbyitemsthatcontain
thespecifiedsegmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythe
specifiedrangeofsegmentcodes.
Picking Sequence.Generateslabelsinorderofitempicking
sequencecodes(used,forexample,tospecifythebinorshelf
wheretheitemisstoredatyourlocations).
User Guide
727
Reports
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,pickingsequences,oroptionalfieldentriestoinclude
inthelabelrun.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Mappings
3.
ClickPrinttoprintthelabelsafteryoumakeyourselections.
Toprintatestsheetoflabelstocheckthealignmentoftheformsin
yourprinter,clicktheAlignbutton.Youcanchoosethisbuttononly
iftheprintingdestinationisPrinter.
Item Mappings
TheItemMappingsreportlistsallnonSageAccpacitemnumbers
thatyouhavemappedtoitemsinyourinventorysystemusingthe
ItemMappingsform.
TheitemmappingtableisnotusedinastandardSageAccpac
InventoryControlsystem.Itsdesignedtoprovideamappingtable
forthirdpartyprogramstomapitemnumbersmaintainedinanon
SageAccpacERPsystemtoitemnumbersanddescriptionsinSage
AccpacERP.
How to print
DoubleclicktheItemMappingsiconintheI/CSetupfolder,choose
File,PrintfromtheItemMappiingsform,andthenselectarangeof
nonSageAccpacitemnumbers.
Item Status
UsetheItemStatusreporttoprinttheinformationenteredforeach
itemintheItemsform,aswellasthequantitiesonhandatyour
inventorylocations.IfyouusetheKeepItemStatisticsoption,the
reportalsoshowsshipmentandreceiptstatisticsforeachitem.
When to print
728
PrinttheItemStatusreportwhenyouneedaquickreferencelistof
iteminformationsuchasquantitiesonhandorthenamesof
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Status
suppliers.Youshouldalsoprintanewcopyforyourfilesafter
adding,deleting,orchangingitemrecords.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheItemStatusiconintheStockControlReports
folder,orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheI/CItemsform.
2.
Makeyourselectioninthefollowingfields:
From Account Set [ ] to [ ]. Typetherangeofaccountsets
forthereport,orselectarangeusingtheFinder.
Print. Specifythetypeofitemstoincludeonthereport.Youcan
chooseallitems,onlyactiveitems,oronlyinactiveitems.
Sort by. Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderbyitemnumbers.
Category. Groupsallitemsbythecategoriesspecifiedfor
thereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
729
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Status
haveaddedoptionalfieldstotheI/CItemsformusingthe
OptionalFieldsSetupform.
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
Include.Foreachitemincludedinthereport,printallora
combinationoftheinformationenteredintheitemrecord
(Profile,UnitOfMeasure,Taxes,AdditionalItemInformation,
OptionalFields,VendorInformation),aswellasthequantities
onhandateachlocation,totalquantitiesonhand,itemstatistics
(suchasthedateoflastshipmentandthedateoflastreceipt)
andFIFOorLIFOcostinginformation.
AlltheseoptionsaredescribedintheFeaturessectionthatfollows.
Features
730
TheItemStatusreportcanincludethefollowinginformation:
Profile.ListstheinformationenteredontheItemstaboftheI/C
Itemsform.
Units of Measure.Listsalldefinedunitsofmeasure,asentered
ontheUnitstaboftheItemsform,includingthestockingunit,
andthecorrespondingconversionfactorsforeachnonstocking
unit.
Taxes.Liststheauthoritiesandothertaxinformationenteredon
theTaxesClassestaboftheI/CItemsform.
Vendors. ListsitemvendorinformationfromtheVendorDetails
form,includingvendortype,vendornumber,vendorname,
vendoritemnumber,andvendorcost.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Structures
Statistics.Listslocations,dateoflastitemshipment,dateoflast
receiptoftheitem,averagedaysbetweenshipments,and
averageunitsshippedbylocation.
Item Structures
TheItemStructuresreportliststheinformationyouenteredinyour
InventoryControlsystemforformattingitemnumbers.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeleteitemstructures.
How to print
DoubleclicktheItemStructuresiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
chooseFile,PrintfromtheItemStructuresform,thenselectarange
ofitemstructures.
731
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Valuation
Item Valuation
TheItemValuationreportshowsthevalueofinventoryquantities
onhand,calculatedfortheitems,locations,costs,oroptionalfields
youselectforthereport.
When to print
Run Day End
Processing
How to print
Printthereportwhenyouwanttocalculateinventoryvalues.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheItemValuationiconintheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
2.
Choosethetypeofvaluationreportthatyouwanttoprint.
Use:
Or
732
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Valuation
3.
Makeyourselectionsforthefollowingfields:
Print [ ] in [ ]. Selectthemethodofpresentingthe
informationonthereport.
Separate Locations.Selectthisoptiontolistitemvaluation
informationforallitemsatspecificlocations.Thisoption
beginsanewpageforeachlocation.
Items by Location.Selectthisoptiontolistitemvaluation
informationabouteachspecifieditematallselected
locationswheretheitemispermitted.
Consolidated Locations.Selectthisoptiontoconsolidate
informationforanitemacrossalllocations.Asingletotalis
thenprintedforeachitemnumber,aswellasforeach
category,segment,oroptionalfieldentry,dependingonthe
choiceyoumadetosortthereport.
Foreachoftheseoptions,youcansetthereporttypeas:
Detail.Thedetailreportlistsquantityandcosting
informationforeachlocationorselectedrangeofitems,
dependingonwhichprintoptionyouselected.
Summary.Thesummaryreportlistscostandquantitytotals
foreachlocationorselectedrangeofitems,dependingon
whichprintoptionyouselected.
733
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Valuation
firstfield,youcanprintthedetailsforallofthetransactionsin
therangethatyouspecified.
Include [
All.Showallitemswithcostsandquantitieslessthan,equal
to,orgreaterthanzero.
Only Positive.Includeallitemsthathavecostsand
quantitiesthataregreaterthanzero.
Only Zero.Includeallitemsthathavecostsandquantities
thatareequaltozero.
Only Negative.Includeallitemsthathavecostsand
quantitiesthatarelessthanzero.
Non Zero.Includeallitemsthathavecostsandquantities
thatarenotequaltozero.
734
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderbytheiritemnumbers.
Category. Groupsallitemsbytheitemcategoriesspecified
forthereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Valuation
haveaddedoptionalfieldstotheI/CItemsformusingthe
OptionalFieldsSetupform.
From [ ] to [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
Select up to 4 Costing Methods for Valuation.Eachcosting
methodthatyouselectaddsacolumntothereport.Selectfrom:
Features
Actual Cost.Thetotalactualcostpostedforanitemand
locationonreceiptsandothertransactions(suchastransfers
andadjustments).Theaverageunitvalueiscalculatedby
dividingtheactualcostbythequantityonhand.
Standard Cost.Theitemquantityonhandatalocation
multipliedbythestandardcostenteredfortheiteminthe
LocationDetailsform.
Last Cost.Thelastrecordedcostwithoutthetax.
TheLocationDetailCostsreportprovidesthefollowingfeatures
whenprintingItemsbyLocationinDetail:
Thecostingmethodthatisassignedtotheitembyitsaccount
set.
735
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Item Valuation
Theaverageunitvalueandthecostpercostingunitforeach
costingmethod.Ifyouincludecostsenteredintheoptional
amountfield,unitvaluesintheoptionalamountcolumnare
expressedinstockingunits.
AcolumnintheValuationsectionforeachcostingmethod
youselectedforthereport.
Thetotalsforallitemsonthereport.ThePrintItemsbyLocation
inDetailoptiondisplaystotalsforallthecostingmethodsyou
selected,aswellastotalquantitiesonhand.
ThePrintConsolidatedLocationsinDetailversionofthe
reportprintstheitemnumber,description,andcosting
methodforeachitemacrossalllocations.Italsoprintsthe
quantityonhandandcostinginformationtotalsforeach
item.
ThePrintConsolidatedLocationsinSummaryversion
consistsofasinglelineshowingthetotalcostsforall
inventoryitemsincludedintherangeofitemsandlocations
youselect.
TheSeparateLocationsinDetailversionofthereportincludes:
Thelocationcodeandlocationdescription.
Thetotalsforallitemsatthelocation.Thislineiswhatisprinted
whenyouchoosethePrintSeparateLocationsinSummary
option.
Thereportstartsanewpageforeachlocationyouselect.
TheTransactionCostsversionofthereportincludes:
736
Thelocationcodeandlocationdescription.
Thetotalsforallitemsatthelocation.Thislineiswhatisprinted
whenyouchoosethePrintSeparateLocationsinSummary
option.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Kitting Items
Kitting Items
TheKittingItemsreportprintsallorarangeofkitsdefinedinthe
InventoryControlsystem.
When to print
PrinttheKittingItemsreportafteryouadd,delete,oreditkitting
items,orwhenyouneedtoreviewtherecords.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheKittingItemsiconintheSetupReportsfolder,
orchoosePrintfromtheFilemenuintheKittingItemsform.
2.
3.
Choosethefieldthatyouwanttousetosortthereport.The
choicesare:
ItemNumber.
Category.
ItemSegment.
AnOptionalFieldthathasbeenassignedtoKittingItems.
Choosetherangeofkitsthatyouwanttoprintforthereport.
IfyouselectedItemSegmentforsortingthereport,youmust
thenchoosetheitemsegmentthatyouwanttouseforsorting
andfordefiningtheprintrange.
4.
Choosewhetheryouwanttoprintcostsforeachitem(optional).
IfyouselectedCostsForEachItem,youmustalsoselecta
Locationfortheitemcosts.
ClickPrint.
User Guide
737
Reports
5.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Location Details
Features
Thereportdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
Thecomponentsofeachkitintherangeyouselect.
Thecomponentquantityandunitofmeasure.
Thecostofcomponentsifyouincludedcostsforeachitem.
Location Details
TheLocationDetailsreportlistsinformationforitemsateach
locationwhereyouallowtheitemstobestocked.
When to print
PrintthereportbeforeandafterusingtheLocationDetailsformto
addorremoveitemsfromlocations,ortochangelocationdetail
records.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
ChooseFile,PrintintheLocationDetailsform,ordoubleclick
theLocationDetailsiconintheSetupReportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistlocationdetailrecords.
Youcanchoose:
738
Item Number.Listsrecordsinorderbyitemnumber.
Location.Listsrecordsinorderbylocationcode.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Location Details
From [ ] to [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbersor
locationstoincludeinthereport.
Item Number/Location From [ ] To [
orlocationstoincludeinthereport.
]. Selectarangeofitems
Print.Setyourrecordselectioncriterion.
Features
Thereportdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
Whethertheitemisallowedtobeusedintransactionsata
location.
Whetheranytransactionshavebeenpostedinvolvingtheitem.
Yesindicatesthattransactionshavebeenpostedfortheitem.
Thelastcostforpurchasingtheitem.Thisdoesnotincludeany
additionalcostsortaxes.Thiscostcanbeusedasadefaultby
PurchaseOrders.
Analternatecost(Landedisusedinthesampledata)for
whichyoucanenteramountsintheLocationDetailsform.You
canassignthenameforuptotwoalternateamountsintheI/C
Optionsform.TheamountscanalsobeusedbySageAccpac
OrderEntryandPurchaseOrdersasthebasisoftaxcalculations.
739
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Locations
Locations
TheLocationsreportliststheinformationenteredtodefinethe
inventorylocationsusedinyourInventoryControlsystem.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeletelocations,orwhen
youwanttorefertotheaddress,phonenumbers,andcontactsfor
eachlocation.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheLocationsiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
chooseFile,PrintfromtheLocationsform.
2.
SelectarangeoflocationsandthenclickPrint.
Manufacturers Items
TheManufacturersItemsreportliststheinventoryitemstowhich
manufacturersitemnumbers(suchasbarcodesorpartnumbers)
areassigned,togetherwiththenumbersanddescriptionsofthe
correspondingitemnumbers.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeletenumbersthatyou
assignedtoyouritemsintheManufacturersItemsform,orwhen
youwanttoreviewthemanufacturersitemnumbersthatyouuse.
How to print
1.
740
DoubleclicktheManufacturersItemsiconintheSetupReports
folder.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Markup Analysis
2.
Makeyourselectionsasdescribedbelow:
Sort by. Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemnumbersthat
includealternateitems.Youcanchoose:
Item Number.Listseachitemnumbertogetherwithall
assignedmanufacturersitemnumbers.
From [ ] to [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbersand
manufacturersitemnumbersthatyouwanttoincludeinthe
report.
Features
Thereportincludes:
Themanufacturersitemnumbersandinventoryitemnumbers
thattheyidentify.
Thedescriptionsenteredwitheachmanufacturersitemnumber,
andtheunitofmeasureassignedtotheitemnumber(soyoucan
havedifferentcodesforindividualitems,boxes,orpalletloads).
Markup Analysis
TheMarkupAnalysisreportlistseachitemthathasabaseprice
varyingfromadesiredsellingpricebymorethanthepercentage
youspecifyforthereport.
741
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Markup Analysis
When to print
Usethereporttohelpyouidentifyproductsthatdonotmeetthe
desiredmarkup.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheMarkupAnalysisiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectioninthefollowingfields:
Price List [ ] to [ ]. Typetherangeofpricelistsforthereport,
orselecttherangewiththeFinder.
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
742
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderofitemnumbers.
Category.Groupsitemsbyitemcategories.
Item Segment.Listsitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Markup Analysis
haveaddedoptionalfieldstotheI/CItemsformusingthe
OptionalFieldsSetupform.
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
Location [ ] to [ ]. Typetherangeoflocationsforthereport,
orselecttherangewiththeFinder.
Calculate Markup Based on.Selectacostingmethodfor
calculatingthedesiredsellingpriceandvariancefromthebase
price.Choosefrom:
Standard Cost.Selectthisoptiontousethestandardcost.
Markup Cost.Selectthisoptiontousethemarkupcostyou
enteredintheItemPricingform.
Rate Type.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccountingandchoosea
nonfunctionalcrrency,typetheratetypetousetocalculate
currencyamountsforthereport,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Exchange Rate.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,typean
exchangerateforthereport,orselectitfromtheFinder.
743
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Optional Fields
Features
Thereportfeaturesthefollowing:
ThemostrecentcostenteredfortheitemintheLocationDetails
form.
ThecostingunitassignedintheLocationDetailsform.
ThemarkupfactorenteredonthePricestaboftheItemPricing
form.
Thedesiredsellingprice,calculatedbymultiplyingtheitems
markupfactorbytheselectedcost.
ThepricingunitspecifiedintheItemPricingform.
ThebasepriceenteredfortheitemonthePricestaboftheItem
Pricingform.
Thepercentagevariancebetweenthedesiredsellingpriceand
thebaseprice,calculatedas:
Base - Desired
X 100
Desired
Optional Fields
TheOptionalFieldsreportliststheoptionalfieldsassignedto
recordsandtransactionsinyourInventoryControlsystem.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,delete,ormodifyoptionalfieldsetup
records.
How to print
ChoosetheOptionalFieldsiconfromtheSetupReportsfolder.If
youwishtoincludeoptionalfieldsettingssavedwitheachrecord,
selecttheShowSettingsoption.
744
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Options
ClickPrinttoprintthereporttoyourusualprintdestination.
Features
Thereportincludesthefollowinginformationforeachtypeof
optionalfield:
Theoptionalfieldcode,description,anddefaultentry.
Whetherthecodeissetforautomaticinsertioninthetypeof
recordforwhichitisdefined.
IfyouselectedtheShowSettingsoption,theaccountstowhich
optionalfieldentriescanbepassedtoGeneralLedger.
IfyouuseProjectandJobCosting,whethertheoptionalfield
entriescanbepassedtoProjectandJobCosting.
Options
TheOptionsreportliststheselectedoptionsandotherinformation
youenteredintheI/COptionsformtospecifyhowyourInventory
Controlsystemoperates.
When to print
Printthereportbeforeandafterchangingoptions.
How to print
DoubleclicktheOptionsiconintheSetupReportsfolder,orchoose
File,PrintfromtheI/COptionsform.
Features
Thereportdisplays:
Companyoptions.
Processingoptions.
Segmentdefinitions.
Documentnumberingforinventorytransactions.
745
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Overstocked Items
AgingperiodsfortheAgedInventoryreport.
Overstocked Items
TheOverstockedItemsreportlistseachitemateachlocationfor
whichthequantityonhand(plusthequantityonPOminusthe
quantityonsalesorder)exceedsthemaximumorprojectedsales
quantityassignedfortheitemandlocation.
Youcanreportitemquantitiesforlocationsthatareoverthe
maximumlevelorovertheprojectedsalesfiguresenteredforthe
itemsintheReorderQuantitiesform.Youcanincludecostfigureson
thereporttoseethecostsofcarryingtheextrainventoryitems.
UsetheAnnualizedTurnAndEarnRatioversionofthisreportto
findouthowmanytimesyourcompanysaverageinventorywas
soldduringtheyeartodate.Thereportalsoshowstheprofitmargin,
totalsales,andtotalcostforeachitemintheyeartodate.
Toprintmeaningfuldataonsomeversionsofthisreport,youmust
firstenterfiguresfortheitemsinReorderQuantities.
When to print
746
PrinttheOverstockedItemsreportwhenyouwanttoestimatethe
costofexcessstock,orwhenyouwanttodeterminewhetherto
redistributeoverstockeditemstootherlocations.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheOverstockedItemsiconintheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Overstocked Items
2.
Makeyourselectionsasfollows:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderofitemnumbers.
Category.Groupsallitemsbytheitemcategoriesspecified
forthereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
From Location [ ] to [
rangewiththeFinder.
]. Typearangeoflocations,orselecta
747
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Overstocked Items
percentagehigherthanthemaximumlevelsenteredforthe
itemsintheReorderQuantitiesform.
Features
Thereportsfeaturesdifferaccordingtothecriterionyouselectfor
determiningwhetheritemsareoverstocked.Forexample,youcan
selectoverstockeditemsbytheirannualizedturnandearnratios,
andincludethefollowinginformation:
Thequantitiesonpurchaseorderandsalesorder(enteredand
updatedbySageAccpacPurchaseOrdersandOrderEntry).
Thequantitysold,totalsales,andcostamountspostedforthe
itemintheyeartodate,fromtheSalesStatisticsform.
Thenumberoftimesthecompanysaverageinventoryhasbeen
soldintheyeartodate,calculatedas:
YTD Turnover =
InventoryControlcalculatesthenumberofdaysgonebyinthe
yearbysubtractingthesessiondatefromthefirstdayinthe
currentfiscalyear.
748
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Posting Journals
Themarginpercentage,calculatedas:
Sales - Costs
Sales
Theturnandearnratio,calculatedbymultiplyingtheYTD
turnoverbythemargin.TheratiomaynotexactlyequaltheYTD
turnovermultipliedbythemarginpercentagebecausethereport
roundsfigurestotwodecimalplaces.
Youcanalsousethemostrecentcostofexcessquantityforthe
reportcriterion,andinclude:
Thestartingandendingdatesforthereorderperiod,asdefined
intheReorderQuantitiesform.
Thedateofthelastshipmentandreceiptoftheitem.
Themaximumquantityspecifiedfortheitemandperiodinthe
ReorderQuantitiesform.
Theamountbywhichtheitemquantityonhandexceedsthe
maximumquantityenteredfortheitem,location,andperiodin
theReorderQuantitiesform.
Theexcesscost(excessquantitymultipliedbythemostrecent
costperunit).
Youcanprintthisversionofthereportonlyifyouenteredreorder
informationintheReorderQuantitiesform.
Posting Journals
Apostingjournalistheprintedrecordofthetransactionsthatwere
processedtogetherduringdayendprocessing.
Youcanprintsixtypesofpostingjournals,oneforeachtransaction
typethatyoucanpostinInventoryControl:adjustments,
assemblies,receipts,shipments,internalusage,andstocktransfers.
749
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Posting Journals
When to print
Youshouldprintpostingjournalsaftereachdayendprocessing,
thenfilethemwithyourotheraudittrailrecords.Youmustprint
postingjournalsbeforeyoucanclearthedataforthemintheClear
Historyform.
RemembertorunDayEndProcessingifyouwanttoprintthemost
currentpostingjournals.
1.
DoubleclickthePostingJournalsiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Select Posting Journal.Selectthetypeofpostingjournalto
print:Adjustments,Assemblies,Receipts,Shipments,Internal
Usage,orStockTransfers.
Sort By.Specifytheorderinwhichtolisttransactionsonthe
postingjournal.
750
Transaction Date.Liststransactionsinorderbythedates
youenteredwiththem.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Posting Journals
Adjustment/Assembly/Receipt/Shipment/Transfer Number.
Liststransactionsinorderbythedocumentnumbersthat
youenteredwiththetransactions.
TheReceiptsPostingJournalincludes:
ThedayendnumberandtheentrynumberassignedbyDay
EndProcessingformauniquesetofnumbersthatidentifieseach
transactiononallInventoryControlpostingjournals.
IfyouusetheSourceCode/DayEndNumber/EntryNumber
optionfortheG/LDescriptionorReferencefields,these
numbersappearwithunconsolidatedtransactionsinthegeneral
ledgerbatch.
Theitemsextendedcost(unitcostmultipliedbythequantity).
Thiscolumnalsoincludestheitemsproratedadditionalcost.
Extendedcostsareexpressedinsourcecurrencyinthe
multicurrencyversionofthereport.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,theReceiptsPosting
Journalshowsthecurrencycodeforeachdetailandprorated
additionalcostonthereport.
751
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Posting Journals
Theinvoicecost(perunitcostinfunctionalcurrency).This
columnalsoincludesthenewunitcost(infunctionalcurrency),
whichistheinvoicecostplusanyallocatedportionofan
additionalcost.
Thegeneralledgeraccountsaffectedbyeachtransactionandthe
amountdebitedorcreditedtoeachaccount.(Thisinformation
appearsonallI/Cpostingjournals.)
ThecostamountsintheDebitandCreditcolumnsarecalculated
bymultiplyingthequantitybythenewunitcost.On
multicurrencyjournals,theresultsareinfunctionalcurrency.
Asummarywhichlistsseparatetotalsforreceipts,receipt
returns,andreceiptadjustmentsinthepostingjournal.
Inmulticurrencyversionsofthereport,thetotalsareshownin
eachcurrencyusedintransactionsinthepostingjournal.
Ageneralledgersummarywhichliststhetotalsforthe
transactionsthatwerecreatedforeachgeneralledgeraccountby
thetransactionslistedonthepostingjournal.(Thisinformation
appearsonallI/Cpostingjournals.)
Inmulticurrencyversionsofthereport,amountsareexpressed
inbothsourceandfunctionalcurrencies.
TheShipmentsPostingJournalincludes:
752
Thepricelistcodeforeachtransaction.
Inmulticurrencyledgers,therateandratetypeforeach
transaction.
Inmulticurrencyledgers,thecurrencycodeforeachtransaction.
Thepriceoftheshippediteminsourcecurrency,in
multicurrencyledgers.
Theextendedpriceoftheshippediteminfunctionalcurrency.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Posting Journals
TheAdjustmentsPostingJournalincludes:
Thetypeofadjustment(CostIncrease,CostDecrease,Quantity
Increase,QuantityDecrease,BothIncrease,BothDecrease).
IfyoumakeanadjustmenttoaLIFOorFIFOitem,thiscolumn
alsospecifiesthebuckettype(OffsetBucket,SpecificBucket,or
Prorate).
TheDebitandCreditcolumnsshowchangesinfunctional
currencytoadjustment/writeoffaccountswhenyouadjust
costs.Achangeinquantityonlywillnotaffecttheseaccounts.
TheAssembliesPostingJournalincludes:
Thetypeoftransaction(eitherassemblyordisassembly).
Thepreviousassemblynumber(ifadisassembly).
TheBillOfMaterial(BOM)numberandtypeofitem(masteror
component).
Thebuildquantityforthebillofmaterialusedintheassembly.
Thequantityinstock,inthestockingunitofmeasure.
Theunitcostforeachiteminfunctionalcurrency,in
multicurrencyledgers.
Thefixedandvariablecostsfortheassembly.
Thedisassemblycost(ifadisassembly).
TheInternalUsagePostingjournalincludes:
Theitemnumber.
Theitemcategoryandlocationfromwhichtheitemwastaken.
Thequantityandunitormeasure.
Theextendedcost.
TheassetorexpenseG/Laccountbeingdebited,andtheamount.
User Guide
753
Reports
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
TheStockTransfersPostingjournalincludes:
Thetransactiontype(whetheratransfer,atransittransfer,ora
transitreceipt).
Thesourceanddestinationlocationsforthestocktransfer.
Theexpectedarrivaldate.
Therequestedquantityandthetransferredquantity.
Thegoodsintransitlocation(ifused).
Anoptionalcommentyouenteredwiththetransfer.
Printthereportafteradding,changing,ordeletingpricelistcodesin
InventoryControl.
How to print
1.
DoubleclickthePriceListCodesiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchooseFile,PrintinthePriceListsCodesform.
2.
Enterarangeofpricelistcodes,orselectwiththeFinder.
Price Lists
ThePriceListsreportlistsprice,markup,discount,andtax
informationforitemsintherangeofpricelistsyouselect.
754
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Price Lists
Therearefourversionsofthereport:PriceList,Detail,PriceList
Summary,andItemNumberSummary.
When to print
PrintthePriceListversionofthereportwhenyouneedalistofitem
basepricesandmarkupordiscountpricesononeormorepricelists.
PrinttheDetailreportwhenyouwanttocheckpricedecimals,
previouspricesandcosts,andthetaxauthoritiesandclasses
assignedtoeachitemonapricelist.PrintthePriceListSummaryor
ItemNumberSummarywhenyouneedalistofcurrentbaseprices.
How to print
1.
DoubleclickthePriceListsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
Reportsfolder,orchooseFile,PrintintheItemPricingform.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Print.Selectthetypeofreportyouwanttoprint.
Price List.Printsthebaseandsalepricesandunits,markup
costandfactor,anddiscountormarkuppricesforeachitem.
Detail. Printstheitemnumbers,descriptions,andnumber
ofpricedecimals.Youcanalsothenselectpricing,discount,
andtaxinformationfromtheIncludeboxthatappears.
755
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Price Lists
]. Selectarangeofpricelistcodesto
756
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderbyitemnumbers.
Category.Groupsallitemsbythecategoriesspecifiedfor
thereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Price Lists
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
Include.WhenprintingtheDetailreport,youcanalsoselectthe
followinginformation:
Features
Prices.Printspricingandmarkupinformation,asentered
fortheitemsonthePricestaboftheItemPricingform,and
includesanypreviouspricesandcosts.
Discounts.Printsthediscountormarkupinformation
enteredfortheitemsontheDiscountOrMarkup
InformationtaboftheItemPricingform,andtherounding
methodusedwhencalculatingadiscountormarkup.
Tax.Printsthetaxauthoritiesandclassesassignedtothe
itemsontheTaxesIncludedtabofItemPricing.
ThecontentsoftheItemPricingreportdifferdependingonthe
reporttypeyouselecttoprint.
ThePriceListsversionofthereportdisplays:
Inmulticurrencyledgers,thecurrencycodeforeachsetof
pricinginformation.Asinglepricelistcanhavemorethanone
currency.
Thebasepriceandsaleprice(ifany)assignedfortheitem,and
thecorrespondingunits.
Themarkupcost,factor,andcostingunitfortheitem.
Thediscountormarkuppricescalculatedfortheitem.
757
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Reorder Report
TheDetailreportincludesmostoftheinformationenteredinthe
ItemPricingform,andalsoincludes:
Thepreviouspriceandprevious(markup)cost.Ifthecurrent
basepriceandmarkupcostarethefirstonesyouenteredforthe
item,thepreviouspriceormarkupwillbezero.
Thedateofthelastchangemadetothebasepriceandmarkup
cost.Ifthecurrentbasepriceandmarkupcostarethefirstones
youenteredfortheitem,thedateofthechangewillbezeroes.
ThePriceListSummaryandItemNumberSummaryreportsinclude
thecurrentbasepriceandpricingunitforeachitem.
Reorder Report
TheReorderreportliststhestockofitemsonhand,onpurchase
order,andonsalesorderatspecificlocationsoratalllocations,as
wellasthecostofreplenishingstock.
When to print
Printthereportwheneveryouneedtocheckyourstocklevels
againstyoursetreorderquantitiesortoreviewthecostsof
replenishingyourstocklevels.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheReorderReporticonintheStockControl
Reportsfolder,makingchoicesinthefollowingfields:
Report Type. Choosewhetheryouwanttolistreorder
informationforspecificlocationsorforalllocations.
758
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Reorder Report
From location
Ifyouchoosespecificlocations,selectarangeoflocationsto
includeinthereport.
Show location
quantities
IfyouselectAllLocations,youhavetheoptiontoprint
quantitiesateachlocation.
For Quantities. Decidewhichinventorylevelsyouwantthe
reporttoreflect:lessthanminimum,lessthanorequaltozero,
lessthansalesprojected,orequaltozero.
Cost. Decidewhichcosttousetocalculatethecostof
replenishingyourstockmostrecentcostorvendorcost.
Sort by. Decidehowtosortthereportbyvendornumber,
itemnumber,category,itemsegmentoranyoftheoptional
fieldsassignedtoitemrecords.
Choosetherangeofitemrecordsinthefieldsthatappearbelow
theSortByfield.Thesefieldsappearaccordingtothesorting
criterionyouhavechosen.
2.
Features
ClickthePrintbuttonorselectFile,PrintfromtheReorder
Reportmenu.
Thereportdisplays:
Thedateofthereportandtheselectionsyouhavemade,
especiallywhetherthereportisforspecificlocationsorforall
locations.
Thecriteriabywhichthereportissorted.
Thelocationwheretheitemisstocked.
Thequantitiesonhand,onpurchaseorder,andonsalesorder.
Thestockingunitofmeasureforeachitem.
Thestartingandendingdatesofthereorderperiodyouselected.
Theminimumstockinglevelandunitforeachitemselected.
759
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Reorder Quantities
Theprojectedsales(ifyouchoosetoprintquantitieslessthan
projectedsales).
TheReorderQuantityandMostRecentCostcolumnsshowthe
numberofitemsthatshouldbeorderedandtheitemscosts,
usingeithervendorcostormostrecentcost.
TheReorderQuantityiscalculatedasfollows:
Ifthetotalquantityonhandisaddedtothereorderquantity
youestablishedandthetotalexceedstheminimumyouset,
thenthereorderquantityprintedonthereportisthesame
asthesetreorderquantity.
Ifthetotalislessthanthesetminimum,thenthedifference
betweenthetotalquantityonhandandthereorderquantity
appearsonthereportasthereorderquantity.
TheCosttoReplenishisthesimpleproductofthereorder
quantityandthecostpercostingunit.Thecolumnalsoincludes:
Thetotalcostofreplenishingalltheitemspurchasedfroma
particularvendor.(Itemswithoutassignedvendorsare
listedfirstonthereport.)
Thetotalcostofreplenishingallitemslistedonthereport.
Reorder Quantities
TheReorderQuantitiesreportliststhemaximumandminimum
itemquantitiesyouwanttopermitatyourlocationsduringeach
period.Thereportalsoshowsthenumberofunitsyouusuallyorder
atatimeandthenumberofunitsyouexpecttosellineachperiod.
Thereportincludesonlyitemsforwhichyouhaveenteredreorder
informationintheReorderQuantitiesform.
When to print
760
Printthereportwhenyouarereadytoreorderinventoryitemsand
wanttodeterminethequantitiestoorder.Youcanalsousethe
reporttoreviewinventoryandprojectedsaleslevelsbyperiod,to
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Reorder Quantities
seewhetheryouneedtoadjustfiguresintheReorderQuantities
form.
Whenyouadd,change,ordeleteinformationintheReorder
Quantitiesform,printanewcopyofthereportforyourpermanent
InventoryControlfiles.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheReorderQuantitiesiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchooseFile,PrintintheReorderQuantitiesform.
2.
Selectarangeofitemnumberstoincludeinthereport.
3.
Selectwhethertoreportreorderquantitiesforspecificlocations,
alllocations,orboth.
Ifyouchosespecificlocationsorboth,enterarangeof
locationstoincludeinthereport.
Features
4.
ChoosewhethertoprintoptionalfieldsassignedintheOptional
Fieldsformtothereorderquantityrecordsforeachitem.
Thecriteriayouselectedforthereport.
Itemnumbersanddescriptions.
Thelocationforwhichreorderquantitieshavebeensetforthe
selecteditem.Thiscolumnwillincludeeitheralocationcodeor
thewordAll,foritemswithreorderquantitiessetforall
locations.
Reorderoptionalfields,ifyouselectedthem.
761
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Sales Statistics
Sales Statistics
TheSalesStatisticsreportlistsfiguresforsalesandreturnsbythe
statisticalreportingperiodsyouspecifyintheI/COptionsform.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouneedtoreviewthesalesfiguresforitems,
ortohelpidentifytrendsanddetermineprofitmargins.Thereport
includescurrentstatisticsonlyifyouusetheKeepItemStatistics
optionintheI/COptionsform.
YoumustrunDayEndProcessingtoincludethelateststatistics(and
costing,ifyoucostduringDayEndProcessing)onthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheSalesStatisticsiconinthePrice/SalesAnalysis
folderorchooseFile,PrintfromtheSalesStatisticsform.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
762
Category.Groupsallitemsbythecategoriesspecifiedfor
thereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Sales Statistics
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
From Location [
inthereport.
] To [
]. Selectarangeoflocationstoinclude
Features
Theunconsolidated(ShowEveryItem)reportshowssalesand
returnsinformationbyitem,location,andperiod,including:
Theyearandperiodasdeterminedbywhatyouselectedinthe
AccumulateByandPeriodTypefieldsontheProcessingtabin
Options.
Quantitiesoftheitemthatweresoldorreturned,bylocationand
period.
763
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Segment Codes
Thenumberofsalesandreturnstransactionsfortheitem,by
locationandperiod.
Thetotalsalesandreturnamountsfortheitem.Inmulticurrency
ledgers,theseamountsareshownonlyinthefunctional
currency.
Marginfiguresforeachitem,calculatedas:
(Sales - Cost of goods sold) - (Returns - Cost of goods returned)
Marginpercentage,calculatedas:
Margin X 100
Sales - Returns
Subtotalsbyitemnumbers,whichiswhatyouseewhenyou
printtheConsolidateItemsversionofthereport.
Segment Codes
TheSegmentCodesreportliststhesegmentsusedinyourInventory
Controlsystemandthesegmentcodesandcorresponding
descriptionsusedwitheachsegment.
When to print
Printthereportafteradding,changing,ordeletingsegmentsor
segmentcodes.
How to print
DoubleclicktheSegmentCodesiconintheSetupReportsfolder,or
chooseFile,PrintfromtheSegmentCodesform,thenselectAll
Segments,orselectSpecificSegmenttospecifytherangeofcodes
assignedtothesegment.
764
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Printthereportwhenyouwanttoanalyzeitemprofitmarginsor
comparebasepricemarginswiththemarginsondiscountedor
markedupprices.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheSellingPrice/MarginAnalysisiconinthe
Price/SalesAnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderbyitemnumbers.
765
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Category.Groupsallitemsbythecategoriesspecifiedfor
thereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
From Price List [
inthereport.
] To [
]. Selectarangeofpriceliststoinclude
From Location [
inthereport.
] To [
]. Selectarangeoflocationstoinclude
766
Average Cost.Usetheitemstotalactualcost,dividedby
thenumberofunitsonhand.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Thefollowingfieldsappearonlyifyouusemulticurrency
accounting:
Currency.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,typethe
currencyforthereport,orselectitfromtheFinder.Ifyouselect
thefunctionalcurrency,skiptheRateType,RateDate,and
ExchangeRatefields.
Rate Type.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,typetherate
typetousewhenconvertingsourcecurrencyamountstothe
functionalcurrency,orselectitfromtheFinder.
Rate Date.Ifyouusemulticurrencyaccounting,thedateforthe
exchangerateisdisplayed.
Exchange Rate.Ifyoudidnotselectthefunctionalcurrency,
typetheexchangerateforthecurrencyonthereportorselectit
fromtheFinder.
Features
TheSellingPriceAndMarginAnalysisreportincludes:
Amountsinthecurrencyandattheexchangerateyouspecify,if
youuseamulticurrencyledger.Notethatthemarkupcostis
alwaysinthefunctionalcurrency.
Theunitcostforeachtypeofcostingmethodselectedforthe
report.
Thebaseprice,fromthePricestaboftheItemPricingform.
Themarginpercentage,calculatedas:
Base price - Unit cost
Base price
Thediscountormarkuppricesasspecifiedfortheitemonthe
DiscountOrMarkupInformationtaboftheItemPricingform.
767
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Serial Numbers
Thequantitythatmustbepurchasedforeachdiscountlevelto
apply,ifthepricesvarybythevolumepurchased.
Themarginpercentageforeachdiscountormarkupprice,
calculatedas:
Discount or markup price - Unit cost
Discount or markup price
Serial Numbers
TheSerialNumbersreportliststheserialnumbersassignedtoitems
thatwereshippedorreturned.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouassignserialnumberstoshippeditemsor
processreturnsofitemswithserialnumbers.Filethereportasyour
audittrailofserialnumbers.
How to print
DoubleclicktheSerialNumbersiconintheStockControlReports
folder.
768
None.Ordersserialnumbersstartingwiththemostrecentone
enteredintoInventoryControl.
Item Number.Ordersserialnumbersbyitemnumbers.
Category Code.Ordersitemnumberswithserialnumbersby
theitemcategories.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Location.Groupsitemnumberswithserialnumbersbylocation
code.
Transaction Type.Listsshippeditemswithserialnumbers,
followedbyreturneditemswithserialnumbers.
Customer Number.Groupsitemnumberswithserialnumbers
bythecustomernumbersonshipmentsandreturns.
Item Segment.Ordersallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
segmentcode.
Date.Ordersitemswithserialnumbersbythedatethe
shipmentorreturnwasposted.
TheSlowMovingItemsreportusesdatafromtheSalesStatistics
formtomakeitscalculations.YoumustusetheKeepItemStatistics
optioninordertousethereport.Thesettingsyouchooseinthe
AccumulateByandPeriodTypeoptionswilldeterminethedates
thereportusestomakeitscalculations.
When to print
Printthereporttoidentifyproblemitems.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheSlowMovingItemsiconintheStockControl
Reportsfolder.
769
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
Sort by.Specifytheorderinwhichtolistitemrecords.Youcan
choose:
Item Number.Listsitemsinorderbyitemnumbers.
Category.Groupsallitemsbythecategoriesspecifiedfor
thereport.
Item Segment.Listsallitemsthatcontainthespecified
segmentintheiritemnumbers,groupedbythespecified
rangeofsegmentcodes.
From [ ] To [ ]. Specifytherangeofitemnumbers,categories,
segments,oroptionalfieldentriestoincludeinthereport.
Include Items with.Specifyanyofthefollowingcriteriaforyour
report:
770
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
daysyouspecify.InventoryControlsubtractsthelast
shipmentdatefromthesessiondateandcomparesthe
resultstothenumberofdaysyouenter.
X 100
Thedailyaveragesalesuptolastperiodiscalculatedas:
(Year-to-date sales - Period-to-date sales)
(Days gone by in current year - Days gone by in period)
Thedailyaveragesalesforthecurrentperiodiscalculated
as:
Period-to-date sales
Days gone by in period
YTD Units Sold Less than Last Years Average by More than
[ ] Percent. Includeitemswithloweraveragesalesinthe
currentyearthanthelastyearsaverageamount,bythe
percentyouspecify.Thepercentageiscalculatedas:
771
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transaction History
BA
B
X 100
withAandBderivedasfollows:
A=
Features
Thereportdisplaysthefollowing:
Thecriteriayouselectedtoidentifyslowmovingitems.
Thereasonseachitemwasincludedinthereport.Thenumbers
inthiscolumncorrespondtothecriteriayouselectedtoidentify
slowmovingitems.
Transaction History
TheTransactionHistoryreportlistsalltransactionspostedforthe
itemsassignedtotheaccountsetsthatyouselect,withintheperiod
youspecify.Thereportshowsthenetchangetotheinventory
controlaccountfortheaccountsetandperiod.
Transactionhistoryisaccumulatedandreportedaccordingtothe
settingsintheFiscalCalendar(inCommonServices).Transactions
areaccumulatedforthisreportonlyifyouusetheKeepTransaction
HistoryoptionintheI/COptionsform.
TransactionsclearedintheClearHistoryformwillnotbeincluded
inthereport.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouwanttoreviewtransactionhistorybyitem
orlisttransactionsfromallpostingjournals.
Thereportcanalsobeusedattheendofanaccountingperiodto
checkthebalanceofyourgeneralledgercontrolaccount,sincethe
772
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transaction History
totalfortheaccountsetsonthereportshouldmatchthetotalforthe
generalledgercontrolaccount.
Run Day End
Processing
How to print
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheTransactionHistoryiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
Makeyourselectionsinthefollowingfields:
As at Year/Period. Selecttheendingperiodfortherangeof
transactionsyouwanttoprint.InventoryControllistsall
transactionsoccurringbeforeandduringthespecifiedperiod,
excludingthoseyouclearedintheClearHistoryform.
Sort By.Specifythemethodofsortingtransactions.Choose
eitherAccountSetCodeorItemNumber.
From Account Set [ ], To Account Set [
accountsetstoincludeinthereport.
]. Selectarangeof
Thereportdisplays:
Thedate,fiscalyear,andfiscalperiodofeachtransaction.
Thedocumentnumberenteredwiththetransaction.
773
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transaction Listing
Dayendnumbers,assignedsequentiallyeachtimeDayEnd
Processingisrun,andentrynumbersindicatingtheorderin
whicheachtransactionwasprocessedbyDayEndProcessing.
Ifyouusemulticurrencyledgers,thesourcecurrencyand
exchangerateforeachtransaction.
Theamountofthetransactioninsourcecurrency.Amountsthat
creditthegeneralledgerinventorycontrolaccount(suchas
shipments)aredisplayedasnegativenumbers.
Debitorcreditamountsforeachtransaction,tobepostedtothe
accountsetsgeneralledgerinventorycontrolaccount.In
multicurrencyledgers,theseamountsareinfunctionalcurrency.
Theopeningandendingbalancesfortheitemsinventory
controlaccountwhenyousortthereportbyaccountset.
Thenetchangepostedtotheinventorycontrolaccountfromall
transactionspostedfortheitem.
Theopeningandendingbalancesandthenetchangeforeach
locationandaccountsetwhenyousortbyaccountset.
Ifyousortbyitemnumber,thereportshowsonlythenetchange
foreachlocationandaccountset.
Transaction Listing
TheTransactionListingletsyouprintthedetailsofanysavedor
postedtransactionsthathavenotbeenclearedfromtheInventory
Controlsystem.
Youcanprintfivetypesoftransactionlistings,oneforeach
transactiontypethatyoucanpostinInventoryControl:adjustments,
assemblies,receipts,shipments,andstocktransfers.
When to print
Usethisreporttomatchthewayyouprocesstransactions.
Ifyousavetransactionsafterentryinsteadofpostingthemdirectly:
774
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transaction Listing
PrintlistingsofEnteredtransactions.
Checktransactionstosourcedocuments.
Correctentries,andthenusethePostTransactionsform.
Printthepostedtransactions,andfilereportswithyourother
audittrailrecords.
Ifyouposttransactionsimmediatelyafterentry:
Printthepostedtransactions.
Checktransactionstosourcedocuments.
Filereportswithyourotheraudittrailrecords.
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
1.
DoubleclicktheTransactionListingiconintheI/CTransactions
folder.
2.
Choosethetypeoftransactionthatyouwanttolist(receipts,
shipments,internalusage,adjustments,transfers,orassemblies).
3.
Choosewhethertoreprintpreviouslyprintedtransactions.
775
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transaction Statistics
Features
4.
Choosewhethertoshowcommentsenteredwitheach
transaction(doesntapplytoassemblies).
5.
Choosewhethertoshowserialnumberswithshipmentsand
shipmentreturns.
6.
Choosewhethertoincludeoptionalfields.
7.
Specifytherangeoftransactionnumbersandtransactiondates
thatyouwantonthereport.
8.
Selectthestatusoftransactionsthatyouwanttoappear.Youcan
printbothunpostedandpostedtransactions.
Thereportdisplays:
Thedocumentnumberenteredwiththetransaction.
Thedate,fiscalyear,andfiscalperiodofeachtransaction.
Alloftheheaderinformationforthetransaction(thestatus,
description,referencenumber,vendororcustomerinformation,
ifapplicable,etc.).
Detailsforeachitemonthereceipt,shipment,internalusage
transaction,transfer,oradjustment.
Transaction Statistics
Thisreportlistsstatisticsfrompostedtransactionsforthecurrent
yearandforpreviousyearsforwhichyoukeephistory.
Transactionstatisticsareaccumulatedaccordingtotheselections
youmadefortheAccumulateByandPeriodTypefieldsintheI/C
Optionsform.YoumustchoosetheKeepItemStatisticsoptionifyou
wanttoprinttheTransactionStatisticsreport.
Run Day End
Processing
776
IfyoucostitemsduringDayEndProcessing,youmustrunDayEnd
Processingtoincludethelatestcostinginformationinthereport.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Transfer Slips
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheTransactionStatisticsiconinthePrice/Sales
AnalysisReportsfolder.
2.
Specifytherangeofyearsandperiodsforthereport.
Transfer Slips
InventoryControlletsyouprinttransferslipswhenyoupost
transferstoaccompanygoodstothereceivinglocation(eithercarried
bythedriverorattachedtothegoodsbywayofaclearpacking
envelopeorwindowenvelope).
Transferslipsprovideacolumnwherethereceivercancheck
whetherthegoodsreceived(itemsandquantities)matchthegoods
shipped.
When to print
Printtransferslipswhenyouarepostingstocktransfersandwantto
attachtransferslipstothetransfershipment.
Youcanalsoentertransfertransactionsfirst,andthenprinttransfer
slipsatalatertimebychoosingtheTransferSlipsiconintheStock
ControlReportsfolder.
How to print
1.
SaveorpostanewtransfertransactionandchooseYeswhen
I/Cdisplaysthetransfernumberandasksifyouwanttoprint
transferslips.
Or,choosetheTransferSlipsiconintheStockControlReports
folder.
777
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Units of Measure
2.
Selectthetransferslipthatyouwanttouse.
I/Cshipswithtwotransferslips:oneprintstheQuantity
Receivedontheslip,andtheotherleavesthisfieldblank.
3.
IfyouusedtheTransferSlipsicontoopentheprintform,select
therangeofinventorytransfersforwhichyouwanttoprint
transferslips.
Features
Ifyouareprintingtransferslipsafterenteringatransfer
transaction,youcanonlyprintaslipforthetransactionthat
youjustsavedorposted.
4.
SelectIncludeTransferSlipsAlreadyPrintedifyouwantto
reprintatransferslip.
5.
Clicktheprintbutton
Thetransferslipincludes:
Shippingandreceivingplantinformation,includingcontact
namesandphonenumbers.
Itemnumber,itemdescription,quantitytransferred,andtheunit
ofmeasure.
Spacetowritethequantityreceivedandcommentsconcerning
thereceipt.
Units of Measure
TheUnitsofMeasurereportliststheinformationenteredtodefine
theunitsofmeasureusedinyourInventoryControlsystem.
778
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
Vendor Details
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeleteunitsofmeasure,or
toprovidepeoplesettingupitemswithalistoftheunitsthathave
alreadybeenadded.
How to print
DoubleclicktheUnitsofMeasureiconintheSetupReportsfolder,
orchooseFile,PrintfromtheUnitsofMeasureform.Tobegin
printing,clickthePrintbutton.
Features
Thereportliststheunitsofmeasurealongwiththeirdefault
conversionfactors.
Vendor Details
TheVendorDetailsreportlistsvendorsfromwhomyoupurchase
inventoryitems,andtheitemseachvendorsupplies.Thereport
includesonlythevendorsyouhaveassignedtoInventoryControl
itemnumbers.
Thereportwillbeblankifnovendorsareassignedtoitems.
When to print
Printthereportwhenyouneedtoreviewthevendorsfromwhom
youbuyinventory,orwhenyouchangethevendorinformationin
itemrecords.
How to print
1.
DoubleclicktheVendorDetailsiconintheSetupReportsfolder.
2.
Makeselectionsinthefollowingfields:
779
Reports
User Guide
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
TheorderinwhichtheinformationappearsontheVendorsreport
dependsonyoursortingselections.Forexample,youcanorderthe
reportbyvendornumberorbytheInventoryControlitemnumber,
followedbyanyadditionalsortingoptions.
ThenumberyouassigntoidentifythevendorinInventory
Control.IfyouuseSageAccpacAccountsPayable,youcan
selectvendornumbersfromFindersinInventoryControl.
ThenumberyouusetoidentifytheiteminInventoryControl.
Thevendortype,whichreflectsthevendorspriorityorstatusas
asupplieroftheitem.
Thecodeornumberusedbythevendortoidentifytheitem.
780
Printthereportwhenyouadd,change,ordeleteweightunitsof
measure,ortoprovidepeoplesettingupitemswithalistofthe
weightUOMsthathavealreadybeenadded.
icug-7.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:18:33 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:33:00 PM.
How to print
DoubleclicktheWeightUnitsofMeasureiconintheSetupReports
folder,orchooseFile,PrintfromtheWeightUnitsofMeasureform.
Tobeginprinting,clickthePrintbutton.
Features
Thereportliststheweightunitsofmeasurealongwiththeir
descriptionsandweightconversionfactors.Italsoidentifiesthe
defaultweightunitofmeasure(usedastheUOMforthetotalorder
weightsinOrderEntryandPurchaseOrders).
781
Reports
User Guide
icug-A.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:20:18 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:48:00 PM.
Messages
Appendix A
Errors, Warnings and Confirmations
UsingOnlineMessageHelp .................................................... A1
User Guide
Ai
icug-A.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:20:18 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:48:00 PM.
Messages
Appendix A
Errors, Warnings and Confirmations
TherearethreetypesofmessagesthatappearinSageAccpacERP:
errors,warnings,andconfirmations.
Inmostcases,thedescriptionsforthesemessagesstartwitha
messagecategorysuchasSystemerrororIncorrectprocedureor
Invalidinput,followedbyasentencethatdescribestheproblem
morespecifically.
Error
Errormessagesidentifyconditionsthatpreventtheprogramfrom
proceeding.Insomecases,themessageincludessuggestionsfor
action.
Warning
Warningmessagesindicatethatyouareabouttoperforma
procedurethatcoulddamageyourdata.
Confirmation
Aconfirmationmessageindicatesacompletedprocess.
Formoreinformation,seetheSystemManagerUserGuide,orclick
theonlineHelpbuttoninthemessagetolookupdetails.
ClicktheHelpbuttonifyoureceiveanerrormessagewhile
workinginSageAccpacERP.
User Guide
A1
icug-A.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:20:18 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 3:48:00 PM.
2.
Lookforatopicwithsimilarwordstotheerrormessage.
3.
Clicktheerrormessageyouwanttofindoutmoreabout.This
actionwilllinkyoutomoredetailedinformation:
A2
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
ImportingandExportingDataTipsandReminders ............................ B2
ImportingRecords ......................................................... B2
OptionsforImporting
.....................................................
B2
ErrorsDuringImporting ................................................... B3
ExportingfromRecordswithMultipleRecordTypes
.........................
B4
..................................
B5
....................................................
B5
SettingSelectionCriteriatoExportRecords
I/CImportandExportData
ImportingACCPACPlusUtilitiesFields ..................................... B6
ExportingItemsandPriceListsFields ....................................... B6
ImportingandExportingPhysicalInventoryFields ........................... B7
ImportingandExportingSetupFields ....................................... B8
ImportingandExportingStatisticsandInquiriesFields
ImportingTransactionFields
.......................
B9
...............................................
B9
User Guide
Bi
Importing and
Exporting
Appendix B
Importing and Exporting
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
ThisappendixdescribestheInventoryControldatayoucanimport
andexport.
WiththeImportandExportcommandsyoucan:
Importsetupinformationfromaspreadsheetortextfilethatwas
previouslyexportedfromanotherSageAccpacERPornonSage
AccpacERPdatabase.
Importinventoryrecordsfromaspreadsheetortextfilethatwas
createdfromanotherinventorydatabase.
ImporttransactionsfromnonSageAccpacapplicationsand
remoteSageAccpacsubledgers.
ExportInventoryControldatatoaspreadsheetforanalysis.
Exportdatatoaspreadsheetforediting,andthenimportthe
databackintoInventoryControl.(Forexample,youcould
exportastandardsetofreceipts,shipmentsortransfers,and
thenimportthemagainasneeded.)
Further
Forinformationaboutfileformats,templates,andthestepsyou
followtoimportandexportdata,seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Help key
PressF1todisplayHelpscreenswhenusingtheImportorExport
commands.
information
User Guide
B1
Importing and
Exporting
Appendix B
Importing and Exporting
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Toseeexactlyhowtoformatrecordsforimporting,wesuggestthat
youexportrecordsfromthesampledatathatcomeswithInventory
Control,specifyingtheformatinwhichyouplantoimport.
YoucanalsodisplayrecordfieldsbychoosingDisplayExportFields
orDisplayImportFieldsfromtheExportorImportFilemenu.
ExperimentwiththeInventoryControlsampledata,andthenback
upyouraccountingdatabeforeattemptingtoimportrecords.For
instructions,seetheSystemManagerUserGuide.
Importing may
damage data
Donotimportaccountingdatawithoutappropriatemanual
accountingcontrolandverificationprocedures.
Choose File,
Display Import
Fields to view and
print the import
record fields.
B2
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Youcanchooseoneofthefollowingthreeoptionswhenimporting
itempricingrecords:
Update. Updatesexistingrecords,butdoesnotaddnewrecords.
Insert / Update. Addsnewrecordsandupdatesthosecurrentlyin
thedatabase.
Transactions can
only be inserted
MostInventoryControlrecordsallowallthreeoptions,butthe
followingrecordscanbeinsertedonly:
BillsofMaterial.
Receipts.
Shipments.
InternalUsage.
Adjustments.
Transfers.
Assemblies.
Restart
records
Createsarestartrecord,whichmarksthepointwhereimporting
stopped.
Identifiestheerrorbytask,date,time,anduser(theperson
performingthetask).
Describesanyactionwhichmustbetaken.
Forinformationonrestartinganimportoperationandonworking
withrestartrecords,seeChapter8,WorkingwithRestartRecords,
intheSystemManagerAdministratorGuide.
User Guide
B3
Importing and
Exporting
Insert.Addsnewrecordswithoutchangingexistingrecords.
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Categories.
Optionalfields.
Billsofmaterial.
Kittingitems.
Pricelistcodes.
Items.
Itempricingrecords.
Receipts.
Shipments.
InternalUsage.
Adjustments.
Transfers.
Assemblies(foroptionalfields).
Whenyouexporttheserecords,theExportdialogboxdisplaysalist
ofthetablesthatyoucanexportfortherecord.Inorderforthese
tablestoappear,youfirstmustselectthefollowing:
IntheTypefield,anexportfiletype(forexample,Excel2000,
SingleCSVFile,andsoon).
IntheFilefield,thefiletowhichtoexportthedata.
Forexample,afterenteringyourchoicesintheTypeandFilefields,
thefollowingItemPricingExportdialogboxshowsfourdatatables:
Item_Pricing,Price_List_Tax_Authorities,Pricing_Price_Checks,and
Item_Pricing_Details.
B4
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Importing and
Exporting
Clicktheplussignbesidethetablenametoviewthefieldsyoucan
chooseforexporting.Theexampleaboveshowsfieldsinthe
Price_List_Tax_Authoritiestable.
Fieldsmarkedwithastarinthecheckboxarefieldsthatarerequired
forexport.Youmustincludeallrequiredfieldsfromeachofthe
tableslistedtobeabletocompleteanexport.
YoucannotusetheSetCriteriaoptiontoselectrecordstoimport
fromanimportfile.Youmustimportallrecordscontainedinan
importfileatthesametime.
User Guide
B5
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
maynotfollowthesameorderasthosepresentedintheImportand
Exportdialogboxesfortherecordsyouchoose.
Export-only
records
Youcanexporttransactionstatisticsandsalesstatistics,butyou
cannotimportthem,unlessyouselecttheKeepItemStatisticsand
AllowEditOfStatisticsoptionsintheI/COptionsform.
Key fields
SageAccpacERPuseskeyfieldstolookuprecords.
Allrecordshaveatleastonekeyfield,butsomehavemorethanone.
Forexample,UnformattedItemNumberisthekeyfieldforitem
records,whileItemNumber,Location,andPeriodStartarethekey
fieldsforReorderQuantitiesrecords.
InSageAccpacERP,theFinderisactiveforeverykeyfield.
Export-only fields
Forpurposesofauditinganddatasecurity,somefieldscanbe
exportedbutnotimported.
Forexample,ifyouexportarecordintoaspreadsheet,editit,and
thenattempttoimportitbackintoSageAccpacInventoryControl,
theexportonlyfieldswillnotbeimported.
Multicurrency
fields
Fieldsusedonlyinmulticurrencydatabasesappearintheimport
andexportdialogboxesforsinglecurrencydatabasesandcanbe
includedinyourexportorimportfiles,butarenotused.
Items. Youmustincludeatleastonefieldfromeachofthe
followingtablestoexportitemrecords:
B6
Items
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
UnitsofMeasure
ItemTaxAuthorities
Vendor Details
ItemPricing
PriceListTaxAuthorities
PricingPriceChecks
ItemPricingDetails
Manufacturers Items
Contract Pricing
Location Details
Reorder Quantities
ReorderQuantities
ReorderQuantitiesDetails
InventoryWorksheetHeaders
InventoryWorksheetDetails
WorksheetDetailOptionalFields
InventoryWorksheet
WorksheetOptionalFields
User Guide
B7
Importing and
Exporting
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Item Structures
Segment Codes
Locations
Categories. Youmustincludeatleastonefieldfromeachofthe
followingtablestoexportcategories:
Account Sets
Units of Measure
BillsofMaterial
BillsofMaterialComponents
KittingItems
KittingItemsComponents
B8
Categories
CategoryTaxAuthorities
PriceListCodes
PriceListCodeTaxAuthorities
PriceListCodeChecks
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
SalesStatistics.
TransactionStatistics.
Receipts.YoumustincludeatleastonefieldfromeachReceipts
tabletoimportreceipts.
Shipments.Includeatleastonefieldfromeachofthefollowing
tablestoexportshipments:
ShipmentHeaders
ShipmentDetails
Internal Usage.Includeatleastonefieldfromeachofthe
followingtablestoexportshipments:
ReceiptsHeaders
ReceiptsDetails
InternalUsageHeaders
InternalUsageDetails
Adjustments.Includeatleastonefieldfromeachofthe
followingtablestoimportadjustments:
AdjustmentHeaders
AdjustmentDetails
User Guide
B9
Importing and
Exporting
YoucanimportandexportInventoryControlstatistics;however,to
importthesefields,makesureyouselecttheKeepItemStatisticsand
AllowEditofStatisticsoptionsintheI/COptionsform.(Ifthese
optionsarenotselected,theImportcommandwillnotappearinthe
Filemenu.)
icug-B.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:19 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:07:00 PM.
Transfers. Includeatleastonefieldfromeachofthefollowing
tablestoimporttransfers:
TransferHeaders
TransferDetails
B10
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Appendix C
Inventory Control Security
BasicPermissionandRights .................................................... C1
AdditionalPermissionsandRights.............................................. C2
Security
User Guide
Ci
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Appendix C
Inventory Control Security
ThisappendixdescribestheInventoryControltaskstowhichyou
canassignsecurity(passwordprotection).
TorestrictaccesstoInventoryControldata,youmustfirstturnon
securityforthesystemdatabaseusingDatabaseSetup.
Set up groups
and assign to
users
SageAccpacERPusessecuritygroupstorestrictuseraccesstodata.
UsetheSecurityGroupsiconsinAdministrativeServicestodefine
securitygroupsforInventoryControlandassignthemtousers.
Further
information
Forinformationonactivatingsecurityandsettingupsecurity
groups,seetheSystemManagerAdministratorGuide.
Print Destination
ToenabletheFile/PrintDestinationcommand,youmustselect
ChangePrintDestination,intheAdministrativeServiceslistin
SecurityGroupswhenyouassignI/Cpermissions.
Common
Inquiry
Rights
View
Preview,
Print
User Guide
C1
Security
Turn on
security
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Rights
Price/Sales
Analysis Inquiry
Stock Control
Inquiry
Preview, Print
Permissions
Rights
Cost Inquiry*
and Stock
Control Inquiry
View
Preview, Print
Reports Overstocked Items (available print options:
Quantity Greater than Maximum Level, Quantity
Greater Than Projected Sales), Reorder Report, Slow
Moving Items, Inventory Movement, Aged Inventory,
Bin/Shelf Labels, Item Labels, Serial Numbers
View
Transaction
Receipts, Shipments, Adjustments, Transfers,
Inquiry
Assemblies, Internal Usage, Transaction History Inquiry
Sales Statistics, Transaction Statistics
Reports Sales Statistics, Transaction Statistics,
Preview, Print
Transaction History, Posting Journals, G/L
Transactions, Transfer Slips, Transaction Listing
Cost Inquiry*
View
Icons visible as for Common Inquiry plus: Costing
information in Location Details, Bills of Material, Kitting
Items, LIFO/FIFO costing information on Item Status
report
* Cost Inquiry permission must always be combined with Common Inquiry permission.
Cost Inquiry*
and Price/Sales
Analysis Inquiry
C2
View, Preview,
Print
Preview, Print
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Permissions
Rights
View
Items, Vendor Details, Customer Details, Location
Details, Reorder Quantities, Manufacturers Items
Options, G/L Integration, Item Mappings, Item
Add, Update,
Structures, Segment Codes, Locations, Categories,
Delete
Account Sets, Units of Measure, Weight UOMs, Bills of
Material, Copy BOMs, Update BOMs, Kitting Items,
Price List Codes,
Preview, Print
Reports Alternate Items, Vendor Details, Customer
Details, Options, G/L Integration, Item Mappings, Item
Structures, Segment Codes, Locations, Categories,
Account Sets, Units of Measure, Weight UOMs, Bills of
Material{, Kitting Items{, Price List Codes, Reorder
Quantities, Item Status{, Location Details{,
Manufacturers Items, BOM Component Usage Inquiry,
Item Status
Transaction
Allows you to add or delete optional fields in
Add, Update,
Optional Fields
adjustments, assemblies, receipts, shipments,
Delete
transfers, and other Inventory Control functions that
create transactions automatically.
Item
Items, Item Wizard, Vendor Details, Customer Details,
Add, Update,
Maintenance
Location Details, Reorder Quantities, Manufacturers
Delete
Items
Preview, Print
Reports Alternate Items, Vendor Details, Customer
Details, Location Details{, Reorder Quantities, Item
Status{, Manufacturers Items
* Cost Inquiry permission must always be combined with Common Inquiry permission.
{
Costing information will not appear unless Cost Inquiry permission is granted.
Setup
Maintenance
Rights
Price List
Maintenance
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Copy
Update
Preview, Print
Preview, Print
Physical
Inventory
Maintenance
(gives Cost
Inquiry rights)
Adjustment
Posting
Generate
Update, Delete
Post
Update, Delete
Post
View, Add,
Update, Delete
User Guide
Security
Permissions
C3
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Permissions
Rights
Assembly
Posting
Preview, Print
Post
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Post
Internal Usage
Posting
Receipt Posting
Shipment
Posting
Transfer
Posting
Day End
Processing
Clear History/
Inactive
Records
C4
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Post Update
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Post
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Post
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Process
Create
View, Add,
Update
View
View, Add,
Update, Delete
Preview, Print
Delete
Clear
icug-C.doc, printed on 11/26/2007, at 5:21:59 PM. Last saved on 11/26/2007 4:20:00 PM.
Permissions
Rights
Import
Export
Security
User Guide
C5
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Appendix D
Technical Information
CreatingMacrosforInventoryControl .......................................... D1
RunningVisualBasicMacrosinInventoryControl
MultiuserConsiderations
...........................
D1
......................................................
D2
GlobalLocks .............................................................. D2
SingleUserProcesses ...................................................... D3
MultiuserProcesses ........................................................ D4
MultiuserDataProtection .................................................. D4
Technical
Information
User Guide
Di
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Appendix D
Technical Information
Thisappendixprovidesinformationformacrodevelopersandfor
administratorsofmultiuserenvironments.
ForinformationaboutfieldsusedinSageAccpacERPviews,click
theWindowsStartmenu,andthenclickSageAccpac,Tools,U.I.
Info.YoucanalsochooseAccpacViewInfo.exefromthe
SageAccpac\Runtimefolder.SageAccpacSystemManagermustbe
runningtouseU.I.Info.
User Guide
D1
Technical
Information
Forinformationonhowtorecordmacrosandwritethecodetoadd
specialfeatures,seeUsingMacrosandWritingVisualBasic
MacrosintheSystemManagerUserGuide.
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Multiuser Considerations
Multiuser Considerations
BecauseSageAccpacERPcanberunonlocalareanetworks,there
maybetimeswhenmorethanoneuserneedstousethesame
InventoryControldatabase.
InventoryControlusesthreerecordaccesstypestoprotectdataina
multiuserenvironment:
Global Locking.Whileyourunagloballylockedprocess,noother
processcanberuninInventoryControl.
Single-User Processes. Whileyourunanyoneoftheprocessesin
thisgroup,nootherforminthefoldercanbeused.However,users
mayworkinotherInventoryControlformsnotincludedinthat
folder.
Multiuser Data Protection (Passive Concurrency). Youcanrunany
oftheseprocesseswhileothersareusingthem,butInventory
Controlprotectsdatabypreventingmorethanoneuserfrom
makingchangestothesamerecordatthesametime.
AllformsinInventoryControlusemultiuserdataprotection,unless
theyarelistedintheGlobalLockingorSingleUserProcesses
sections.
Global Locks
ThefollowingprocesseslockoutallotherusersfromInventory
Controluntilprocessingisfinished:
Options.
ClearHistory.
DeleteInactiveRecords.
IfotherusersareworkinginInventoryControlorifyouhaveother
InventoryControlformsopenwhileyouattempttorunanyofthese
D2
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Multiuser Considerations
processesorsavechanges,youwillreceiveamessagesimilartothe
following:
AfterotheruserscloseInventoryControlformsandyoubegin
processing,theywillnotbeabletoopenthoseformsuntilprocessing
isfinished.
Single-User Processes
DayEndProcessingandCreateG/LBatch.
PhysicalInventory,includingGenerateInventoryWorksheet,
InventoryWorksheet,PhysicalInventoryQuantities,Inventory
Reconciliation,andPostInventoryReconciliation.
WhenoneuserrunseitherDayEndProcessingorCreateG/LBatch,
otheruserswillnotbeabletoruneitherprocess.Inordertoprevent
datacorruptiononlyoneinstanceoftheseprocessescanberunata
time.
WhenoneuserrunseitherGenerateInventoryWorksheetorPost
InventoryReconciliation,otheruserswillnotbeabletouseany
PhysicalInventoryformsuntilprocessingiscompleted.
WhileoneuserisprintingeithertheInventoryWorksheetor
InventoryReconciliationreport,orisenteringdatainthePhysical
InventoryQuantitiesform,otheruserswillnotbeabletogenerate
inventoryworksheetsorpostinventoryreconciliations.
Whensingleuserprocessesarerunning,otheruserscanworkin
formsnotincludedinthefolder,butiftheyareupdatingrecords
User Guide
D3
Technical
Information
TherearetwosingleuserprocessgroupsinInventoryControl:
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Multiuser Considerations
usedbytheprocessanotheruserisrunning,theymaybeunableto
savetheirwork.
Onesingleusergroupcanrunprocesseswithoutrestrictingtheuse
ofprocessesinanothergroup.
Multiuser Processes
ThefollowingInventoryControlprocessesallowunrestricteduseby
multipleusers:
InventoryWorksheet.
PhysicalInventoryQuantities.
InventoryReconciliation.
UsersshouldbeawarethattheycannotrunGenerateInventory
WorksheetorPostInventoryReconciliationwhentheabove
processesarerunning.
D4
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Foramoredetailedexampleofhowpassiveconcurrencyworks,see
HowMultiuserDataProtectionWorksinChapter2oftheSystem
ManagerAdministratorGuide.
[ICVAL01]
heading=51150
crystal=ICVALUN1
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=26
2=HOMEDECIMAL STRING 51153
3=SORT1 STRING 51154
4=SORT1MIN STRING 51155
5=SORT1MAX STRING 51156
6=SORT2 STRING 51157
7=SORT2MIN STRING 51158
8=SORT2MAX STRING 51159
9=FRACTIONAL STRING 51160
10=REPORTTYPE STRING 51161
11=ACCOUNTMIN STRING 51162
12=ACCOUNTMAX STRING 51163
13=VALU1 STRING 51164
14=VALU2 STRING 51165
15=VALU3 STRING 51166
16=VALU4 STRING 51167
17=VALU1NAME STRING 51168
User Guide
D5
Technical
Information
TousethenondatapipedversionsoftheItemValuationreport,you
mustreplacesectionsICVAL01toICVAL13inICRPT.INIwiththe
followingsections:
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
D6
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
[ICVAL04]
heading=51147
crystal=ICVALUN4
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=38
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
Technical
Information
[ICVAL03]
heading=51152
crystal=ICVALUN3
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=26
2=HOMEDECIMAL STRING 51153
3=SORT2 STRING 51157
4=SORT2MIN STRING 51158
5=SORT2MAX STRING 51159
6=SORT1 STRING 51154
7=SORT1MIN STRING 51155
8=SORT1MAX STRING 51156
9=FRACTIONAL STRING 51160
10=REPORTTYPE STRING 51161
11=ACCOUNTMIN STRING 51162
12=ACCOUNTMAX STRING 51163
13=VALU1 STRING 51164
14=VALU2 STRING 51165
15=VALU3 STRING 51166
16=VALU4 STRING 51167
17=VALU1NAME STRING 51168
18=VALU2NAME STRING 51169
19=VALU3NAME STRING 51170
20=VALU4NAME STRING 51171
21=INCLUDEQTY STRING 51172
22=INCLUDECOST STRING 51173
23=SORTDESC STRING 51174
24=FROMFMT STRING 51175
25=TOFMT STRING 51176
26=HOMECUR STRING 51177
27=SORTOPT STRING 51178
51153
51157
51158
51159
User Guide
D7
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
9=SORT1
10=SORT1MIN
11=SORT1MAX
12=FRACTIONAL
13=REPORTTYPE
14=ACCOUNTMIN
15=ACCOUNTMAX
16=VALU1
17=VALU2
18=VALU3
19=VALU4
20=VALU1NAME
21=VALU2NAME
22=VALU3NAME
23=VALU4NAME
24=INCLUDEQTY
25=INCLUDECOST
26=SORTDESC
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=SORTOPT
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
[ICVAL05]
heading=51148
crystal=ICVALUN5
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=38
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
9=SORT1
STRING
10=SORT1MIN
STRING
11=SORT1MAX
STRING
12=FRACTIONAL
STRING
D8
51154
51155
51156
51160
51161
51162
51163
51164
51165
51166
51167
51168
51169
51170
51171
51172
51173
51174
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51153
51157
51158
51159
51154
51155
51156
51160
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
[ICVAL06]
heading=51149
crystal=ICVALUN6
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=38
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
9=SORT1
STRING
10=SORT1MIN
STRING
11=SORT1MAX
STRING
12=FRACTIONAL
STRING
13=REPORTTYPE
STRING
14=ACCOUNTMIN
STRING
15=ACCOUNTMAX
STRING
16=VALU1
STRING
51161
51162
51163
51164
51165
51166
51167
51168
51169
51170
51171
51172
51173
51174
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51153
51157
51158
51159
51154
51155
51156
51160
51161
51162
51163
51164
User Guide
Technical
Information
13=REPORTTYPE
14=ACCOUNTMIN
15=ACCOUNTMAX
16=VALU1
17=VALU2
18=VALU3
19=VALU4
20=VALU1NAME
21=VALU2NAME
22=VALU3NAME
23=VALU4NAME
24=INCLUDEQTY
25=INCLUDECOST
26=SORTDESC
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=SORTOPT
D9
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
17=VALU2
18=VALU3
19=VALU4
20=VALU1NAME
21=VALU2NAME
22=VALU3NAME
23=VALU4NAME
24=INCLUDEQTY
25=INCLUDECOST
26=SORTDESC
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=SORTOPT
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
[ICVAL07]
heading=51147
crystal=ICVALUN7
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=39
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
9=SORT1
STRING
10=SORT1MIN
STRING
11=SORT1MAX
STRING
12=FRACTIONAL
STRING
13=REPORTTYPE
STRING
14=ACCOUNTMIN
STRING
15=ACCOUNTMAX
STRING
16=VALU1
STRING
17=VALU2
STRING
18=VALU3
STRING
19=VALU4
STRING
20=VALU1NAME
STRING
D10
51165
51166
51167
51168
51169
51170
51171
51172
51173
51174
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51153
51157
51158
51159
51154
51155
51156
51160
51161
51162
51163
51164
51165
51166
51167
51168
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
21=VALU2NAME
22=VALU3NAME
23=VALU4NAME
24=INCLUDEQTY
25=INCLUDECOST
26=SORTDESC
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=OPTTYPE
40=SORTOPT
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
Technical
Information
[ICVAL08]
heading=51148
crystal=ICVALUN8
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=39
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
9=SORT1
STRING
10=SORT1MIN
STRING
11=SORT1MAX
STRING
12=FRACTIONAL
STRING
13=REPORTTYPE
STRING
14=ACCOUNTMIN
STRING
15=ACCOUNTMAX
STRING
16=VALU1
STRING
17=VALU2
STRING
18=VALU3
STRING
19=VALU4
STRING
20=VALU1NAME
STRING
21=VALU2NAME
STRING
22=VALU3NAME
STRING
23=VALU4NAME
STRING
51169
51170
51171
51172
51173
51174
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51188
51153
51157
51158
51159
51154
51155
51156
51160
51161
51162
51163
51164
51165
51166
51167
51168
51169
51170
51171
User Guide
D11
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
24=INCLUDEQTY
25=INCLUDECOST
26=SORTDESC
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=OPTTYPE
40=SORTOPT
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
[ICVAL09]
heading=51149
crystal=ICVALUN9
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=39
2=PATH
COMPANY
3=EXT
FILEEXT
4=SYSPATH
SYSTEM
5=HOMEDECIMAL
STRING
6=SORT2
STRING
7=SORT2MIN
STRING
8=SORT2MAX
STRING
9=SORT1
STRING
10=SORT1MIN
STRING
11=SORT1MAX
STRING
12=FRACTIONAL
STRING
13=REPORTTYPE
STRING
14=ACCOUNTMIN
STRING
15=ACCOUNTMAX
STRING
16=VALU1
STRING
17=VALU2
STRING
18=VALU3
STRING
19=VALU4
STRING
20=VALU1NAME
STRING
21=VALU2NAME
STRING
22=VALU3NAME
STRING
23=VALU4NAME
STRING
24=INCLUDEQTY
STRING
25=INCLUDECOST STRING
26=SORTDESC
STRING
D12
51172
51173
51174
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51188
51153
51157
51158
51159
51154
51155
51156
51160
51161
51162
51163
51164
51165
51166
51167
51168
51169
51170
51171
51172
51173
51174
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
27=FROMFMT
28=TOFMT
29=HOMECUR
30=SELECTBY
31=FROMDATE
32=TODATE
33=TRANSDETAIL
34=FROMYR
35=FROMPR
36=TOYR
37=TOPR
38=USE
39=OPTTYPE
40=SORTOPT
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
STRING
51175
51176
51177
51178
51179
51180
51181
51182
51183
51184
51185
51186
51187
51188
Technical
Information
[ICVAL11]
heading=51150
crystal=ICVALUN11
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=27
2=HOMEDECIMAL STRING 51153
3=SORT1 STRING 51154
4=SORT1MIN STRING 51155
5=SORT1MAX STRING 51156
6=SORT2 STRING 51157
7=SORT2MIN STRING 51158
8=SORT2MAX STRING 51159
9=FRACTIONAL STRING 51160
10=REPORTTYPE STRING 51161
11=ACCOUNTMIN STRING 51162
12=ACCOUNTMAX STRING 51163
13=VALU1 STRING 51164
14=VALU2 STRING 51165
15=VALU3 STRING 51166
16=VALU4 STRING 51167
17=VALU1NAME STRING 51168
18=VALU2NAME STRING 51169
19=VALU3NAME STRING 51170
20=VALU4NAME STRING 51171
21=INCLUDEQTY STRING 51172
22=INCLUDECOST STRING 51173
23=SORTDESC STRING 51174
24=FROMFMT STRING 51175
25=TOFMT STRING 51176
26=HOMECUR STRING 51177
User Guide
D13
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
27=OPTTYPE
28=SORTOPT
STRING 51178
STRING 51179
[ICVAL12]
heading=51151
crystal=ICVALUN12
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=27
2=HOMEDECIMAL STRING 51153
3=SORT1 STRING 51154
4=SORT1MIN STRING 51155
5=SORT1MAX STRING 51156
6=SORT2 STRING 51157
7=SORT2MIN STRING 51158
8=SORT2MAX STRING 51159
9=FRACTIONAL STRING 51160
10=REPORTTYPE STRING 51161
11=ACCOUNTMIN STRING 51162
12=ACCOUNTMAX STRING 51163
13=VALU1 STRING 51164
14=VALU2 STRING 51165
15=VALU3 STRING 51166
16=VALU4 STRING 51167
17=VALU1NAME STRING 51168
18=VALU2NAME STRING 51169
19=VALU3NAME STRING 51170
20=VALU4NAME STRING 51171
21=INCLUDEQTY STRING 51172
22=INCLUDECOST STRING 51173
23=SORTDESC STRING 51174
24=FROMFMT STRING 51175
25=TOFMT STRING 51176
26=HOMECUR STRING 51177
27=OPTTYPE STRING 51178
28=SORTOPT STRING 51179
[ICVAL13]
heading=51152
crystal=ICVALUN13
orientation=landscape
paper size=1
optparams=27
2=HOMEDECIMAL STRING 51153
3=SORT2 STRING 51157
D14
icug-D.doc, printed on 3/4/2008, at 3:49:00 PM. Last saved on 3/4/2008 3:38:00 PM.
Technical
Information
User Guide
D15
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Index
User Guide
Index1
Index
Accountsets
adding,333
editing,333
printing,345
AccountSetsreport,73
Adding
accountsets,333
categories,329
customerdetails,412
customersitemnumbers,412
itemrecords,45,46
itemstructures,320
kittingitemrecords,443
locations,325
manufacturersitemnumbers,431
pricelistcodes,335
pricelists,335
reorderquantities,433
segmentcodes,322
unitsofmeasure,339
weightunitsofmeasure,342
Additionalcosts
addingtoreceipts,28
apportioningonreceiptreturns,29
apportioningontransfers,240,242
deliverycharges,28
handlingcharges,28
proratingonreceiptreturns,29
proratingonreceipts,28
proratingontransfers,240,242
selectingthecurrencycode,210
servicecharges,28
Adjustmentnumber,changing,311
Adjustmentprocessing,overview,261
Adjustments
addingcomments,234
G/Ltransactionsfrom,266
informationenteredontheProcess
Adjustmentsform,261
informationenteredwithtransactions,
231
PostingJournal,749
specifyingthebuckettypeforFIFOor
LIFOadjustments,233
toitemsusingFIFOorLIFOcosting,
235
types,230,545
AgedInventoryreport,74
AgingPeriodsoption,selecting,312
Allowingitemsatlocations,327
AlternateItemsreport,76
APGLTRAN.CSV
G/Ltransactionsfile,273
Assemblies
G/Ltransactionsfrom,268
itemsusingFIFOorLIFOcosting,251
PostingJournal,749
Assemblingmasteritems.SeeAssemblies
Assemblynumber,changing,311
Assigningitemstolocations,326,
Seealso:GettingStartedguide
Assigningitemstopricelists
usingthePriceListsform,415
Assigningreceiptnumbers,26
Audittrailreports,overview,270
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
B
Batches,GeneralLedgerentries,264
Billsofmaterial
afterchanging,441
copying,437
deleting,437
editing,437
printing,345
updating,439
BillsofMaterialreport,78
Bin/shelflabels,710
Buckettype
specifyingforFIFOorLIFO
adjustments,233
Buckettypes,overview,235
Buckets.Seealso:Offsetbucket
C
Categories
adding,329
afterchanging,331
deleting,331
editing,330
printing,345
Categoriesreport,711
Changing
accountsetrecords,333
billsofmaterialrecords,437
categoryrecords,330
itempricingrecords,416
itemrecords,changingthecategoryor
accountset,47
itemstructurerecords,320
kittingitemrecords,443
locationdetails,429
locationrecords,325
manufacturersitemnumbers,431
pricelistcoderecords,336
Index2
pricelists,416
reorderquantities,434
unitsofmeasurerecords,340
weightunitsofmeasurerecords,343
Clearinghistory,625
overview,263
stepbystepinstructions,627
Comments
addingtoadjustments,234
addingtoreceipts,receiptreturns,and
receiptadjustments,212
enteringonshipmentsandsalesreturns
overview,222,226
Companyoptions
allowingnegativequantities,36
changingselections,35
Completingreceipts,214
Confirmationmessages,A1
ConsolidateG/LBatchesoption
changingtheselection,317
ContentsoftheUserGuide,11
ContractPricingreport,712
Copyingbillsofmaterialrecords,437
Costadjustmentprocessing
overview,261
Costadjustments,overview,230
Costofgoodssold
calculatingoninternalusage
transactions,228
calculatingonshipmentsandsales
returns,223
Costingoptions,changing,312
Costs
additional,addingtoreceipts,28
specifyingonreceipts,212
CreateG/Lbatchform,258
CreateG/Ltransactions
duringdayendprocessing,259
duringposting,258
timing,258
CreateG/LTransactionsByoption
changingtheselection,315
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
CreatingG/Lbatches,overview,258
Creatinggeneralledgertransactionsusing
theCreateG/LBatchform,631
Currencyinformation
selectingforadditionalcosts,210
selectingthecurrencyandexchangerate
onmulticurrencyreceipts,27
specifyingformulticurrencyshipments
andsalesreturns,219
Customerdetails
adding,412
afterchanging,414
deleting,413
editing,413
CustomerDetailsreport,713
Customeritemnumbers
adding,412
afterchanging,414
deleting,413
editing,413
Deleting
billsofmaterial,437
categories,331
customersitemnumbers,413
itemrecords,49
itemsfrompricelists,417
kittingitems,444
manufacturersitemnumbers,431
optionalfields,338
reorderquantities,435
salesstatistics,446
transactionstatistics,448
unitsofmeasure,341
weightunitsofmeasure,343
Deletinginactiverecords,overview,263
Deletingreceipts,214
Deliverycharges.See:Additionalcosts
Disassemblingmasteritems.See:Assemblies
Disassemblynumber,changing,311
Documentnumbering
changing,311
E
EditG/LIntegrationoptions,314,
See:G/LIntegration
Editing
accountsetrecords,333
billsofmaterialrecords,437
categoryrecords,330
customerdetails,413
customersitemnumbers,413
itempricingrecords,416
itemrecords,changingthecategoryor
accountset,47
itemstructurerecords,320
kittingitemrecords,443
locationdetails,429
locationrecords,325
manufacturersitemnumbers,431
optionalfields,338
User Guide
Index3
Index
Damageditems
journalentry,269
DayEndProcessing
effectsonSageAccpacOrderEntry,
274
effectsonSageAccpacPurchaseOrders,
275
timing,258
usingbeforecheckingdataintegrity,
258
Dayendprocessingorposting
selectingtheCreateG/LTransactions
option,315
Dayendprocessing
running,62
timetocomplete,62
DefaultItemStructureoption
selectingorchanging,321
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Editing(continued)
pricelistcoderecords,336
pricelists,336,416
reorderquantities,434
unitsofmeasurerecords,340
weightunitsofmeasurerecords,343
Enteringitemmappings,344
Enteringphysicalinventoryquantities
overview,260
Errormessages,lookinguponline,A1
Exchangerate
onmulticurrencyreceipts,27
onmulticurrencyshipments,219
Exportingitemandpricelistinformation,
451
Exportingdata
itemmappings,B6
itemsalesstatistics,B9
items,B7
reorderquantities,B9
specifyingarangeusingtheSetCriteria
option,B5
Exportingsetuprecords,346
G/LIntegrationreport,714
G/LsourcecodesusedbyI/C,269
G/Ltransactions,
creating,overview,258
creatingusingtheCreateG/LBatch
form,631
existingornewbatch,316
G/LTransactionsreport,715
GeneralLedger
accountspostedto,264
integratingwithInventoryControl,271
Generatinginventoryworksheets
overview,260
instructions,65,68
Globallocks,D2
FIFOcosting.
assemblingitems,overview,251
calculatingonadjustments,235
calculatingontransfers,243
viewingFIFO/LIFOinformation,244
Seealso:GettingStartedGuide
Flowchart,InventoryControlprocessing,22
ICGLTRAN.CSV
G/Ltransactionsfile,264
Icons
formaintainingsetupinformation,32
forprintingitemandpricelistreports,
44
forprintingsetupreports,33
Importingitemandpricelistinformation,
451
Importingdata
importoptions,B2
itemmappings,B6
itemsalesstatistics,B9
items,B7
G
G/LIntegrationoptions
afterchangingselections,319
changing,314
Index4
H
Handlingcharges.SeeAdditionalcosts
History,clearing
overview,263
stepbystepinstructions,627
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
enteringandediting,610
generating,instructions,68
Iteminformation
exporting,451
importing,451
Itemlabels,printing,724
Itemmappings
entering,344
importingandexporting,B6
Itemmappingsreport,728
Itempricing.See:Pricelists
ItemPricingform
viewingpricelists,415
Itempricingrecords
editing,416
printingreports,449
Itemrecords
adding,45,46
addingavendorto,410
changingthecategoryoraccountset,
47
deleting,49
editing,47
removingavendorfrom,411
Itemreports,iconsusedtoprint,44
Itemsalesstatistics
importingandexportingdata,B9
ItemStatusreport,728
Itemstructures
adding,320
afterchanging,321
editing,320
printing,345
selectingorchangingthedefaultitem
structure,321
ItemStructuresreport,731
ItemValuationreport,732
Items
assigningtolocations,428
importingandexporting,B7
printingreports,449
Seealso:Itemrecords
User Guide
Index5
Index
Importingdata(continued)
practicingwithsampledata,B2
reorderquantities,B9
setuprecords,346
Inactiverecords,deleting,overview,263
Internalusage
calculatingcostofgoodssold,228
detailsenteredwithtransactions,225
enteringserialnumbers,226
informationenteredwithtransactions,
224
informationenteredwithdetails,225
PostingJournal,749
InternalUsageform,526
Internalusagenumber,changing,311
Inventoryadjustments
processingautomatically
stepbystepinstructions,624
InventoryControl
integrationwithSageAccpacGeneral
Ledger,271
integrationwithSageAccpacOrder
Entry,273
integrationwithSageAccpacProject
andJobCosting,275
integrationwithSageAccpacPurchase
Orders,274
manuals,11,12
InventoryControlprocessingflowchart,22
InventoryControlreports.SeeReports
InventoryCountsform,65
Inventorylocations.See:Locations,
InventoryMovementreport,717
Inventoryreconciliation
overview,260
postinginstructions,618
postingoverview,260
printing,720
InventoryReconciliationform,66
InventoryWorksheetreport,722
InventoryWorksheetform,65
Inventoryworksheets
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
disallowingtransactionsforitemsat
locations,327
editing,325
overridingaccountsegments,267
printing,345
selectingonreceipts,211
Seealso:GettingStartedguide
Locationsreport,740
Journalentries,264
damageditem,269
returneditem,269
Journals,posting,749
K
M
Kittingitems
adding,443
deleting,444
editing,443
KittingItemsreport,737
L
Labels
bin/shelf,710
printingitemlabels,724
selectingforreceipts,210
Leaveoption,onreceiptreturns,29
LIFOcosting.
assemblingitems,overview,251
calculatingonadjustments,235
calculatingontransfers,243
viewingFIFO/LIFOinformation,244
Seealso:GettingStartedguide
Locationdetails
afterchanging,430
editing,429
printingreports,449
LocationDetailsreport,738
Locations.
adding,325
afterchanging,328
assigningitemsto,428
assigningitemstolocations,326
Index6
Macros,VBA,D1
Maintaining
optionalfieldrecords,337
pricelistcodes,335
segmentcodes,322
Manufacturersitemnumbers
adding,431
afterchanging,432
deleting,431
editing,431
ManufacturersItemsreport,740
MappingnonAccpacitemnumberstoSage
AccpacERP,344
MarkupAnalysisreport,741
Masteritemassemblies.See:Assemblies
Messages
confirmation,error,andwarning,A1
Multicurrencyinformation
receiptcurrencyandexchangerate,27
currencyforadditionalcosts,210
shipmentsorsalesreturns,219
Multicurrencyoption,selecting,35
Multiuserinformation
globallocks,D2
multiuserdataprotection,D2
singleuserprocesses,D2
Multiuserprocesses,D4
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
N
Negativequantities
allowingincompanyoptions,36
NegativequantitiesinPhysicalInventory
Quantitiesform,615
NonSageAccpacitemnumbers,importing
andexportingitemmappings,B6
Nonstockitems,G/Ltransactionsfrom,266
P
Passiveconcurrency,D2
User Guide
Index7
Index
Offsetbucket,adjustmentstoitemsusing
FIFOorLIFOcosting,235
Onlinehelpmessages,A1
Optionalfields
deleting,338
editing,338
maintaining,337
OptionalFieldsreport,744
Options
afterchangingselections,313
printing,345
StatementProcessingOptions
AgingPeriods,312
See:GettingStartedguide
Optionsreport,745
OrderEntry
effectsofDayEndProcessingin
InventoryControl,274
effectsonInventoryControl,274
integratingwithInventoryControl,273
Overridingaccountsegments,267
OverstockedItemsreport,746
Periodicprocessing
clearinghistory,263
creatinggeneralledgerbatches,258
deletinginactiverecords,263
physicalinventory,260
processingadjustments,261
PeriodicProcessing
clearinghistory,625
processingadjustments,623
Physicalinventory
processing,64
Physicalinventoryprocessing,260
Physicalinventoryquantities,260
PhysicalInventoryQuantitiesform,65
negativequantities,615
Physicalinventoryreports
overview,255
InventoryReconciliation,720
InventoryWorksheet,722
PostInventoryReconciliationform,66
Postedtransactions,journalentries,264
Postinginventoryreconciliations
overview,260
instructions,618
Postingjournals
adjustments,749
assemblies,749
internalusage,749
receipts,749
shipments,749
transfers,749
Postingordayendprocessing,selectingthe
CreateG/LTransactionsoption,315
Postingstatusassignedbytheprogram,619
Pricelistcodes
adding,335
afterchanging,336
editing,336
maintaining,335
printing,345
PriceListCodesform,335
PriceListCodesreport,754
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Pricelistinformation
exporting,451
importing,451
Pricelistreports,44
Pricelists
adding,335
afterchanging,336,426
assigningitemsto,415
deletingitemsfrom,417
editing,336,416
removingitemsfrom,417
viewing,415
PriceListsform,assigningitemstoprice
lists,415
PriceListsreport,754
Price/SalesAnalysisreports
ContractPricing,712
G/LTransactions,715
MarkupAnalysis,741
overview,254
PostingJournals,749
PriceLists,754
SalesStatistics,762
SellingPriceandMarginAnalysis,765
TransactionHistory,772
TransactionStatistics,776
Printers,selectingandsettingup,73
Seealso:SystemManagerUserGuide
Printing
AccountSetsreport,345,73
AgedInventoryreport,74
AlternateItemsreport,76
BillsofMaterialreport,345,78
Bin/ShelfLabels,710
Categoriesreport,345,711
ContractPricingreport,712
CustomerDetailsreport,713
G/LIntegrationreport,714
G/LTransactionsreport,715
InventoryMovementreport,717
InventoryReconciliationreport,720
InventoryWorksheet,722
Index8
ItemLabels,724
ItemMappingsreport,728
itempricingreports,449
ItemStatusreport,728
ItemStructuresreport,345,731
ItemValuationreport,732
Itemsreport,449
KittingItems,737
LocationDetailsreport,449,738
Locationsreport,345,740
ManufacturersItemsreport,740
MarkupAnalysisreport,741
OptionalFieldsreport,744
Optionsreport,345,745
OverstockedItemsreport,746
PostingJournalsreport,749
PriceListCodesreport,345,754
PriceLists,754
ReorderQuantitiesreport,449,760
Reorderreport,758
SalesStatisticsreport,449,762
SegmentCodesreport,345,764
selectingprinters,73,alsosee:System
ManagerUserGuide
SellingPriceandMarginAnalysis
report,765
SerialNumbersreport,768
setuprecords,345
SlowMovingItemsreport,769
specifyingtheprintdestination,71
TransactionHistoryreport,772
TransactionListingreport,774
TransactionStatisticsreport,449,776
Transferslips,777
UnitsofMeasurereport,778
VendorDetailsreport,779
WeightUnitsofMeasurereport,780
Seealso:Reports,71
Printingdestination,71
Printingitemandpricelistreports,
icons,44
Printinglabels,selectingforreceipts,210
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Printingsetupreports,icons,33
Processing
dayend,timetocomplete,62
physicalinventory,64
Processingadjustments,261,623
overview,261
Processingadjustmentsautomatically
stepbystepinstructions,624
Processingoptions
changingselections,35
ProjectandJobCosting
integratingwithInventoryControl,275
Proratingadditionalcosts
onreceiptreturns,29
onreceipts,28
ontransfers,240,242
PurchaseOrders
effectsofDayEndProcessingin
InventoryControl,275
effectsonInventoryControl,274
integratingwithInventoryControl,274
R
Receiptadjustments
informationenteredwithdetails,211
overview,215
Receiptnumbers
assigning,26
changing,311
User Guide
Index9
Index
Quantityadjustmentprocessing
overview,261
Quantityadjustments
overview,230
Quantityandcostadjustments
overview,231
Receiptreturns
allocatingadditionalcosts,29
G/Ltransactionsfrom,265
informationenteredwithdetails,211
overview,216
returningallitemsonareceipt,29
specifyingquantitiesandcosts,213
Receipts
addingcomments,212
completing,214
deleting,214
detailsenteredwithreceipts,receipt
returns,andreceiptadjustments,
211
enteringvendorinvoicesinAccounts
Payable,264
G/Ltransactionsfrom,264
PostingJournal,749
processingoverview,51
selectingthelocation,211
selectingthereceiptcurrencyand
exchangerate,27
specifyingcosts,212
specifyinglabelsforreceipts,210
Reconcilinginventory,260
Reorderquantities
adding,433
afterchanging,435
deleting,435
editing,434
importingandexportingdata,B9
ReorderQuantitiesreport,449,760
Reorderreport,758
Reporting
receipts,52
shipments,52
Reports,Chapter7
AccountSets,73
AgedInventoryreport,74
AlternateItems,76
BillsofMaterial,78
Bin/ShelfLabels,710
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Reports(continued)
Categories,711
ContractPricing,712
CustomerDetails,713
G/LIntegrationreport,714
G/LTransactions,715
InventoryMovementreport,717
InventoryReconciliation,720
InventoryWorksheet,722
ItemLabels,724
ItemMappings,728
ItemStatus,728
ItemStructures,731
ItemValuation,732
KittingItems,737
LocationDetails,738
Locations,740
ManufacturersItems,740
MarkupAnalysis,741
OptionalFields,744
Optionsreport,745
OverstockedItems,746
overviewofaudittrailreports,270
PostingJournals,749
PriceListCodes,754
PriceLists,754
Reorder,758
ReorderQuantities,760
SalesStatistics,762
SegmentCodes,764
SellingPriceandMarginAnalysis,765
SerialNumbers,768
SlowMovingItems,769
TransactionHistory,772
TransactionListing,774
TransactionStatistics,776
Transferslips,777
UnitsofMeasure,778
VendorDetails,779
WeightUnitsofMeasure,780
RequireLabelsoption
selectingonreceipts,210
Index10
Returns
journalentry,269
Seealso:Salesreturns,Receiptreturns
S
SageFixedAssets(FAS)
integratingwithInventoryControl,275
Salesreturns
calculatingcostofgoodssold,223
enteringserialnumbers
overview,222
G/Ltransactionsfrom,266
informationenteredwithdetails,220,
240
informationenteredwithtransactions,
218
Seealso:Returns
Salesstatistics
deleting,446
importingandexportingdata,B9
printingreports,449
updating,446
SalesStatisticsreport,762
SalesStatisticsform,using,446
Samplereports.See:Reports
Security
additionalpermissionsandrights,C2
basicpermissionandrights,C1
Segmentcodes
adding,322
printing,345
SegmentCodesreport,764
SegmentDefinitionoptions
changing,310
SellingPriceandMarginAnalysisreport,
765
Serialnumbers
forinternalusagetransactions,226
forshipmentsandsalesreturns,222
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Shipmentnumber,changing,311
Shipmentreturnnumber,changing,311
Shipments
calculatingcostofgoodssold,223
detailsenteredwithtransactions,220
detailsenteredwithtransactions,240
enteringserialnumbers,overview,222
G/Ltransactionsfrom,265
informationenteredwithtransactions,
218
PostingJournal,749
processing,overview,51
selectingthecurrencyandexchange
rate,219
Shipmentswindow,using,518
Singleuserprocesses,D3
SlowMovingItemsreport,769
SourcecodesusedinG/Ltransactions,269
Statementoptions,selectingagingperiods,
312
Statistics,importingandexportingsales
statistics,B9
Status,posting,assignedbytheprogram,
619
StockControlreports
AgedInventoryreport,74
Bin/ShelfLabels,710
InventoryMovementreport,717
ItemLabels,724
ItemStatus,728
ItemValuation,732
OverstockedItems,746
overview,253
Reorder,758
SerialNumbers,768
SlowMovingItems,769
Transferslips,777
Stocktransfers.See:Transfers
User Guide
Index11
Index
SerialNumbersreport,768
Servicecharges.See:Additionalcosts
Setupinformation,iconsusedtoupdate,32
Setupmaintenance
accountsets,33
categories,32
G/Lintegration,32
itemstructures,32
locations,32
options,32
pricelistcodes,33
segmentcodes,32
unitsofmeasure,33
weightunitsofmeasure,33
Setuprecords
exporting,346
importing,346
printing,345
Setupreports
AccountSets,73
AlternateItems,76
BillsofMaterial,78
Categories,711
CustomerDetails,713
G/LIntegration,714
iconsusedtoprint,33
ItemStructures,731
KittingItems,737
LocationDetails,738
Locations,740
ManufacturersItems,740
OptionalFields,744
Options,745
overview,253
PriceListCodes,754
ReorderQuantities,760
segmentcodes,764
UnitsofMeasure,778
VendorDetails,779
WeightUnitsofMeasure,780
icug-INX for PDF.doc, printed on 3/5/2008, at 10:17:38 AM. Last saved on 3/5/2008 10:17:00
AM.
Technicalinformation.AppendixD
TransactionHistoryreport,772
TransactionListingreport,774
Transactionprocessing
options,23
overview,23
TransactionsourcecodesusedbyI/C,269
Transactionstatistics
deleting,448
updating,447
viewing,445
TransactionStatisticsreport,449,776
TransactionStatisticswindow,447
Transactiontypes
adjustments,228,544
assemblies,246,551
internalusage,223,526
receipts,25,53
returns,217,518
shipments,217,518
transfers,236,536
Transactions
APGLTRAN.CSV,273
ICGLTRAN.CSV,264
journalentries,264
samplepostedtransactions,264
Transfernumber,changing,311
TransferRecieptnumber,changing,311
Transferslips,777
Transfers
allocatingadditionalcosts,240,242
G/Ltransactionsfrom,267
goodsintransitlocation,236
informationenteredwithtransactions,
238
PostingJournal,749
processingoverview,236
usingFIFOorLIFOcosting,243
Typesofadjustments,545
Unitsofmeasure
adding,339
afterchanging,341
deleting,341
editing,340
UnitsofMeasurereport,778
Updating
billsofmaterialrecords,439
salesstatistics,446
transactionstatistics,447
Updatingsetupinformation,icons,32
UserGuide,chapters,11
UsingtheUserGuide,11
Index12
V
Vendordetails
linkingtoitems,410
removingfromitemrecords,411
VendorDetailsreport,779
Viewing
pricelists,415
transactionstatistics,445
VisualBasicMacrosinInventoryControl,
D1
W
Warningmessages,A1
Weightunitsofmeasure
adding,342
afterchanging,344
deleting,343
editing,343
WeightUnitsofMeasurereport,780